Safety in Numbers

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Safety in numbers: Physicians joining forces to seal the cracks during transitions

A lack of communication and accountability among healthcare professionals in general, and physicians in particular, jeopardizes quality and safety for our patients who are transitioning across sites of care.1, 2 Our patients, their family caregivers, and our health care professional colleagues on the receiving end of these transfers are often left flying blind without adequate information or direction to make sound clinical decisions.

Beyond our attempts to ensure effective transitions on a professional level, many of the readers of the Journal of Hospital Medicine likely have struggled to ensure seamless transitions for our families, despite the benefits of our training and experience.3 If some of the nation's most respected healthcare leaders are unable to make this work for their loved ones,48 one can only imagine the challenges faced by those without such advantages.

National and local quality collaboratives aimed at improving communication and collaboration across settings have found physicians difficult to engage as partners in these efforts.9 All too often there is a false expectation that these types of activities are best left to nonphysician healthcare professionals on the sending side of the transfer or to those receiving the transfer.10, 11

In this issue of the Journal, we commend the leadership provided by representatives of 6 of the nation's leading physician professional societies to join forces toward the common purpose of articulating physicians' roles and accountability for care delivered during transitions.12 Ensuring effective care transitions is a team sport, yet rarely do we have a clear understanding of who are the other members of our team, how to interact with them, or a clear delineation of their respective roles. Simply stated, this article is a key step to facilitating teamwork across settings among physicians, our interdisciplinary healthcare professional colleagues, our patients, and their family caregivers. These standards clearly convey the type of care we expect for our loved ones.

Drawing from proven strategies used in nonhealthcare industries, the standards assert that the sending provider or institution retains responsibility for the patient's care until the receiving team confirms receipt of the transfer and assumes responsibility. Further, the receiving team is given the opportunity to ask questions and clarify the proposed care plan in recognition of the fact that communication is more than simply the transfer of information. Rather, such communication involves the need to ensure comprehension and provide an opportunity to have a 2‐way dialog. These standards distinguish between the transmission of information and true communication.

The timing of the release of these standards is ideal. As physicians concentrate their practice within particular settings we can no longer rely on casual random interchanges in hospital parking lots or the hospital's physician lounge. Rather, we need to take a more active and reliable approach to ensuring timely and accurate exchanges. These standards cut to the essence of how we communicate with our physician and nonphysician colleagues alike, and in so doing move us away from nonproductive blame and finger‐pointing.

Although the implications for these standards are far reaching in terms of raising the quality bar, they could reach even further with respect to the types of settings they address. These standards need to extend beyond hospitals and the outpatient arena to include nursing homes, rehabilitation facilities, home care agencies, adult day health centers, and other settings where chronic care services are delivered.

Further, the standards devote considerable focus to the transfer of health information. Even with advances in health information exchange technologies, we must recognize that information is necessary but not sufficient for ensuring safe and high‐quality transfers. Implementing these standards will undoubtedly require that we reconfigure our daily workflows.13 The article in this issue by Graumlich et al.14 emphasizes the challenges of how to introduce technology into our daily clinical routines. The standards also open the door for how we can best ensure not just the transmission of information, but also the comprehension of transfer instructions to our patients with attention to health literacy, cognitive ability, and the patient's level of activation.15 Best and Young16 provide valuable action steps for how to address the needs of diverse and underserved populations.

These standards may serve to uncover the fact that most physicians have not received formal training in executing high‐quality care transitions in the role of either the sender or the receiver. Further, few physicians have a mechanism in place to evaluate their performance. The American Board of Internal Medicine and the American Board of Family Practice has developed Maintenance of Certification Practice Improvement Modules (PIM) on care coordination that provide an excellent opportunity to sharpen our skills. The HMO Care Management Workgroup has also attempted to summarize the essential skills necessary to care for patients during transitions.17

Perhaps the greatest value of these standards is that they lay the framework for actionable improvement. Local, state, and national quality collaboratives can immediately incorporate these recommendations into their overall strategy. These standards will likely influence the design and implementation of the Medical Home.18 As national attention focuses on how to operationalize bundled payment approaches and Accountable Care Organizations,19 these standards provide a clear consensus on communication, accountability, and ensuring patient‐centeredness. The standards are an excellent start and provide a framework for further innovation.

One area in particular may be the opportunity to reinvent the format, content, and medium by which essential information is transferred. For example, one might envision the value of producing a scaled down version of the discharge summary with a limited core set of data elements that could be quickly completed and communicated to the next care team via fax, e‐mail, or text messaging.

Complementing new strategies to improve the exchange of health information are opportunities to reconsider the culture within which this communication occurs. Our profession has a long‐standing tradition of not providing directives to our colleagues on the details of clinical management. Hospitalists develop important insights during a patient's hospital stay and are in an ideal position to anticipate potential developments in the subsequent course after discharge. Contrast this with the 5 to 10 minutes that a primary care physician or specialist may have to come up to speed on the hospital and posthospital events in order to manage the patient in the ambulatory arena. Thus, rather than the traditional historical orientation to a discharge summary, one could envision a more future‐orientated document characterized by a series of if‐then statements that outline a series of possible clinical scenarios that may play out over the weeks after discharge along with recommendations for adjustments to the treatment plan.

At a broader level, the release of these standards demonstrate to our communities and to our nation that physicians can join forces to address a particularly complex and challenging aspect of healthcare. Change can indeed come from within our profession rather than being imposed by outside influences such as government administrators, regulatory bodies, or malpractice attorneys. I applaud such efforts and believe that hospitalists will continue to play a central role in national efforts to improve transitions of care.

References
  1. Kripalani S,Phillips CO,Basaviah P,Williams MV,Saint SK,Baker DW.Deficits in information transfer from inpatient to outpatient physician at hospital discharge: a systematic review.J Gen Intern Med.2004;19(S1):135.
  2. Coleman EA,Berenson RA.Lost in transition: challenges and opportunities for improving the quality of transitional care.Ann Intern Med.2004;141(7):533536.
  3. Kane R,West J.It Shouldn't Be This Way: The Failure of Long Term Care.1st ed.Nashville, TN:Vanderbilt University Press;2005.
  4. Pham HH.Dismantling Rube Goldberg: cutting through chaos to achieve coordinated care.J Hosp Med.2009;4(4):259260.
  5. Levin PE,Levin EJ.The experience of an orthopaedic traumatologist when the trauma hits home: observations and suggestions.J Bone Joint Surg Am.2008;90(9):20262036.
  6. Berwick DM.Quality comes home.Ann Intern Med.1996;125(10):839843.
  7. Lawrence DM.My mother and the medical care ad‐hoc‐racy.Health Aff.2003;22(2):238242.
  8. Cleary P.A hospitalization from hell: a patient's perspective on quality.Ann Intern Med.2003;138:3339.
  9. Boyce PS,Pace KB,Lauder B,Solomon DA.The ReACH Collaborative—improving quality home care.Caring.2007;26(8):4451.
  10. Next step in care. Available at: http://www.nextstepincare.org. Accessed June2009.
  11. Bennett RE,Tuttle M,May K,Harvell J,Coleman EA. Health information exchange in post‐acute and long‐term care case study findings: final report. 2007. Office of Disability, Aging and Long‐Term Care Policy; Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Available at: http://aspe.hhs.gov/daltcp/reports/2007/HIEcase.pdf. Accessed June2009.
  12. Snow V.Transitions of Care Consensus Policy Statement. American College of Physicians‐Society of General Internal Medicine‐Society of Hospital Medicine‐American Geriatrics Society‐American College of Emergency Physicians‐Society of Academic Emergency Medicine.J Hosp Med.2009;4(6):364370.
  13. Chugh A,Williams MV,Grigsby J,Coleman E.Better transitions: improving comprehension of discharge instructions.Front Health Serv Manag.2009;25(3):1132.
  14. Graumlich J,Novotny N,Nace G,Aldag J.Patient and physician perceptions after software‐assisted discharge from hospital: cluster randomized trial.J Hosp Med.2009;4(6):356363.
  15. Patient Activation Measure. Available at: http://www.insigniahealth.com/products/pam.html. Accessed June2009.
  16. Best J,Young A.A SAFE DC: a conceptual framework for care of the homeless inpatient.J Hosp Med2009;4(6):375381.
  17. HMO Care Management Workgroup. One patient, many places: managing healthcare transitions. 2004. Available at: http://www.caretransitions. org/documents/One%20Patient%20RWJ%20Report.pdf. Accessed June2009.
  18. American College of Physicians. Patient‐Centered Medical Home: ACP delivers expanded PCMH resources online. Available at: http://www.acponline.org/advocacy/where_we_stand/medical_home. Accessed June2009.
  19. American College of Physicians. Accountable Care Organizations. Available at: http://www.acponline.org/advocacy/where_we_stand/medical_ home. Accessed June2009.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
329-330
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

A lack of communication and accountability among healthcare professionals in general, and physicians in particular, jeopardizes quality and safety for our patients who are transitioning across sites of care.1, 2 Our patients, their family caregivers, and our health care professional colleagues on the receiving end of these transfers are often left flying blind without adequate information or direction to make sound clinical decisions.

Beyond our attempts to ensure effective transitions on a professional level, many of the readers of the Journal of Hospital Medicine likely have struggled to ensure seamless transitions for our families, despite the benefits of our training and experience.3 If some of the nation's most respected healthcare leaders are unable to make this work for their loved ones,48 one can only imagine the challenges faced by those without such advantages.

National and local quality collaboratives aimed at improving communication and collaboration across settings have found physicians difficult to engage as partners in these efforts.9 All too often there is a false expectation that these types of activities are best left to nonphysician healthcare professionals on the sending side of the transfer or to those receiving the transfer.10, 11

In this issue of the Journal, we commend the leadership provided by representatives of 6 of the nation's leading physician professional societies to join forces toward the common purpose of articulating physicians' roles and accountability for care delivered during transitions.12 Ensuring effective care transitions is a team sport, yet rarely do we have a clear understanding of who are the other members of our team, how to interact with them, or a clear delineation of their respective roles. Simply stated, this article is a key step to facilitating teamwork across settings among physicians, our interdisciplinary healthcare professional colleagues, our patients, and their family caregivers. These standards clearly convey the type of care we expect for our loved ones.

Drawing from proven strategies used in nonhealthcare industries, the standards assert that the sending provider or institution retains responsibility for the patient's care until the receiving team confirms receipt of the transfer and assumes responsibility. Further, the receiving team is given the opportunity to ask questions and clarify the proposed care plan in recognition of the fact that communication is more than simply the transfer of information. Rather, such communication involves the need to ensure comprehension and provide an opportunity to have a 2‐way dialog. These standards distinguish between the transmission of information and true communication.

The timing of the release of these standards is ideal. As physicians concentrate their practice within particular settings we can no longer rely on casual random interchanges in hospital parking lots or the hospital's physician lounge. Rather, we need to take a more active and reliable approach to ensuring timely and accurate exchanges. These standards cut to the essence of how we communicate with our physician and nonphysician colleagues alike, and in so doing move us away from nonproductive blame and finger‐pointing.

Although the implications for these standards are far reaching in terms of raising the quality bar, they could reach even further with respect to the types of settings they address. These standards need to extend beyond hospitals and the outpatient arena to include nursing homes, rehabilitation facilities, home care agencies, adult day health centers, and other settings where chronic care services are delivered.

Further, the standards devote considerable focus to the transfer of health information. Even with advances in health information exchange technologies, we must recognize that information is necessary but not sufficient for ensuring safe and high‐quality transfers. Implementing these standards will undoubtedly require that we reconfigure our daily workflows.13 The article in this issue by Graumlich et al.14 emphasizes the challenges of how to introduce technology into our daily clinical routines. The standards also open the door for how we can best ensure not just the transmission of information, but also the comprehension of transfer instructions to our patients with attention to health literacy, cognitive ability, and the patient's level of activation.15 Best and Young16 provide valuable action steps for how to address the needs of diverse and underserved populations.

These standards may serve to uncover the fact that most physicians have not received formal training in executing high‐quality care transitions in the role of either the sender or the receiver. Further, few physicians have a mechanism in place to evaluate their performance. The American Board of Internal Medicine and the American Board of Family Practice has developed Maintenance of Certification Practice Improvement Modules (PIM) on care coordination that provide an excellent opportunity to sharpen our skills. The HMO Care Management Workgroup has also attempted to summarize the essential skills necessary to care for patients during transitions.17

Perhaps the greatest value of these standards is that they lay the framework for actionable improvement. Local, state, and national quality collaboratives can immediately incorporate these recommendations into their overall strategy. These standards will likely influence the design and implementation of the Medical Home.18 As national attention focuses on how to operationalize bundled payment approaches and Accountable Care Organizations,19 these standards provide a clear consensus on communication, accountability, and ensuring patient‐centeredness. The standards are an excellent start and provide a framework for further innovation.

One area in particular may be the opportunity to reinvent the format, content, and medium by which essential information is transferred. For example, one might envision the value of producing a scaled down version of the discharge summary with a limited core set of data elements that could be quickly completed and communicated to the next care team via fax, e‐mail, or text messaging.

Complementing new strategies to improve the exchange of health information are opportunities to reconsider the culture within which this communication occurs. Our profession has a long‐standing tradition of not providing directives to our colleagues on the details of clinical management. Hospitalists develop important insights during a patient's hospital stay and are in an ideal position to anticipate potential developments in the subsequent course after discharge. Contrast this with the 5 to 10 minutes that a primary care physician or specialist may have to come up to speed on the hospital and posthospital events in order to manage the patient in the ambulatory arena. Thus, rather than the traditional historical orientation to a discharge summary, one could envision a more future‐orientated document characterized by a series of if‐then statements that outline a series of possible clinical scenarios that may play out over the weeks after discharge along with recommendations for adjustments to the treatment plan.

At a broader level, the release of these standards demonstrate to our communities and to our nation that physicians can join forces to address a particularly complex and challenging aspect of healthcare. Change can indeed come from within our profession rather than being imposed by outside influences such as government administrators, regulatory bodies, or malpractice attorneys. I applaud such efforts and believe that hospitalists will continue to play a central role in national efforts to improve transitions of care.

A lack of communication and accountability among healthcare professionals in general, and physicians in particular, jeopardizes quality and safety for our patients who are transitioning across sites of care.1, 2 Our patients, their family caregivers, and our health care professional colleagues on the receiving end of these transfers are often left flying blind without adequate information or direction to make sound clinical decisions.

Beyond our attempts to ensure effective transitions on a professional level, many of the readers of the Journal of Hospital Medicine likely have struggled to ensure seamless transitions for our families, despite the benefits of our training and experience.3 If some of the nation's most respected healthcare leaders are unable to make this work for their loved ones,48 one can only imagine the challenges faced by those without such advantages.

National and local quality collaboratives aimed at improving communication and collaboration across settings have found physicians difficult to engage as partners in these efforts.9 All too often there is a false expectation that these types of activities are best left to nonphysician healthcare professionals on the sending side of the transfer or to those receiving the transfer.10, 11

In this issue of the Journal, we commend the leadership provided by representatives of 6 of the nation's leading physician professional societies to join forces toward the common purpose of articulating physicians' roles and accountability for care delivered during transitions.12 Ensuring effective care transitions is a team sport, yet rarely do we have a clear understanding of who are the other members of our team, how to interact with them, or a clear delineation of their respective roles. Simply stated, this article is a key step to facilitating teamwork across settings among physicians, our interdisciplinary healthcare professional colleagues, our patients, and their family caregivers. These standards clearly convey the type of care we expect for our loved ones.

Drawing from proven strategies used in nonhealthcare industries, the standards assert that the sending provider or institution retains responsibility for the patient's care until the receiving team confirms receipt of the transfer and assumes responsibility. Further, the receiving team is given the opportunity to ask questions and clarify the proposed care plan in recognition of the fact that communication is more than simply the transfer of information. Rather, such communication involves the need to ensure comprehension and provide an opportunity to have a 2‐way dialog. These standards distinguish between the transmission of information and true communication.

The timing of the release of these standards is ideal. As physicians concentrate their practice within particular settings we can no longer rely on casual random interchanges in hospital parking lots or the hospital's physician lounge. Rather, we need to take a more active and reliable approach to ensuring timely and accurate exchanges. These standards cut to the essence of how we communicate with our physician and nonphysician colleagues alike, and in so doing move us away from nonproductive blame and finger‐pointing.

Although the implications for these standards are far reaching in terms of raising the quality bar, they could reach even further with respect to the types of settings they address. These standards need to extend beyond hospitals and the outpatient arena to include nursing homes, rehabilitation facilities, home care agencies, adult day health centers, and other settings where chronic care services are delivered.

Further, the standards devote considerable focus to the transfer of health information. Even with advances in health information exchange technologies, we must recognize that information is necessary but not sufficient for ensuring safe and high‐quality transfers. Implementing these standards will undoubtedly require that we reconfigure our daily workflows.13 The article in this issue by Graumlich et al.14 emphasizes the challenges of how to introduce technology into our daily clinical routines. The standards also open the door for how we can best ensure not just the transmission of information, but also the comprehension of transfer instructions to our patients with attention to health literacy, cognitive ability, and the patient's level of activation.15 Best and Young16 provide valuable action steps for how to address the needs of diverse and underserved populations.

These standards may serve to uncover the fact that most physicians have not received formal training in executing high‐quality care transitions in the role of either the sender or the receiver. Further, few physicians have a mechanism in place to evaluate their performance. The American Board of Internal Medicine and the American Board of Family Practice has developed Maintenance of Certification Practice Improvement Modules (PIM) on care coordination that provide an excellent opportunity to sharpen our skills. The HMO Care Management Workgroup has also attempted to summarize the essential skills necessary to care for patients during transitions.17

Perhaps the greatest value of these standards is that they lay the framework for actionable improvement. Local, state, and national quality collaboratives can immediately incorporate these recommendations into their overall strategy. These standards will likely influence the design and implementation of the Medical Home.18 As national attention focuses on how to operationalize bundled payment approaches and Accountable Care Organizations,19 these standards provide a clear consensus on communication, accountability, and ensuring patient‐centeredness. The standards are an excellent start and provide a framework for further innovation.

One area in particular may be the opportunity to reinvent the format, content, and medium by which essential information is transferred. For example, one might envision the value of producing a scaled down version of the discharge summary with a limited core set of data elements that could be quickly completed and communicated to the next care team via fax, e‐mail, or text messaging.

Complementing new strategies to improve the exchange of health information are opportunities to reconsider the culture within which this communication occurs. Our profession has a long‐standing tradition of not providing directives to our colleagues on the details of clinical management. Hospitalists develop important insights during a patient's hospital stay and are in an ideal position to anticipate potential developments in the subsequent course after discharge. Contrast this with the 5 to 10 minutes that a primary care physician or specialist may have to come up to speed on the hospital and posthospital events in order to manage the patient in the ambulatory arena. Thus, rather than the traditional historical orientation to a discharge summary, one could envision a more future‐orientated document characterized by a series of if‐then statements that outline a series of possible clinical scenarios that may play out over the weeks after discharge along with recommendations for adjustments to the treatment plan.

At a broader level, the release of these standards demonstrate to our communities and to our nation that physicians can join forces to address a particularly complex and challenging aspect of healthcare. Change can indeed come from within our profession rather than being imposed by outside influences such as government administrators, regulatory bodies, or malpractice attorneys. I applaud such efforts and believe that hospitalists will continue to play a central role in national efforts to improve transitions of care.

References
  1. Kripalani S,Phillips CO,Basaviah P,Williams MV,Saint SK,Baker DW.Deficits in information transfer from inpatient to outpatient physician at hospital discharge: a systematic review.J Gen Intern Med.2004;19(S1):135.
  2. Coleman EA,Berenson RA.Lost in transition: challenges and opportunities for improving the quality of transitional care.Ann Intern Med.2004;141(7):533536.
  3. Kane R,West J.It Shouldn't Be This Way: The Failure of Long Term Care.1st ed.Nashville, TN:Vanderbilt University Press;2005.
  4. Pham HH.Dismantling Rube Goldberg: cutting through chaos to achieve coordinated care.J Hosp Med.2009;4(4):259260.
  5. Levin PE,Levin EJ.The experience of an orthopaedic traumatologist when the trauma hits home: observations and suggestions.J Bone Joint Surg Am.2008;90(9):20262036.
  6. Berwick DM.Quality comes home.Ann Intern Med.1996;125(10):839843.
  7. Lawrence DM.My mother and the medical care ad‐hoc‐racy.Health Aff.2003;22(2):238242.
  8. Cleary P.A hospitalization from hell: a patient's perspective on quality.Ann Intern Med.2003;138:3339.
  9. Boyce PS,Pace KB,Lauder B,Solomon DA.The ReACH Collaborative—improving quality home care.Caring.2007;26(8):4451.
  10. Next step in care. Available at: http://www.nextstepincare.org. Accessed June2009.
  11. Bennett RE,Tuttle M,May K,Harvell J,Coleman EA. Health information exchange in post‐acute and long‐term care case study findings: final report. 2007. Office of Disability, Aging and Long‐Term Care Policy; Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Available at: http://aspe.hhs.gov/daltcp/reports/2007/HIEcase.pdf. Accessed June2009.
  12. Snow V.Transitions of Care Consensus Policy Statement. American College of Physicians‐Society of General Internal Medicine‐Society of Hospital Medicine‐American Geriatrics Society‐American College of Emergency Physicians‐Society of Academic Emergency Medicine.J Hosp Med.2009;4(6):364370.
  13. Chugh A,Williams MV,Grigsby J,Coleman E.Better transitions: improving comprehension of discharge instructions.Front Health Serv Manag.2009;25(3):1132.
  14. Graumlich J,Novotny N,Nace G,Aldag J.Patient and physician perceptions after software‐assisted discharge from hospital: cluster randomized trial.J Hosp Med.2009;4(6):356363.
  15. Patient Activation Measure. Available at: http://www.insigniahealth.com/products/pam.html. Accessed June2009.
  16. Best J,Young A.A SAFE DC: a conceptual framework for care of the homeless inpatient.J Hosp Med2009;4(6):375381.
  17. HMO Care Management Workgroup. One patient, many places: managing healthcare transitions. 2004. Available at: http://www.caretransitions. org/documents/One%20Patient%20RWJ%20Report.pdf. Accessed June2009.
  18. American College of Physicians. Patient‐Centered Medical Home: ACP delivers expanded PCMH resources online. Available at: http://www.acponline.org/advocacy/where_we_stand/medical_home. Accessed June2009.
  19. American College of Physicians. Accountable Care Organizations. Available at: http://www.acponline.org/advocacy/where_we_stand/medical_ home. Accessed June2009.
References
  1. Kripalani S,Phillips CO,Basaviah P,Williams MV,Saint SK,Baker DW.Deficits in information transfer from inpatient to outpatient physician at hospital discharge: a systematic review.J Gen Intern Med.2004;19(S1):135.
  2. Coleman EA,Berenson RA.Lost in transition: challenges and opportunities for improving the quality of transitional care.Ann Intern Med.2004;141(7):533536.
  3. Kane R,West J.It Shouldn't Be This Way: The Failure of Long Term Care.1st ed.Nashville, TN:Vanderbilt University Press;2005.
  4. Pham HH.Dismantling Rube Goldberg: cutting through chaos to achieve coordinated care.J Hosp Med.2009;4(4):259260.
  5. Levin PE,Levin EJ.The experience of an orthopaedic traumatologist when the trauma hits home: observations and suggestions.J Bone Joint Surg Am.2008;90(9):20262036.
  6. Berwick DM.Quality comes home.Ann Intern Med.1996;125(10):839843.
  7. Lawrence DM.My mother and the medical care ad‐hoc‐racy.Health Aff.2003;22(2):238242.
  8. Cleary P.A hospitalization from hell: a patient's perspective on quality.Ann Intern Med.2003;138:3339.
  9. Boyce PS,Pace KB,Lauder B,Solomon DA.The ReACH Collaborative—improving quality home care.Caring.2007;26(8):4451.
  10. Next step in care. Available at: http://www.nextstepincare.org. Accessed June2009.
  11. Bennett RE,Tuttle M,May K,Harvell J,Coleman EA. Health information exchange in post‐acute and long‐term care case study findings: final report. 2007. Office of Disability, Aging and Long‐Term Care Policy; Office of the Assistant Secretary for Planning and Evaluation; U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Available at: http://aspe.hhs.gov/daltcp/reports/2007/HIEcase.pdf. Accessed June2009.
  12. Snow V.Transitions of Care Consensus Policy Statement. American College of Physicians‐Society of General Internal Medicine‐Society of Hospital Medicine‐American Geriatrics Society‐American College of Emergency Physicians‐Society of Academic Emergency Medicine.J Hosp Med.2009;4(6):364370.
  13. Chugh A,Williams MV,Grigsby J,Coleman E.Better transitions: improving comprehension of discharge instructions.Front Health Serv Manag.2009;25(3):1132.
  14. Graumlich J,Novotny N,Nace G,Aldag J.Patient and physician perceptions after software‐assisted discharge from hospital: cluster randomized trial.J Hosp Med.2009;4(6):356363.
  15. Patient Activation Measure. Available at: http://www.insigniahealth.com/products/pam.html. Accessed June2009.
  16. Best J,Young A.A SAFE DC: a conceptual framework for care of the homeless inpatient.J Hosp Med2009;4(6):375381.
  17. HMO Care Management Workgroup. One patient, many places: managing healthcare transitions. 2004. Available at: http://www.caretransitions. org/documents/One%20Patient%20RWJ%20Report.pdf. Accessed June2009.
  18. American College of Physicians. Patient‐Centered Medical Home: ACP delivers expanded PCMH resources online. Available at: http://www.acponline.org/advocacy/where_we_stand/medical_home. Accessed June2009.
  19. American College of Physicians. Accountable Care Organizations. Available at: http://www.acponline.org/advocacy/where_we_stand/medical_ home. Accessed June2009.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
329-330
Page Number
329-330
Article Type
Display Headline
Safety in numbers: Physicians joining forces to seal the cracks during transitions
Display Headline
Safety in numbers: Physicians joining forces to seal the cracks during transitions
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Care Transitions Program, Professor of Medicine, University of Colorado at Denver, 13611 E. Colfax Ave, Suite 100, Aurora, CO 80045
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Ultrasound Measurement to Estimate CVP

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 05/23/2018 - 14:49
Display Headline
Diagnostic accuracy of a simple ultrasound measurement to estimate central venous pressure in spontaneously breathing, critically ill patients

Severe sepsis and septic shock account for more than 750,000 hospital admissions and 215,000 deaths per year.1 Early fluid resuscitation is the cornerstone of treatment, and early goal‐directed therapy (EGDT), which includes a target central venous pressure (CVP) of 8 to 12 mm Hg, has been shown to improve outcomes, including mortality and length of stay.2 This goal allows appropriate initial resuscitation and may decrease the risk of excess fluid administration, which is related to adverse outcomes in critically ill patients.3 However, nonintensivists may not start early aggressive fluid resuscitation because of inability to accurately assess intravascular volume, concerns for inadvertent volume overload, or the difficulty of recognizing insidious illness. Assessment of volume status, primarily from inspection of the internal jugular vein to estimate CVP, is difficult to perform by clinical examination alone, especially if CVP is very low.4 Inspection of the external jugular vein is perhaps easier than inspecting the internal jugular vein and appears to accurately estimate CVP,5 but it does not allow the degree of precision necessary for EGDT. Echocardiography can estimate CVP based on respirophasic variation or collapsibility index, but this technique requires expensive equipment and sonographic expertise. The current gold standard technique for measuring CVP requires an invasive central venous catheter, which can delay timely resuscitation and is associated with complications.6

An alternative technique to guide resuscitation efforts should be accurate, safe, rapid, and easy to perform at the bedside, while providing real‐time measurement results. We hypothesized that CVP can be accurately assessed using noninvasive ultrasound imaging of the internal jugular vein, since jugular venous pressure is essentially equal to CVP.7 Specifically, our study estimated the diagnostic accuracy of ultrasound measurement of the aspect ratio (height/width) of the internal jugular vein compared with the invasively measured CVP target for EGDT. We expected that a lower aspect ratio would correlate with a lower CVP and a higher aspect ratio would correlate with a higher CVP.

Methods

Volunteers were enrolled at Saint Mary's Hospital (Mayo Clinic) in Rochester, MN, from January to March 2006, and patients were enrolled at Saint Mary's Hospital and at Abbott Northwestern Hospital (Allina Hospitals and Clinics) in Minneapolis, MN, from May 2006 to October 2007. The study was approved by the Institutional Review Boards of Mayo Clinic and Allina and had 2 phases. The first phase comprised ultrasound measurements of internal jugular vein aspect ratio and determination of intraobserver and interobserver agreement in healthy volunteers. The second phase involved measurement of internal jugular vein aspect ratio and invasive CVP in a convenience sample of 44 spontaneously breathing patients admitted to medical intensive care units: 9 patients at Saint Marys Hospital and 35 patients at Abbott Northwestern Hospital. Patients were enrolled only when study members were on duty in the intensive care unit and able to perform study measurements. As a result, a high proportion of patients who may have been eligible were not asked to participate.

Each volunteer was deemed euvolemic on the basis of normal orthostatic measurements and normal oral intake with no vomiting or diarrhea in the previous 5 days. Measurements of 19 volunteers were made by 1 author (A.S.K.), with subsequent measurements of 15 of the volunteers made by another author (O.G.) to determine interobserver variability; 4 participants did not undergo a second measurement because of scheduling conflicts.

Inclusion and exclusion criteria for the critically ill patients are provided in Table 1. Recruitment was based on presenting symptoms and test results that led the intensive care unit physicians to decide to place a CVP monitor. All the enrolled patients had invasive CVP measurement performed approximately 30 to 40 minutes after ultrasound measurement of the internal jugular vein; this delay was the time required to place the central line and obtain the measurement. All patients who were invited to participate in the study were included. No patients were excluded on the basis of the exclusion criteria or because of inability to place a central line. No complications related to central line placement occurred.

Study Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria for Critically Ill Patients
Inclusion criteria
1. Aged 18 years or older
2. Admission to the intensive care unit
3. Spontaneously breathing (not intubated/ventilated)
4. Planned insertion of a central venous pressure monitor for therapy
Exclusion criteria
1. Known cervical spine injuries or fusion
2. Nonremovable cervical collars
3. Surgical dressings that would prevent visualization of the internal jugular vein
4. Inability of the patient to be properly positioned
5. A code situation

We followed a prescribed measurement technique (Table 2) to determine the internal jugular vein aspect ratio in all volunteers and patients. Measurements of the volunteers were made with a Site‐Rite 3 Ultrasound System (Bard Access Systems, Inc., Salt Lake City, UT) using a 9.0‐MHz transducer. Measurements of the critically ill patients were made with a SonoSite MicroMaxx ultrasound system (SonoSite, Inc., Bothell, WA) using a 10.5‐MHz transducer. Study team physicians initially were blinded to actual measured CVP. Internal jugular vein aspect ratio and CVP were measured at tidal volume end‐expiration for all patients. One measurement was obtained for each patient, with measurements being made by 1 of 4 physicians (2 intensivists, 1 critical care fellow, and 1 chief medicine resident). With no specific ultrasound training and with only minimal practice, the physicians could obtain the optimal aspect ratio within a few seconds (Figure 1).

Figure 1
Measurement of aspect ratio. Cross‐sectional transverse‐plane ultrasound image shows the right internal jugular vein and the common carotid artery. The internal jugular vein aspect ratio (height/width) in this example is 0.77.
Internal Jugular Vein Measurement Process
1. Position the patient supine (0) with head and legs flat, ensuring overall comfort. A small pillow can be used to help keep head, neck, and trunk aligned
2. Have the patient rotate his or her head slightly to the side (<30) to expose the internal jugular vein
3. Place the transducer transversely on the patient's neck over the expected location of the internal jugular vein. The transducer should be perpendicular to the patient's neck
4. Apply slight pressure to the transducer to locate the internal jugular vein on the view screen. Use the minimum pressure necessary to obtain a good quality ultrasound image
5. Once the internal jugular vein is found, adjust the position of the transducer over the vein to obtain the most circular cross‐sectional image
6. Have the patient breathe normally, then ask him or her to briefly stop breathing at normal (tidal volume) end‐expiration
7. Store the best end‐expiration image (in which the internal jugular vein appears most circular) and have the patient resume normal breathing
8. Measure the height and width of the internal jugular vein using the built‐in cursor function or a ruler

This was an exploratory prospective study, and all methods of data collection were designed before patient enrollment. However, the ultrasound‐derived aspect ratio of 0.83 (which defined a CVP of 8 mm Hg) was determined post hoc to maximize sensitivity and specificity and was based on the aspect ratio of the euvolemic volunteers and the inflection point of the CVP vs aspect ratio curve for the critically ill patients.

Statistical Analysis

Groups were compared using the 2 test for differences in proportions and the Wilcoxon rank sum test for continuous data. P < 0.05 was considered statistically significant. Bland‐Altman plots were used to describe the bias and variability of the aspect ratio within and between observers.8 This technique compares 2 methods of measurement to determine agreement and repeatability by plotting the mean of the differences (which should be zero) and the upper and lower limits of agreement (1.96 standard deviations [SDs] of those differences above and below the mean). Results were calculated using the available data; there was no adjustment for missing data. Analyses were performed using SPLUS and SAS/STAT software (SAS Institute, Inc., Cary, NC).

Results

We first evaluated 19 white volunteers: 12 women and 7 men. Mean (SD) age was 42 (11) years and mean body mass index was 26.6 (4.5) kg/m2. Mean arterial pressure was 89 (13) mm Hg and mean heart rate was 71 (15) beats/minute. Mean aspect ratio of the right and left internal jugular vein for all volunteers was 0.82 (0.07). There was no difference in aspect ratio between the right (0.83 [0.10]) and left (0.81 [0.13]) vein (P > 0.10). Also, no difference in the aspect ratio was seen between men (0.81 [0.08]) and women (0.83 [0.07]) (P = 0.77). Bland‐Altman analysis indicated moderate intraobserver and interobserver agreement for the aspect ratio measurements (Figure 2).

Figure 2
Bland‐Altman analysis. (A,B) Intraobserver reliability for ultrasound measurements of the aspect ratio for the (A) right and (B) left internal jugular vein made by 1 observer (A.S.K.) in 19 volunteers. (C,D) Interobserver reliability for measurements of the (C) right and (D) left internal jugular vein by 2 observers (A.S.K. and O.G.) in 15 of the volunteers. Solid line represents the mean of the difference in aspect ratio; dotted lines represent the variability of the difference. Vertical line on each graph indicates an aspect ratio of 0.83.

We then compared the aspect ratio measured using ultrasound and CVP measured with an invasive monitor for 44 spontaneously breathing critically ill patients (22 women and 22 men; 38 were white). Mean (SD) age was 66 (14) years and mean body mass index was 28.8 (9.1) kg/m2. Mean arterial pressure (n = 36) was 67 (12) mm Hg and mean heart rate (n = 34) was 92 (22) beats/minute. Systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS) criteria were present in 23 of 40 patients; complete data were unavailable for the other 4 patients. Of these 40 patients, 20 had sepsis, 15 had severe sepsis, and 5 had septic shock. The most common diagnoses were gastrointestinal tract bleeding in 6 patients and congestive heart failure in 4 patients. Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation (APACHE III) score, available for 8 of the 9 patients at Saint Marys Hospital, was 63 (10).

Figure 3 shows measured aspect ratios vs. invasively measured CVP for the critically ill patients. The curvilinear result is consistent with venous and right ventricular compliance ( volume/ pressure) characteristics. Note that the inflection point (beginning of the increased slope) of the curve corresponds to a CVP of about 8 mm Hg. Furthermore, the aspect ratio (0.8) at this point is the same as that seen in the euvolemic volunteers. These findings suggest that, in spontaneously breathing patients, a CVP of about 8 mm Hg and an aspect ratio of about 0.8 each defines the beginning of the plateau on the cardiac Frank‐Starling curve.

Figure 3
Measurements in spontaneously breathing critically ill patients. Plot of the ultrasound‐measured aspect ratio of the internal jugular vein (x‐axis) vs. the invasively‐measured end‐expiration central venous pressure (CVP) (y‐axis) for each patient (n = 44). The horizontal line indicates a CVP of 8 mm Hg, and the vertical line indicates an internal jugular vein aspect ratio of 0.83. Solid line represents a loess fit to the data.

Ultrasound imaging of the internal jugular vein aspect ratio accurately estimated the CVP target of 8 mm Hg based on the area under the receiver operating characteristics curve of 0.84 (95% confidence interval [CI], 0.72‐0.96) (Figure 4). For an invasively measured CVP of less than 8 mm Hg, the likelihood ratio for a positive ultrasound test result (aspect ratio < 0.83) was 3.5 (95% CI, 1.4‐8.4) and for a negative test result (aspect ratio 0.83) was 0.30 (95% CI, 0.14‐0.62). Clinically, this means that patients with a measured aspect ratio of less than 0.83 require further fluid resuscitation, whereas patients with a measured aspect ratio of 0.83 or greater are less likely to benefit from fluid resuscitation.

Figure 4
Receiver operating characteristics curve. Sensitivity (y‐axis) is plotted vs. 1 − specificity (x‐axis) for the 42 unique internal jugular vein aspect ratios among 44 patients. Area under the curve is 0.84 (95% CI, 0.72‐0.96). The “shoulder” indicates the point of maximum sensitivity (0.78) and specificity (0.77) that corresponds to the aspect ratio of 0.83 (*).

Discussion

This study demonstrated that the EGDT CVP target of 8 to 12 mm Hg can be accurately estimated (referenced to invasive CVP monitoring) using noninvasive ultrasound measurement of the internal jugular vein in spontaneously breathing critically ill patients. The measurement process is simple to perform at the bedside and moderately reliable when performed by different observers; also, the results appear to be equivalent for both sides and for males or females. Images can be stored electronically for serial comparisons and for viewing by other caregivers. Because the aspect ratio is essentially constant over the length of the internal jugular vein, unlike diameter, measurements can be performed anywhere along the vein. Also, ultrasound imaging allows visualization of the internal jugular vein despite anatomic variation.9

Previous attempts at noninvasive hemodynamic monitoring using plethysmography, thoracic electrical bioimpedance, and external Doppler probes have shown these methods to be cumbersome or inaccurate.1013 Other investigators have used echocardiography14, 15 and handheld ultrasound16 to image the diameter of the inferior vena cava in order to assess intravascular volume status, but these techniques require expertise in sonographic imaging. An alternative technique is to measure peripheral venous pressure, which correlates with CVP.17 This method, however, requires technical expertise to zero the monitor and is not yet widely used for critically ill patients. A literature search found 1 letter to the editor suggesting that real‐time ultrasound imaging of the internal jugular vein could be used to qualitatively determine jugular venous pressure18 and 3 studies using ultrasound in conjunction with a pressure transducer or manometer to determine the pressure needed to collapse the vein (either the internal jugular or a peripheral vein), with subsequent correlation to CVP.1921 These latter techniques appear to be cumbersome and require custom equipment that is not readily available in most hospitals.

Any measurement of CVP, including our technique, assumes correlation with volume responsiveness as a surrogate for intravascular volume. However, CVP is governed by multiple physiologic and pathologic factors, including intravascular volume, vascular and ventricular compliance, ventricular function, tricuspid stenosis and regurgitation, cardiac tamponade, and atrioventricular dissociation.22, 23 Therefore, CVP alone may not be an accurate measure of volume responsiveness (intravascular volume). CVP may also have spontaneous variation similar to pulmonary capillary wedge pressure, which can be as high as 7 mm Hg in any given patient.24 Furthermore, invasive CVP monitors also have limitations, and the overall accuracy of the Philips system used at Saint Marys Hospital is 4% of the reading or 4 mm Hg, whichever is greater.25 Nonetheless, the EGDT algorithm that incorporates CVP measurement with a target of 8 to 12 mm Hg in spontaneously breathing patients and 12 mm Hg in mechanically ventilated patients has resulted in decreased mortality among patients with severe sepsis and is recommended by the Surviving Sepsis Campaign guidelines26 and the Institute for Healthcare Improvement.27

These study results are important because nonintensivists such as hospitalists and emergency department physicians can use this technique to provide rapid fluid resuscitation early in the course of severe sepsis and septic shock, when aggressive fluid resuscitation is most effective. Ultrasound imaging of the internal jugular vein is easy to perform without formal training, and the equipment is readily available in most hospitals. Future studies will evaluate outcomes in spontaneously breathing and ventilated patients to determine the accuracy of this measurement technique in volume‐depleted and volume‐overloaded states. If validated in different patient populations, ultrasound measurement of the internal jugular vein could substitute for the EGDT CVP target in critically ill patients and allow early aggressive fluid resuscitation before a central venous catheter is placed.

Limitations

This exploratory study enrolled a small convenience sample of primarily white patients. The convenience sample is potentially prone to selection bias since a majority of patients who may have been eligible were never asked to participate. Also, not all patients had sepsis syndrome; our intention was to measure CVP and aspect ratio for available critically ill patients. Accordingly, results may be different depending on severity of illness. In addition, some of the patients were transferred from outside medical centers or from emergency departments and therefore may have already been partly resuscitated. Another limitation is that the intraobserver and interobserver variability for the healthy volunteers showed only moderate agreement, possibly indicating limited repeatability, although these results could be due to the small sample size. Also, we did not determine intraobserver and interobserver variability for the critically ill patients; results may be different from those of the healthy volunteers. Furthermore, underlying conditions such as tricuspid stenosis or regurgitation and cardiac tamponade may affect measurement results, but we included all patients without formal assessment, since treatment was performed on an urgent/emergent basis as would happen in real clinical settings.

Acknowledgements

The authors dedicate this work to their patients with severe sepsis. They thank Lisa Kirkland, MD, and Murat Yilmaz, MD, for their assistance with this study. They also thank the Mayo Clinic Divisions of General Internal Medicine and Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine for funding.

References
  1. Angus DC,Linde‐Zwirble WT,Lidicker J,Clermont G,Carcillo J,Pinsky MR.Epidemiology of severe sepsis in the United States: analysis of incidence, outcome, and associated costs of care.Crit Care Med.2001;29(7):13031310.
  2. Rivers E,Nguyen B,Havstad S, et al.Early Goal‐Directed Therapy Collaborative Group. Early goal‐directed therapy in the treatment of severe sepsis and septic shock.N Engl J Med.2001;345(19):13681377.
  3. Durairaj L,Schmidt GA.Fluid therapy in resuscitated sepsis: less is more.Chest.2008;133(1):252263.
  4. Cook DJ,Simel DL.The rational clinical examination: does this patient have abnormal central venous pressure?JAMA.1996;275(8):630634.
  5. Vinayak AG,Levitt J,Gehlbach B,Pohlman AS,Hall JB,Kress JP.Usefulness of the external jugular vein examination in detecting abnormal central venous pressure in critically ill patients.Arch Intern Med.2006;166(19):21322137.
  6. Taylor RW,Palagiri AV.Central venous catheterization.Crit Care Med.2007;35(5):13901396.
  7. Magder S.How to use central venous pressure measurements.Curr Opin Crit Care.2005;11(3):264270.
  8. Bland JM,Altman DG.Statistical methods for assessing agreement between two methods of clinical measurement.Lancet.1986;1(8476):307310.
  9. Denys BG,Uretsky BF.Anatomical variations of internal jugular vein location: impact on central venous access.Crit Care Med.1991;19(12):15161519.
  10. Bloch KE,Krieger BP,Sackner MA.Noninvasive measurement of central venous pressure by neck inductive plethysmography.Chest.1991;100(2):371375.
  11. Ward KR,Tiba MH,Barbee RW, et al.A new noninvasive method to determine central venous pressure.Resuscitation.2006;70(2):238246.
  12. Barie PS.Advances in critical care monitoring.Arch Surg.1997;132(7):734739.
  13. Chandraratna PA,Brar R,Vijayasekaran S, et al.Continuous recording of pulmonary artery diastolic pressure and cardiac output using a novel ultrasound transducer.J Am Soc Echocardiogr.2002;15(11):13811386.
  14. Duvekot JJ,Cheriex EC,Tan WD,Heidendal GA,Peeters LL.Measurement of anterior‐posterior diameter of inferior vena cava by ultrasonography: a new non‐invasive method to assess acute changes in vascular filling state.Cardiovasc Res.1994;28(8):12691272.
  15. Yanagiba S,Ando Y,Kusano E,Asano Y.Utility of the inferior vena cava diameter as a marker of dry weight in nonoliguric hemodialyzed patients.ASAIO J.2001;47(5):528532.
  16. Brennan JM,Ronan A,Goonewardena S, et al.Handcarried ultrasound measurement of the inferior vena cava for assessment of intravascular volume status in the outpatient hemodialysis clinic.Clin J Am Soc Nephrol.2006;1(4):749753.
  17. Charalambous C,Barker TA,Zipitis CS, et al.Comparison of peripheral and central venous pressures in critically ill patients.Anaesth Intensive Care.2003;31(1):3439.
  18. Lipton BM.Determination of elevated jugular venous pressure by real‐time ultrasound.Ann Emerg Med.1999;34(1):115.
  19. Aggarwal V,Chatterjee A,Cho Y,Cheung D.Ultrasound‐guided noninvasive measurement of a patient's central venous pressure.Conf Proc IEEE Eng Med Biol Soc.2006;1:38433849.
  20. Thalhammer C,Aschwanden M,Odermatt A, et al.Noninvasive central venous pressure measurement by controlled compression sonography at the forearm.J Am Coll Cardiol.2007;50(16):15841589.
  21. Baumann UA,Marquis C,Stoupis C,Willenberg TA,Takala J,Jakob SM.Estimation of central venous pressure by ultrasound.Resuscitation.2005;64(2):193199.
  22. Stephan F,Novara A,Tournier B, et al.Determination of total effective vascular compliance in patients with sepsis syndrome.Am J Respir Crit Care Med.1998;157(1):5056.
  23. Smith T,Grounds RM,Rhodes A.Central venous pressure: uses and limitations. In: Pinsky MR, Payen D, eds.Functional Hemodynamic Monitoring.Berlin, Germany:Springer‐Verlag Berlin Heidelberg;2006:101.
  24. Nemens EJ,Woods SL.Normal fluctuations in pulmonary artery and pulmonary capillary wedge pressures in acutely ill patients.Heart Lung.1982;11(5):393398.
  25. Philips M3012A Data Sheet.Hemodynamic extension to the multi‐measurement server.Amsterdam:Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.;2003.
  26. Dellinger RP,Carlet JM,Masur H, et al.Surviving Sepsis Campaign Management Guidelines Committee. Surviving Sepsis Campaign guidelines for management of severe sepsis and septic shock.Crit Care Med.2004;32(3):858873. [Erratua: Crit Care Med. 2004;32(6):1448. Correction of dosage error in text. Crit Care Med. 2004;32(10):2169–2170.]
  27. Institute for Healthcare Improvement.Sepsis.Cambridge, MA:Institute for Healthcare Improvement. Available at:http://www.ihi.org/IHI/Topics/CriticalCare/Sepsis. Accessed March 2009.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
350-355
Legacy Keywords
central venous pressure, early goal‐directed therapy, internal jugular vein, sensitivity, septic shock, severe sepsis, specificity, ultrasound imaging
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Severe sepsis and septic shock account for more than 750,000 hospital admissions and 215,000 deaths per year.1 Early fluid resuscitation is the cornerstone of treatment, and early goal‐directed therapy (EGDT), which includes a target central venous pressure (CVP) of 8 to 12 mm Hg, has been shown to improve outcomes, including mortality and length of stay.2 This goal allows appropriate initial resuscitation and may decrease the risk of excess fluid administration, which is related to adverse outcomes in critically ill patients.3 However, nonintensivists may not start early aggressive fluid resuscitation because of inability to accurately assess intravascular volume, concerns for inadvertent volume overload, or the difficulty of recognizing insidious illness. Assessment of volume status, primarily from inspection of the internal jugular vein to estimate CVP, is difficult to perform by clinical examination alone, especially if CVP is very low.4 Inspection of the external jugular vein is perhaps easier than inspecting the internal jugular vein and appears to accurately estimate CVP,5 but it does not allow the degree of precision necessary for EGDT. Echocardiography can estimate CVP based on respirophasic variation or collapsibility index, but this technique requires expensive equipment and sonographic expertise. The current gold standard technique for measuring CVP requires an invasive central venous catheter, which can delay timely resuscitation and is associated with complications.6

An alternative technique to guide resuscitation efforts should be accurate, safe, rapid, and easy to perform at the bedside, while providing real‐time measurement results. We hypothesized that CVP can be accurately assessed using noninvasive ultrasound imaging of the internal jugular vein, since jugular venous pressure is essentially equal to CVP.7 Specifically, our study estimated the diagnostic accuracy of ultrasound measurement of the aspect ratio (height/width) of the internal jugular vein compared with the invasively measured CVP target for EGDT. We expected that a lower aspect ratio would correlate with a lower CVP and a higher aspect ratio would correlate with a higher CVP.

Methods

Volunteers were enrolled at Saint Mary's Hospital (Mayo Clinic) in Rochester, MN, from January to March 2006, and patients were enrolled at Saint Mary's Hospital and at Abbott Northwestern Hospital (Allina Hospitals and Clinics) in Minneapolis, MN, from May 2006 to October 2007. The study was approved by the Institutional Review Boards of Mayo Clinic and Allina and had 2 phases. The first phase comprised ultrasound measurements of internal jugular vein aspect ratio and determination of intraobserver and interobserver agreement in healthy volunteers. The second phase involved measurement of internal jugular vein aspect ratio and invasive CVP in a convenience sample of 44 spontaneously breathing patients admitted to medical intensive care units: 9 patients at Saint Marys Hospital and 35 patients at Abbott Northwestern Hospital. Patients were enrolled only when study members were on duty in the intensive care unit and able to perform study measurements. As a result, a high proportion of patients who may have been eligible were not asked to participate.

Each volunteer was deemed euvolemic on the basis of normal orthostatic measurements and normal oral intake with no vomiting or diarrhea in the previous 5 days. Measurements of 19 volunteers were made by 1 author (A.S.K.), with subsequent measurements of 15 of the volunteers made by another author (O.G.) to determine interobserver variability; 4 participants did not undergo a second measurement because of scheduling conflicts.

Inclusion and exclusion criteria for the critically ill patients are provided in Table 1. Recruitment was based on presenting symptoms and test results that led the intensive care unit physicians to decide to place a CVP monitor. All the enrolled patients had invasive CVP measurement performed approximately 30 to 40 minutes after ultrasound measurement of the internal jugular vein; this delay was the time required to place the central line and obtain the measurement. All patients who were invited to participate in the study were included. No patients were excluded on the basis of the exclusion criteria or because of inability to place a central line. No complications related to central line placement occurred.

Study Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria for Critically Ill Patients
Inclusion criteria
1. Aged 18 years or older
2. Admission to the intensive care unit
3. Spontaneously breathing (not intubated/ventilated)
4. Planned insertion of a central venous pressure monitor for therapy
Exclusion criteria
1. Known cervical spine injuries or fusion
2. Nonremovable cervical collars
3. Surgical dressings that would prevent visualization of the internal jugular vein
4. Inability of the patient to be properly positioned
5. A code situation

We followed a prescribed measurement technique (Table 2) to determine the internal jugular vein aspect ratio in all volunteers and patients. Measurements of the volunteers were made with a Site‐Rite 3 Ultrasound System (Bard Access Systems, Inc., Salt Lake City, UT) using a 9.0‐MHz transducer. Measurements of the critically ill patients were made with a SonoSite MicroMaxx ultrasound system (SonoSite, Inc., Bothell, WA) using a 10.5‐MHz transducer. Study team physicians initially were blinded to actual measured CVP. Internal jugular vein aspect ratio and CVP were measured at tidal volume end‐expiration for all patients. One measurement was obtained for each patient, with measurements being made by 1 of 4 physicians (2 intensivists, 1 critical care fellow, and 1 chief medicine resident). With no specific ultrasound training and with only minimal practice, the physicians could obtain the optimal aspect ratio within a few seconds (Figure 1).

Figure 1
Measurement of aspect ratio. Cross‐sectional transverse‐plane ultrasound image shows the right internal jugular vein and the common carotid artery. The internal jugular vein aspect ratio (height/width) in this example is 0.77.
Internal Jugular Vein Measurement Process
1. Position the patient supine (0) with head and legs flat, ensuring overall comfort. A small pillow can be used to help keep head, neck, and trunk aligned
2. Have the patient rotate his or her head slightly to the side (<30) to expose the internal jugular vein
3. Place the transducer transversely on the patient's neck over the expected location of the internal jugular vein. The transducer should be perpendicular to the patient's neck
4. Apply slight pressure to the transducer to locate the internal jugular vein on the view screen. Use the minimum pressure necessary to obtain a good quality ultrasound image
5. Once the internal jugular vein is found, adjust the position of the transducer over the vein to obtain the most circular cross‐sectional image
6. Have the patient breathe normally, then ask him or her to briefly stop breathing at normal (tidal volume) end‐expiration
7. Store the best end‐expiration image (in which the internal jugular vein appears most circular) and have the patient resume normal breathing
8. Measure the height and width of the internal jugular vein using the built‐in cursor function or a ruler

This was an exploratory prospective study, and all methods of data collection were designed before patient enrollment. However, the ultrasound‐derived aspect ratio of 0.83 (which defined a CVP of 8 mm Hg) was determined post hoc to maximize sensitivity and specificity and was based on the aspect ratio of the euvolemic volunteers and the inflection point of the CVP vs aspect ratio curve for the critically ill patients.

Statistical Analysis

Groups were compared using the 2 test for differences in proportions and the Wilcoxon rank sum test for continuous data. P < 0.05 was considered statistically significant. Bland‐Altman plots were used to describe the bias and variability of the aspect ratio within and between observers.8 This technique compares 2 methods of measurement to determine agreement and repeatability by plotting the mean of the differences (which should be zero) and the upper and lower limits of agreement (1.96 standard deviations [SDs] of those differences above and below the mean). Results were calculated using the available data; there was no adjustment for missing data. Analyses were performed using SPLUS and SAS/STAT software (SAS Institute, Inc., Cary, NC).

Results

We first evaluated 19 white volunteers: 12 women and 7 men. Mean (SD) age was 42 (11) years and mean body mass index was 26.6 (4.5) kg/m2. Mean arterial pressure was 89 (13) mm Hg and mean heart rate was 71 (15) beats/minute. Mean aspect ratio of the right and left internal jugular vein for all volunteers was 0.82 (0.07). There was no difference in aspect ratio between the right (0.83 [0.10]) and left (0.81 [0.13]) vein (P > 0.10). Also, no difference in the aspect ratio was seen between men (0.81 [0.08]) and women (0.83 [0.07]) (P = 0.77). Bland‐Altman analysis indicated moderate intraobserver and interobserver agreement for the aspect ratio measurements (Figure 2).

Figure 2
Bland‐Altman analysis. (A,B) Intraobserver reliability for ultrasound measurements of the aspect ratio for the (A) right and (B) left internal jugular vein made by 1 observer (A.S.K.) in 19 volunteers. (C,D) Interobserver reliability for measurements of the (C) right and (D) left internal jugular vein by 2 observers (A.S.K. and O.G.) in 15 of the volunteers. Solid line represents the mean of the difference in aspect ratio; dotted lines represent the variability of the difference. Vertical line on each graph indicates an aspect ratio of 0.83.

We then compared the aspect ratio measured using ultrasound and CVP measured with an invasive monitor for 44 spontaneously breathing critically ill patients (22 women and 22 men; 38 were white). Mean (SD) age was 66 (14) years and mean body mass index was 28.8 (9.1) kg/m2. Mean arterial pressure (n = 36) was 67 (12) mm Hg and mean heart rate (n = 34) was 92 (22) beats/minute. Systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS) criteria were present in 23 of 40 patients; complete data were unavailable for the other 4 patients. Of these 40 patients, 20 had sepsis, 15 had severe sepsis, and 5 had septic shock. The most common diagnoses were gastrointestinal tract bleeding in 6 patients and congestive heart failure in 4 patients. Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation (APACHE III) score, available for 8 of the 9 patients at Saint Marys Hospital, was 63 (10).

Figure 3 shows measured aspect ratios vs. invasively measured CVP for the critically ill patients. The curvilinear result is consistent with venous and right ventricular compliance ( volume/ pressure) characteristics. Note that the inflection point (beginning of the increased slope) of the curve corresponds to a CVP of about 8 mm Hg. Furthermore, the aspect ratio (0.8) at this point is the same as that seen in the euvolemic volunteers. These findings suggest that, in spontaneously breathing patients, a CVP of about 8 mm Hg and an aspect ratio of about 0.8 each defines the beginning of the plateau on the cardiac Frank‐Starling curve.

Figure 3
Measurements in spontaneously breathing critically ill patients. Plot of the ultrasound‐measured aspect ratio of the internal jugular vein (x‐axis) vs. the invasively‐measured end‐expiration central venous pressure (CVP) (y‐axis) for each patient (n = 44). The horizontal line indicates a CVP of 8 mm Hg, and the vertical line indicates an internal jugular vein aspect ratio of 0.83. Solid line represents a loess fit to the data.

Ultrasound imaging of the internal jugular vein aspect ratio accurately estimated the CVP target of 8 mm Hg based on the area under the receiver operating characteristics curve of 0.84 (95% confidence interval [CI], 0.72‐0.96) (Figure 4). For an invasively measured CVP of less than 8 mm Hg, the likelihood ratio for a positive ultrasound test result (aspect ratio < 0.83) was 3.5 (95% CI, 1.4‐8.4) and for a negative test result (aspect ratio 0.83) was 0.30 (95% CI, 0.14‐0.62). Clinically, this means that patients with a measured aspect ratio of less than 0.83 require further fluid resuscitation, whereas patients with a measured aspect ratio of 0.83 or greater are less likely to benefit from fluid resuscitation.

Figure 4
Receiver operating characteristics curve. Sensitivity (y‐axis) is plotted vs. 1 − specificity (x‐axis) for the 42 unique internal jugular vein aspect ratios among 44 patients. Area under the curve is 0.84 (95% CI, 0.72‐0.96). The “shoulder” indicates the point of maximum sensitivity (0.78) and specificity (0.77) that corresponds to the aspect ratio of 0.83 (*).

Discussion

This study demonstrated that the EGDT CVP target of 8 to 12 mm Hg can be accurately estimated (referenced to invasive CVP monitoring) using noninvasive ultrasound measurement of the internal jugular vein in spontaneously breathing critically ill patients. The measurement process is simple to perform at the bedside and moderately reliable when performed by different observers; also, the results appear to be equivalent for both sides and for males or females. Images can be stored electronically for serial comparisons and for viewing by other caregivers. Because the aspect ratio is essentially constant over the length of the internal jugular vein, unlike diameter, measurements can be performed anywhere along the vein. Also, ultrasound imaging allows visualization of the internal jugular vein despite anatomic variation.9

Previous attempts at noninvasive hemodynamic monitoring using plethysmography, thoracic electrical bioimpedance, and external Doppler probes have shown these methods to be cumbersome or inaccurate.1013 Other investigators have used echocardiography14, 15 and handheld ultrasound16 to image the diameter of the inferior vena cava in order to assess intravascular volume status, but these techniques require expertise in sonographic imaging. An alternative technique is to measure peripheral venous pressure, which correlates with CVP.17 This method, however, requires technical expertise to zero the monitor and is not yet widely used for critically ill patients. A literature search found 1 letter to the editor suggesting that real‐time ultrasound imaging of the internal jugular vein could be used to qualitatively determine jugular venous pressure18 and 3 studies using ultrasound in conjunction with a pressure transducer or manometer to determine the pressure needed to collapse the vein (either the internal jugular or a peripheral vein), with subsequent correlation to CVP.1921 These latter techniques appear to be cumbersome and require custom equipment that is not readily available in most hospitals.

Any measurement of CVP, including our technique, assumes correlation with volume responsiveness as a surrogate for intravascular volume. However, CVP is governed by multiple physiologic and pathologic factors, including intravascular volume, vascular and ventricular compliance, ventricular function, tricuspid stenosis and regurgitation, cardiac tamponade, and atrioventricular dissociation.22, 23 Therefore, CVP alone may not be an accurate measure of volume responsiveness (intravascular volume). CVP may also have spontaneous variation similar to pulmonary capillary wedge pressure, which can be as high as 7 mm Hg in any given patient.24 Furthermore, invasive CVP monitors also have limitations, and the overall accuracy of the Philips system used at Saint Marys Hospital is 4% of the reading or 4 mm Hg, whichever is greater.25 Nonetheless, the EGDT algorithm that incorporates CVP measurement with a target of 8 to 12 mm Hg in spontaneously breathing patients and 12 mm Hg in mechanically ventilated patients has resulted in decreased mortality among patients with severe sepsis and is recommended by the Surviving Sepsis Campaign guidelines26 and the Institute for Healthcare Improvement.27

These study results are important because nonintensivists such as hospitalists and emergency department physicians can use this technique to provide rapid fluid resuscitation early in the course of severe sepsis and septic shock, when aggressive fluid resuscitation is most effective. Ultrasound imaging of the internal jugular vein is easy to perform without formal training, and the equipment is readily available in most hospitals. Future studies will evaluate outcomes in spontaneously breathing and ventilated patients to determine the accuracy of this measurement technique in volume‐depleted and volume‐overloaded states. If validated in different patient populations, ultrasound measurement of the internal jugular vein could substitute for the EGDT CVP target in critically ill patients and allow early aggressive fluid resuscitation before a central venous catheter is placed.

Limitations

This exploratory study enrolled a small convenience sample of primarily white patients. The convenience sample is potentially prone to selection bias since a majority of patients who may have been eligible were never asked to participate. Also, not all patients had sepsis syndrome; our intention was to measure CVP and aspect ratio for available critically ill patients. Accordingly, results may be different depending on severity of illness. In addition, some of the patients were transferred from outside medical centers or from emergency departments and therefore may have already been partly resuscitated. Another limitation is that the intraobserver and interobserver variability for the healthy volunteers showed only moderate agreement, possibly indicating limited repeatability, although these results could be due to the small sample size. Also, we did not determine intraobserver and interobserver variability for the critically ill patients; results may be different from those of the healthy volunteers. Furthermore, underlying conditions such as tricuspid stenosis or regurgitation and cardiac tamponade may affect measurement results, but we included all patients without formal assessment, since treatment was performed on an urgent/emergent basis as would happen in real clinical settings.

Acknowledgements

The authors dedicate this work to their patients with severe sepsis. They thank Lisa Kirkland, MD, and Murat Yilmaz, MD, for their assistance with this study. They also thank the Mayo Clinic Divisions of General Internal Medicine and Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine for funding.

Severe sepsis and septic shock account for more than 750,000 hospital admissions and 215,000 deaths per year.1 Early fluid resuscitation is the cornerstone of treatment, and early goal‐directed therapy (EGDT), which includes a target central venous pressure (CVP) of 8 to 12 mm Hg, has been shown to improve outcomes, including mortality and length of stay.2 This goal allows appropriate initial resuscitation and may decrease the risk of excess fluid administration, which is related to adverse outcomes in critically ill patients.3 However, nonintensivists may not start early aggressive fluid resuscitation because of inability to accurately assess intravascular volume, concerns for inadvertent volume overload, or the difficulty of recognizing insidious illness. Assessment of volume status, primarily from inspection of the internal jugular vein to estimate CVP, is difficult to perform by clinical examination alone, especially if CVP is very low.4 Inspection of the external jugular vein is perhaps easier than inspecting the internal jugular vein and appears to accurately estimate CVP,5 but it does not allow the degree of precision necessary for EGDT. Echocardiography can estimate CVP based on respirophasic variation or collapsibility index, but this technique requires expensive equipment and sonographic expertise. The current gold standard technique for measuring CVP requires an invasive central venous catheter, which can delay timely resuscitation and is associated with complications.6

An alternative technique to guide resuscitation efforts should be accurate, safe, rapid, and easy to perform at the bedside, while providing real‐time measurement results. We hypothesized that CVP can be accurately assessed using noninvasive ultrasound imaging of the internal jugular vein, since jugular venous pressure is essentially equal to CVP.7 Specifically, our study estimated the diagnostic accuracy of ultrasound measurement of the aspect ratio (height/width) of the internal jugular vein compared with the invasively measured CVP target for EGDT. We expected that a lower aspect ratio would correlate with a lower CVP and a higher aspect ratio would correlate with a higher CVP.

Methods

Volunteers were enrolled at Saint Mary's Hospital (Mayo Clinic) in Rochester, MN, from January to March 2006, and patients were enrolled at Saint Mary's Hospital and at Abbott Northwestern Hospital (Allina Hospitals and Clinics) in Minneapolis, MN, from May 2006 to October 2007. The study was approved by the Institutional Review Boards of Mayo Clinic and Allina and had 2 phases. The first phase comprised ultrasound measurements of internal jugular vein aspect ratio and determination of intraobserver and interobserver agreement in healthy volunteers. The second phase involved measurement of internal jugular vein aspect ratio and invasive CVP in a convenience sample of 44 spontaneously breathing patients admitted to medical intensive care units: 9 patients at Saint Marys Hospital and 35 patients at Abbott Northwestern Hospital. Patients were enrolled only when study members were on duty in the intensive care unit and able to perform study measurements. As a result, a high proportion of patients who may have been eligible were not asked to participate.

Each volunteer was deemed euvolemic on the basis of normal orthostatic measurements and normal oral intake with no vomiting or diarrhea in the previous 5 days. Measurements of 19 volunteers were made by 1 author (A.S.K.), with subsequent measurements of 15 of the volunteers made by another author (O.G.) to determine interobserver variability; 4 participants did not undergo a second measurement because of scheduling conflicts.

Inclusion and exclusion criteria for the critically ill patients are provided in Table 1. Recruitment was based on presenting symptoms and test results that led the intensive care unit physicians to decide to place a CVP monitor. All the enrolled patients had invasive CVP measurement performed approximately 30 to 40 minutes after ultrasound measurement of the internal jugular vein; this delay was the time required to place the central line and obtain the measurement. All patients who were invited to participate in the study were included. No patients were excluded on the basis of the exclusion criteria or because of inability to place a central line. No complications related to central line placement occurred.

Study Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria for Critically Ill Patients
Inclusion criteria
1. Aged 18 years or older
2. Admission to the intensive care unit
3. Spontaneously breathing (not intubated/ventilated)
4. Planned insertion of a central venous pressure monitor for therapy
Exclusion criteria
1. Known cervical spine injuries or fusion
2. Nonremovable cervical collars
3. Surgical dressings that would prevent visualization of the internal jugular vein
4. Inability of the patient to be properly positioned
5. A code situation

We followed a prescribed measurement technique (Table 2) to determine the internal jugular vein aspect ratio in all volunteers and patients. Measurements of the volunteers were made with a Site‐Rite 3 Ultrasound System (Bard Access Systems, Inc., Salt Lake City, UT) using a 9.0‐MHz transducer. Measurements of the critically ill patients were made with a SonoSite MicroMaxx ultrasound system (SonoSite, Inc., Bothell, WA) using a 10.5‐MHz transducer. Study team physicians initially were blinded to actual measured CVP. Internal jugular vein aspect ratio and CVP were measured at tidal volume end‐expiration for all patients. One measurement was obtained for each patient, with measurements being made by 1 of 4 physicians (2 intensivists, 1 critical care fellow, and 1 chief medicine resident). With no specific ultrasound training and with only minimal practice, the physicians could obtain the optimal aspect ratio within a few seconds (Figure 1).

Figure 1
Measurement of aspect ratio. Cross‐sectional transverse‐plane ultrasound image shows the right internal jugular vein and the common carotid artery. The internal jugular vein aspect ratio (height/width) in this example is 0.77.
Internal Jugular Vein Measurement Process
1. Position the patient supine (0) with head and legs flat, ensuring overall comfort. A small pillow can be used to help keep head, neck, and trunk aligned
2. Have the patient rotate his or her head slightly to the side (<30) to expose the internal jugular vein
3. Place the transducer transversely on the patient's neck over the expected location of the internal jugular vein. The transducer should be perpendicular to the patient's neck
4. Apply slight pressure to the transducer to locate the internal jugular vein on the view screen. Use the minimum pressure necessary to obtain a good quality ultrasound image
5. Once the internal jugular vein is found, adjust the position of the transducer over the vein to obtain the most circular cross‐sectional image
6. Have the patient breathe normally, then ask him or her to briefly stop breathing at normal (tidal volume) end‐expiration
7. Store the best end‐expiration image (in which the internal jugular vein appears most circular) and have the patient resume normal breathing
8. Measure the height and width of the internal jugular vein using the built‐in cursor function or a ruler

This was an exploratory prospective study, and all methods of data collection were designed before patient enrollment. However, the ultrasound‐derived aspect ratio of 0.83 (which defined a CVP of 8 mm Hg) was determined post hoc to maximize sensitivity and specificity and was based on the aspect ratio of the euvolemic volunteers and the inflection point of the CVP vs aspect ratio curve for the critically ill patients.

Statistical Analysis

Groups were compared using the 2 test for differences in proportions and the Wilcoxon rank sum test for continuous data. P < 0.05 was considered statistically significant. Bland‐Altman plots were used to describe the bias and variability of the aspect ratio within and between observers.8 This technique compares 2 methods of measurement to determine agreement and repeatability by plotting the mean of the differences (which should be zero) and the upper and lower limits of agreement (1.96 standard deviations [SDs] of those differences above and below the mean). Results were calculated using the available data; there was no adjustment for missing data. Analyses were performed using SPLUS and SAS/STAT software (SAS Institute, Inc., Cary, NC).

Results

We first evaluated 19 white volunteers: 12 women and 7 men. Mean (SD) age was 42 (11) years and mean body mass index was 26.6 (4.5) kg/m2. Mean arterial pressure was 89 (13) mm Hg and mean heart rate was 71 (15) beats/minute. Mean aspect ratio of the right and left internal jugular vein for all volunteers was 0.82 (0.07). There was no difference in aspect ratio between the right (0.83 [0.10]) and left (0.81 [0.13]) vein (P > 0.10). Also, no difference in the aspect ratio was seen between men (0.81 [0.08]) and women (0.83 [0.07]) (P = 0.77). Bland‐Altman analysis indicated moderate intraobserver and interobserver agreement for the aspect ratio measurements (Figure 2).

Figure 2
Bland‐Altman analysis. (A,B) Intraobserver reliability for ultrasound measurements of the aspect ratio for the (A) right and (B) left internal jugular vein made by 1 observer (A.S.K.) in 19 volunteers. (C,D) Interobserver reliability for measurements of the (C) right and (D) left internal jugular vein by 2 observers (A.S.K. and O.G.) in 15 of the volunteers. Solid line represents the mean of the difference in aspect ratio; dotted lines represent the variability of the difference. Vertical line on each graph indicates an aspect ratio of 0.83.

We then compared the aspect ratio measured using ultrasound and CVP measured with an invasive monitor for 44 spontaneously breathing critically ill patients (22 women and 22 men; 38 were white). Mean (SD) age was 66 (14) years and mean body mass index was 28.8 (9.1) kg/m2. Mean arterial pressure (n = 36) was 67 (12) mm Hg and mean heart rate (n = 34) was 92 (22) beats/minute. Systemic inflammatory response syndrome (SIRS) criteria were present in 23 of 40 patients; complete data were unavailable for the other 4 patients. Of these 40 patients, 20 had sepsis, 15 had severe sepsis, and 5 had septic shock. The most common diagnoses were gastrointestinal tract bleeding in 6 patients and congestive heart failure in 4 patients. Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation (APACHE III) score, available for 8 of the 9 patients at Saint Marys Hospital, was 63 (10).

Figure 3 shows measured aspect ratios vs. invasively measured CVP for the critically ill patients. The curvilinear result is consistent with venous and right ventricular compliance ( volume/ pressure) characteristics. Note that the inflection point (beginning of the increased slope) of the curve corresponds to a CVP of about 8 mm Hg. Furthermore, the aspect ratio (0.8) at this point is the same as that seen in the euvolemic volunteers. These findings suggest that, in spontaneously breathing patients, a CVP of about 8 mm Hg and an aspect ratio of about 0.8 each defines the beginning of the plateau on the cardiac Frank‐Starling curve.

Figure 3
Measurements in spontaneously breathing critically ill patients. Plot of the ultrasound‐measured aspect ratio of the internal jugular vein (x‐axis) vs. the invasively‐measured end‐expiration central venous pressure (CVP) (y‐axis) for each patient (n = 44). The horizontal line indicates a CVP of 8 mm Hg, and the vertical line indicates an internal jugular vein aspect ratio of 0.83. Solid line represents a loess fit to the data.

Ultrasound imaging of the internal jugular vein aspect ratio accurately estimated the CVP target of 8 mm Hg based on the area under the receiver operating characteristics curve of 0.84 (95% confidence interval [CI], 0.72‐0.96) (Figure 4). For an invasively measured CVP of less than 8 mm Hg, the likelihood ratio for a positive ultrasound test result (aspect ratio < 0.83) was 3.5 (95% CI, 1.4‐8.4) and for a negative test result (aspect ratio 0.83) was 0.30 (95% CI, 0.14‐0.62). Clinically, this means that patients with a measured aspect ratio of less than 0.83 require further fluid resuscitation, whereas patients with a measured aspect ratio of 0.83 or greater are less likely to benefit from fluid resuscitation.

Figure 4
Receiver operating characteristics curve. Sensitivity (y‐axis) is plotted vs. 1 − specificity (x‐axis) for the 42 unique internal jugular vein aspect ratios among 44 patients. Area under the curve is 0.84 (95% CI, 0.72‐0.96). The “shoulder” indicates the point of maximum sensitivity (0.78) and specificity (0.77) that corresponds to the aspect ratio of 0.83 (*).

Discussion

This study demonstrated that the EGDT CVP target of 8 to 12 mm Hg can be accurately estimated (referenced to invasive CVP monitoring) using noninvasive ultrasound measurement of the internal jugular vein in spontaneously breathing critically ill patients. The measurement process is simple to perform at the bedside and moderately reliable when performed by different observers; also, the results appear to be equivalent for both sides and for males or females. Images can be stored electronically for serial comparisons and for viewing by other caregivers. Because the aspect ratio is essentially constant over the length of the internal jugular vein, unlike diameter, measurements can be performed anywhere along the vein. Also, ultrasound imaging allows visualization of the internal jugular vein despite anatomic variation.9

Previous attempts at noninvasive hemodynamic monitoring using plethysmography, thoracic electrical bioimpedance, and external Doppler probes have shown these methods to be cumbersome or inaccurate.1013 Other investigators have used echocardiography14, 15 and handheld ultrasound16 to image the diameter of the inferior vena cava in order to assess intravascular volume status, but these techniques require expertise in sonographic imaging. An alternative technique is to measure peripheral venous pressure, which correlates with CVP.17 This method, however, requires technical expertise to zero the monitor and is not yet widely used for critically ill patients. A literature search found 1 letter to the editor suggesting that real‐time ultrasound imaging of the internal jugular vein could be used to qualitatively determine jugular venous pressure18 and 3 studies using ultrasound in conjunction with a pressure transducer or manometer to determine the pressure needed to collapse the vein (either the internal jugular or a peripheral vein), with subsequent correlation to CVP.1921 These latter techniques appear to be cumbersome and require custom equipment that is not readily available in most hospitals.

Any measurement of CVP, including our technique, assumes correlation with volume responsiveness as a surrogate for intravascular volume. However, CVP is governed by multiple physiologic and pathologic factors, including intravascular volume, vascular and ventricular compliance, ventricular function, tricuspid stenosis and regurgitation, cardiac tamponade, and atrioventricular dissociation.22, 23 Therefore, CVP alone may not be an accurate measure of volume responsiveness (intravascular volume). CVP may also have spontaneous variation similar to pulmonary capillary wedge pressure, which can be as high as 7 mm Hg in any given patient.24 Furthermore, invasive CVP monitors also have limitations, and the overall accuracy of the Philips system used at Saint Marys Hospital is 4% of the reading or 4 mm Hg, whichever is greater.25 Nonetheless, the EGDT algorithm that incorporates CVP measurement with a target of 8 to 12 mm Hg in spontaneously breathing patients and 12 mm Hg in mechanically ventilated patients has resulted in decreased mortality among patients with severe sepsis and is recommended by the Surviving Sepsis Campaign guidelines26 and the Institute for Healthcare Improvement.27

These study results are important because nonintensivists such as hospitalists and emergency department physicians can use this technique to provide rapid fluid resuscitation early in the course of severe sepsis and septic shock, when aggressive fluid resuscitation is most effective. Ultrasound imaging of the internal jugular vein is easy to perform without formal training, and the equipment is readily available in most hospitals. Future studies will evaluate outcomes in spontaneously breathing and ventilated patients to determine the accuracy of this measurement technique in volume‐depleted and volume‐overloaded states. If validated in different patient populations, ultrasound measurement of the internal jugular vein could substitute for the EGDT CVP target in critically ill patients and allow early aggressive fluid resuscitation before a central venous catheter is placed.

Limitations

This exploratory study enrolled a small convenience sample of primarily white patients. The convenience sample is potentially prone to selection bias since a majority of patients who may have been eligible were never asked to participate. Also, not all patients had sepsis syndrome; our intention was to measure CVP and aspect ratio for available critically ill patients. Accordingly, results may be different depending on severity of illness. In addition, some of the patients were transferred from outside medical centers or from emergency departments and therefore may have already been partly resuscitated. Another limitation is that the intraobserver and interobserver variability for the healthy volunteers showed only moderate agreement, possibly indicating limited repeatability, although these results could be due to the small sample size. Also, we did not determine intraobserver and interobserver variability for the critically ill patients; results may be different from those of the healthy volunteers. Furthermore, underlying conditions such as tricuspid stenosis or regurgitation and cardiac tamponade may affect measurement results, but we included all patients without formal assessment, since treatment was performed on an urgent/emergent basis as would happen in real clinical settings.

Acknowledgements

The authors dedicate this work to their patients with severe sepsis. They thank Lisa Kirkland, MD, and Murat Yilmaz, MD, for their assistance with this study. They also thank the Mayo Clinic Divisions of General Internal Medicine and Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine for funding.

References
  1. Angus DC,Linde‐Zwirble WT,Lidicker J,Clermont G,Carcillo J,Pinsky MR.Epidemiology of severe sepsis in the United States: analysis of incidence, outcome, and associated costs of care.Crit Care Med.2001;29(7):13031310.
  2. Rivers E,Nguyen B,Havstad S, et al.Early Goal‐Directed Therapy Collaborative Group. Early goal‐directed therapy in the treatment of severe sepsis and septic shock.N Engl J Med.2001;345(19):13681377.
  3. Durairaj L,Schmidt GA.Fluid therapy in resuscitated sepsis: less is more.Chest.2008;133(1):252263.
  4. Cook DJ,Simel DL.The rational clinical examination: does this patient have abnormal central venous pressure?JAMA.1996;275(8):630634.
  5. Vinayak AG,Levitt J,Gehlbach B,Pohlman AS,Hall JB,Kress JP.Usefulness of the external jugular vein examination in detecting abnormal central venous pressure in critically ill patients.Arch Intern Med.2006;166(19):21322137.
  6. Taylor RW,Palagiri AV.Central venous catheterization.Crit Care Med.2007;35(5):13901396.
  7. Magder S.How to use central venous pressure measurements.Curr Opin Crit Care.2005;11(3):264270.
  8. Bland JM,Altman DG.Statistical methods for assessing agreement between two methods of clinical measurement.Lancet.1986;1(8476):307310.
  9. Denys BG,Uretsky BF.Anatomical variations of internal jugular vein location: impact on central venous access.Crit Care Med.1991;19(12):15161519.
  10. Bloch KE,Krieger BP,Sackner MA.Noninvasive measurement of central venous pressure by neck inductive plethysmography.Chest.1991;100(2):371375.
  11. Ward KR,Tiba MH,Barbee RW, et al.A new noninvasive method to determine central venous pressure.Resuscitation.2006;70(2):238246.
  12. Barie PS.Advances in critical care monitoring.Arch Surg.1997;132(7):734739.
  13. Chandraratna PA,Brar R,Vijayasekaran S, et al.Continuous recording of pulmonary artery diastolic pressure and cardiac output using a novel ultrasound transducer.J Am Soc Echocardiogr.2002;15(11):13811386.
  14. Duvekot JJ,Cheriex EC,Tan WD,Heidendal GA,Peeters LL.Measurement of anterior‐posterior diameter of inferior vena cava by ultrasonography: a new non‐invasive method to assess acute changes in vascular filling state.Cardiovasc Res.1994;28(8):12691272.
  15. Yanagiba S,Ando Y,Kusano E,Asano Y.Utility of the inferior vena cava diameter as a marker of dry weight in nonoliguric hemodialyzed patients.ASAIO J.2001;47(5):528532.
  16. Brennan JM,Ronan A,Goonewardena S, et al.Handcarried ultrasound measurement of the inferior vena cava for assessment of intravascular volume status in the outpatient hemodialysis clinic.Clin J Am Soc Nephrol.2006;1(4):749753.
  17. Charalambous C,Barker TA,Zipitis CS, et al.Comparison of peripheral and central venous pressures in critically ill patients.Anaesth Intensive Care.2003;31(1):3439.
  18. Lipton BM.Determination of elevated jugular venous pressure by real‐time ultrasound.Ann Emerg Med.1999;34(1):115.
  19. Aggarwal V,Chatterjee A,Cho Y,Cheung D.Ultrasound‐guided noninvasive measurement of a patient's central venous pressure.Conf Proc IEEE Eng Med Biol Soc.2006;1:38433849.
  20. Thalhammer C,Aschwanden M,Odermatt A, et al.Noninvasive central venous pressure measurement by controlled compression sonography at the forearm.J Am Coll Cardiol.2007;50(16):15841589.
  21. Baumann UA,Marquis C,Stoupis C,Willenberg TA,Takala J,Jakob SM.Estimation of central venous pressure by ultrasound.Resuscitation.2005;64(2):193199.
  22. Stephan F,Novara A,Tournier B, et al.Determination of total effective vascular compliance in patients with sepsis syndrome.Am J Respir Crit Care Med.1998;157(1):5056.
  23. Smith T,Grounds RM,Rhodes A.Central venous pressure: uses and limitations. In: Pinsky MR, Payen D, eds.Functional Hemodynamic Monitoring.Berlin, Germany:Springer‐Verlag Berlin Heidelberg;2006:101.
  24. Nemens EJ,Woods SL.Normal fluctuations in pulmonary artery and pulmonary capillary wedge pressures in acutely ill patients.Heart Lung.1982;11(5):393398.
  25. Philips M3012A Data Sheet.Hemodynamic extension to the multi‐measurement server.Amsterdam:Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.;2003.
  26. Dellinger RP,Carlet JM,Masur H, et al.Surviving Sepsis Campaign Management Guidelines Committee. Surviving Sepsis Campaign guidelines for management of severe sepsis and septic shock.Crit Care Med.2004;32(3):858873. [Erratua: Crit Care Med. 2004;32(6):1448. Correction of dosage error in text. Crit Care Med. 2004;32(10):2169–2170.]
  27. Institute for Healthcare Improvement.Sepsis.Cambridge, MA:Institute for Healthcare Improvement. Available at:http://www.ihi.org/IHI/Topics/CriticalCare/Sepsis. Accessed March 2009.
References
  1. Angus DC,Linde‐Zwirble WT,Lidicker J,Clermont G,Carcillo J,Pinsky MR.Epidemiology of severe sepsis in the United States: analysis of incidence, outcome, and associated costs of care.Crit Care Med.2001;29(7):13031310.
  2. Rivers E,Nguyen B,Havstad S, et al.Early Goal‐Directed Therapy Collaborative Group. Early goal‐directed therapy in the treatment of severe sepsis and septic shock.N Engl J Med.2001;345(19):13681377.
  3. Durairaj L,Schmidt GA.Fluid therapy in resuscitated sepsis: less is more.Chest.2008;133(1):252263.
  4. Cook DJ,Simel DL.The rational clinical examination: does this patient have abnormal central venous pressure?JAMA.1996;275(8):630634.
  5. Vinayak AG,Levitt J,Gehlbach B,Pohlman AS,Hall JB,Kress JP.Usefulness of the external jugular vein examination in detecting abnormal central venous pressure in critically ill patients.Arch Intern Med.2006;166(19):21322137.
  6. Taylor RW,Palagiri AV.Central venous catheterization.Crit Care Med.2007;35(5):13901396.
  7. Magder S.How to use central venous pressure measurements.Curr Opin Crit Care.2005;11(3):264270.
  8. Bland JM,Altman DG.Statistical methods for assessing agreement between two methods of clinical measurement.Lancet.1986;1(8476):307310.
  9. Denys BG,Uretsky BF.Anatomical variations of internal jugular vein location: impact on central venous access.Crit Care Med.1991;19(12):15161519.
  10. Bloch KE,Krieger BP,Sackner MA.Noninvasive measurement of central venous pressure by neck inductive plethysmography.Chest.1991;100(2):371375.
  11. Ward KR,Tiba MH,Barbee RW, et al.A new noninvasive method to determine central venous pressure.Resuscitation.2006;70(2):238246.
  12. Barie PS.Advances in critical care monitoring.Arch Surg.1997;132(7):734739.
  13. Chandraratna PA,Brar R,Vijayasekaran S, et al.Continuous recording of pulmonary artery diastolic pressure and cardiac output using a novel ultrasound transducer.J Am Soc Echocardiogr.2002;15(11):13811386.
  14. Duvekot JJ,Cheriex EC,Tan WD,Heidendal GA,Peeters LL.Measurement of anterior‐posterior diameter of inferior vena cava by ultrasonography: a new non‐invasive method to assess acute changes in vascular filling state.Cardiovasc Res.1994;28(8):12691272.
  15. Yanagiba S,Ando Y,Kusano E,Asano Y.Utility of the inferior vena cava diameter as a marker of dry weight in nonoliguric hemodialyzed patients.ASAIO J.2001;47(5):528532.
  16. Brennan JM,Ronan A,Goonewardena S, et al.Handcarried ultrasound measurement of the inferior vena cava for assessment of intravascular volume status in the outpatient hemodialysis clinic.Clin J Am Soc Nephrol.2006;1(4):749753.
  17. Charalambous C,Barker TA,Zipitis CS, et al.Comparison of peripheral and central venous pressures in critically ill patients.Anaesth Intensive Care.2003;31(1):3439.
  18. Lipton BM.Determination of elevated jugular venous pressure by real‐time ultrasound.Ann Emerg Med.1999;34(1):115.
  19. Aggarwal V,Chatterjee A,Cho Y,Cheung D.Ultrasound‐guided noninvasive measurement of a patient's central venous pressure.Conf Proc IEEE Eng Med Biol Soc.2006;1:38433849.
  20. Thalhammer C,Aschwanden M,Odermatt A, et al.Noninvasive central venous pressure measurement by controlled compression sonography at the forearm.J Am Coll Cardiol.2007;50(16):15841589.
  21. Baumann UA,Marquis C,Stoupis C,Willenberg TA,Takala J,Jakob SM.Estimation of central venous pressure by ultrasound.Resuscitation.2005;64(2):193199.
  22. Stephan F,Novara A,Tournier B, et al.Determination of total effective vascular compliance in patients with sepsis syndrome.Am J Respir Crit Care Med.1998;157(1):5056.
  23. Smith T,Grounds RM,Rhodes A.Central venous pressure: uses and limitations. In: Pinsky MR, Payen D, eds.Functional Hemodynamic Monitoring.Berlin, Germany:Springer‐Verlag Berlin Heidelberg;2006:101.
  24. Nemens EJ,Woods SL.Normal fluctuations in pulmonary artery and pulmonary capillary wedge pressures in acutely ill patients.Heart Lung.1982;11(5):393398.
  25. Philips M3012A Data Sheet.Hemodynamic extension to the multi‐measurement server.Amsterdam:Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.;2003.
  26. Dellinger RP,Carlet JM,Masur H, et al.Surviving Sepsis Campaign Management Guidelines Committee. Surviving Sepsis Campaign guidelines for management of severe sepsis and septic shock.Crit Care Med.2004;32(3):858873. [Erratua: Crit Care Med. 2004;32(6):1448. Correction of dosage error in text. Crit Care Med. 2004;32(10):2169–2170.]
  27. Institute for Healthcare Improvement.Sepsis.Cambridge, MA:Institute for Healthcare Improvement. Available at:http://www.ihi.org/IHI/Topics/CriticalCare/Sepsis. Accessed March 2009.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
350-355
Page Number
350-355
Article Type
Display Headline
Diagnostic accuracy of a simple ultrasound measurement to estimate central venous pressure in spontaneously breathing, critically ill patients
Display Headline
Diagnostic accuracy of a simple ultrasound measurement to estimate central venous pressure in spontaneously breathing, critically ill patients
Legacy Keywords
central venous pressure, early goal‐directed therapy, internal jugular vein, sensitivity, septic shock, severe sepsis, specificity, ultrasound imaging
Legacy Keywords
central venous pressure, early goal‐directed therapy, internal jugular vein, sensitivity, septic shock, severe sepsis, specificity, ultrasound imaging
Sections
Article Source

Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Division of Hospital Internal Medicine, Mayo Clinic, 200 First Street SW, Rochester, MN 55905
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Pneumomediastinum and Pneumopericardium

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
There's air in there: An image of extensive pneumopericardium and pneumomediastinum

A 73‐year‐old male presented with acute congestive heart failure and non‐ST elevation myocardial infarction. His initial chest x‐ray and computed tomography (CT) demonstrated pulmonary vascular congestion and alveolar infiltrates, and he promptly underwent cardiac catheterization with placement of a coronary stent. Subsequently, his respiratory status deteriorated, and repeat films and chest CT demonstrated extensive pneumomediastinum and pneumopericardium (Figures 13). The patient was intubated, and bronchoscopy and upper gastrointestinal (GI) endoscopy were performed, but demonstrated no evidence of perforation that could cause such an air leak. There was no evidence of tamponade, clinically or on echocardiogram. His condition worsened abruptly, and he expired following a cardiac arrest. Postmortem, the team considered that the extensive air leak could have been caused by catheterization, stent placement, central line placement, or mediastinitis or pericarditis causing microscopic fistulae. The patient's tracheal aspirate and biopsy grew Candida albicans but no evidence of invasive candidiasis was found on autopsy. No definitive etiology was found.

Figure 1
Chest x‐ray demonstrating extensive pneumopericardium and pneumomediastinum, subcutaneous emphysema, and the “continuous diaphragm sign,” (ie, the entire diaphragm can be visualized from one side to the other because air in the mediastinum outlines the central portion), which is usually obscured by the heart and soft tissues.
Figure 2
Chest CT (coronal view) demonstrating extensive air in pericardium, mediastinum, and subcutaneous tissues.
Figure 3
Chest CT (axial view) demonstrating extensive air in pericardium, mediastinum and subcutaneous tissues.

In contrast to pneumomediastinum, pneumopericardium is a rare condition and its pathophysiology is not well understood. Most cases have been reported in newborns receiving mechanical ventilation. In adults, the condition occurs due to chest trauma, or can be iatrogenic secondary to laparoscopy, bronchoscopy, or endotracheal intubation. There have been case reports of pneumopericardium after cardiac catheterization and central line placement.1, 2 Other causes include lung transplant, esophageal perforation, severe asthma, positive pressure ventilation, and pericarditis (eg, histoplasmosis and tuberculosis).3, 4 Clinical findings include distant heart sounds, shifting precordial tympany, and a succussion splash with metallic tinkling (known as mill wheel murmur) in hydropneumopericardium.5 Chest CT can distinguish pneumopericardium from pneumomediastinum: with the former, the air changes position when the patient adopts a supine position.6 Cardiac tamponade can occur in up to 37% of cases, and pericardiocentesis or pericardial tube drainage in these cases can be lifesaving.7

References
  1. Metayer YM,Gerard JL,Pegoix M,Leroy G,Bricard H.[Cardiac tamponade and central venous catheterization].Ann Fr Anesth Reanim.1992;11:201204. [French]
  2. Crosson J,Ringel RE,Haney PJ,Brenner JI.Pneumopericardium as a complication of balloon atrial septostomy.Pediatr Cardiol.1987;8:135137.
  3. Brander L,Ramsay D,Dreier D,Peter M,Graeni R.Continuous left hemidiaphragm sign revisited: a case of spontaneous pneumopericardium and literature review.Heart.2002;88:e5.
  4. Haan JM,Scalea TM.Tension pneumopericardium: a case report and a review of the literature.Am Surg.2006;72:330331.
  5. Tucker WSSymptoms and signs of syndromes associated with mill wheel murmurs.NC Med J.1988;49:569572.
  6. Bejvan SM,Godwin JD.Pneumomediastinum: old signs and new signs.AJR Am J Roentgenol.1996;166:10411048.
  7. Levin S,Maldonado I,Rehm C,Ross S,Weiss RL.Cardiac tamponade without pericardial effusion after blunt chest trauma.Am Heart J.1996;131:198200.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
E17-E18
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

A 73‐year‐old male presented with acute congestive heart failure and non‐ST elevation myocardial infarction. His initial chest x‐ray and computed tomography (CT) demonstrated pulmonary vascular congestion and alveolar infiltrates, and he promptly underwent cardiac catheterization with placement of a coronary stent. Subsequently, his respiratory status deteriorated, and repeat films and chest CT demonstrated extensive pneumomediastinum and pneumopericardium (Figures 13). The patient was intubated, and bronchoscopy and upper gastrointestinal (GI) endoscopy were performed, but demonstrated no evidence of perforation that could cause such an air leak. There was no evidence of tamponade, clinically or on echocardiogram. His condition worsened abruptly, and he expired following a cardiac arrest. Postmortem, the team considered that the extensive air leak could have been caused by catheterization, stent placement, central line placement, or mediastinitis or pericarditis causing microscopic fistulae. The patient's tracheal aspirate and biopsy grew Candida albicans but no evidence of invasive candidiasis was found on autopsy. No definitive etiology was found.

Figure 1
Chest x‐ray demonstrating extensive pneumopericardium and pneumomediastinum, subcutaneous emphysema, and the “continuous diaphragm sign,” (ie, the entire diaphragm can be visualized from one side to the other because air in the mediastinum outlines the central portion), which is usually obscured by the heart and soft tissues.
Figure 2
Chest CT (coronal view) demonstrating extensive air in pericardium, mediastinum, and subcutaneous tissues.
Figure 3
Chest CT (axial view) demonstrating extensive air in pericardium, mediastinum and subcutaneous tissues.

In contrast to pneumomediastinum, pneumopericardium is a rare condition and its pathophysiology is not well understood. Most cases have been reported in newborns receiving mechanical ventilation. In adults, the condition occurs due to chest trauma, or can be iatrogenic secondary to laparoscopy, bronchoscopy, or endotracheal intubation. There have been case reports of pneumopericardium after cardiac catheterization and central line placement.1, 2 Other causes include lung transplant, esophageal perforation, severe asthma, positive pressure ventilation, and pericarditis (eg, histoplasmosis and tuberculosis).3, 4 Clinical findings include distant heart sounds, shifting precordial tympany, and a succussion splash with metallic tinkling (known as mill wheel murmur) in hydropneumopericardium.5 Chest CT can distinguish pneumopericardium from pneumomediastinum: with the former, the air changes position when the patient adopts a supine position.6 Cardiac tamponade can occur in up to 37% of cases, and pericardiocentesis or pericardial tube drainage in these cases can be lifesaving.7

A 73‐year‐old male presented with acute congestive heart failure and non‐ST elevation myocardial infarction. His initial chest x‐ray and computed tomography (CT) demonstrated pulmonary vascular congestion and alveolar infiltrates, and he promptly underwent cardiac catheterization with placement of a coronary stent. Subsequently, his respiratory status deteriorated, and repeat films and chest CT demonstrated extensive pneumomediastinum and pneumopericardium (Figures 13). The patient was intubated, and bronchoscopy and upper gastrointestinal (GI) endoscopy were performed, but demonstrated no evidence of perforation that could cause such an air leak. There was no evidence of tamponade, clinically or on echocardiogram. His condition worsened abruptly, and he expired following a cardiac arrest. Postmortem, the team considered that the extensive air leak could have been caused by catheterization, stent placement, central line placement, or mediastinitis or pericarditis causing microscopic fistulae. The patient's tracheal aspirate and biopsy grew Candida albicans but no evidence of invasive candidiasis was found on autopsy. No definitive etiology was found.

Figure 1
Chest x‐ray demonstrating extensive pneumopericardium and pneumomediastinum, subcutaneous emphysema, and the “continuous diaphragm sign,” (ie, the entire diaphragm can be visualized from one side to the other because air in the mediastinum outlines the central portion), which is usually obscured by the heart and soft tissues.
Figure 2
Chest CT (coronal view) demonstrating extensive air in pericardium, mediastinum, and subcutaneous tissues.
Figure 3
Chest CT (axial view) demonstrating extensive air in pericardium, mediastinum and subcutaneous tissues.

In contrast to pneumomediastinum, pneumopericardium is a rare condition and its pathophysiology is not well understood. Most cases have been reported in newborns receiving mechanical ventilation. In adults, the condition occurs due to chest trauma, or can be iatrogenic secondary to laparoscopy, bronchoscopy, or endotracheal intubation. There have been case reports of pneumopericardium after cardiac catheterization and central line placement.1, 2 Other causes include lung transplant, esophageal perforation, severe asthma, positive pressure ventilation, and pericarditis (eg, histoplasmosis and tuberculosis).3, 4 Clinical findings include distant heart sounds, shifting precordial tympany, and a succussion splash with metallic tinkling (known as mill wheel murmur) in hydropneumopericardium.5 Chest CT can distinguish pneumopericardium from pneumomediastinum: with the former, the air changes position when the patient adopts a supine position.6 Cardiac tamponade can occur in up to 37% of cases, and pericardiocentesis or pericardial tube drainage in these cases can be lifesaving.7

References
  1. Metayer YM,Gerard JL,Pegoix M,Leroy G,Bricard H.[Cardiac tamponade and central venous catheterization].Ann Fr Anesth Reanim.1992;11:201204. [French]
  2. Crosson J,Ringel RE,Haney PJ,Brenner JI.Pneumopericardium as a complication of balloon atrial septostomy.Pediatr Cardiol.1987;8:135137.
  3. Brander L,Ramsay D,Dreier D,Peter M,Graeni R.Continuous left hemidiaphragm sign revisited: a case of spontaneous pneumopericardium and literature review.Heart.2002;88:e5.
  4. Haan JM,Scalea TM.Tension pneumopericardium: a case report and a review of the literature.Am Surg.2006;72:330331.
  5. Tucker WSSymptoms and signs of syndromes associated with mill wheel murmurs.NC Med J.1988;49:569572.
  6. Bejvan SM,Godwin JD.Pneumomediastinum: old signs and new signs.AJR Am J Roentgenol.1996;166:10411048.
  7. Levin S,Maldonado I,Rehm C,Ross S,Weiss RL.Cardiac tamponade without pericardial effusion after blunt chest trauma.Am Heart J.1996;131:198200.
References
  1. Metayer YM,Gerard JL,Pegoix M,Leroy G,Bricard H.[Cardiac tamponade and central venous catheterization].Ann Fr Anesth Reanim.1992;11:201204. [French]
  2. Crosson J,Ringel RE,Haney PJ,Brenner JI.Pneumopericardium as a complication of balloon atrial septostomy.Pediatr Cardiol.1987;8:135137.
  3. Brander L,Ramsay D,Dreier D,Peter M,Graeni R.Continuous left hemidiaphragm sign revisited: a case of spontaneous pneumopericardium and literature review.Heart.2002;88:e5.
  4. Haan JM,Scalea TM.Tension pneumopericardium: a case report and a review of the literature.Am Surg.2006;72:330331.
  5. Tucker WSSymptoms and signs of syndromes associated with mill wheel murmurs.NC Med J.1988;49:569572.
  6. Bejvan SM,Godwin JD.Pneumomediastinum: old signs and new signs.AJR Am J Roentgenol.1996;166:10411048.
  7. Levin S,Maldonado I,Rehm C,Ross S,Weiss RL.Cardiac tamponade without pericardial effusion after blunt chest trauma.Am Heart J.1996;131:198200.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
E17-E18
Page Number
E17-E18
Article Type
Display Headline
There's air in there: An image of extensive pneumopericardium and pneumomediastinum
Display Headline
There's air in there: An image of extensive pneumopericardium and pneumomediastinum
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
University of California, San Francisco, 533 Parnassus Ave., C‐430, Box 0131 San Francisco, CA 94143
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Accuracy of Hospitalist‐Performed HCUE

Article Type
Changed
Sun, 05/28/2017 - 21:39
Display Headline
Diagnostic accuracy of hospitalist‐performed hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography after a brief training program

Hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography (HCUE) can help noncardiologists answer well‐defined questions at patients' bedsides in less than 10 minutes.1, 2 Indeed, intensivists3 and emergency department physicians4 already use HCUE to make rapid, point‐of‐care assessments. Since cardiovascular diagnoses are common among general medicine inpatients, HCUE may become an important skill for hospitalists to learn.5

However, uncertainty exists about the duration of HCUE training for hospitalists. In 2002, experts from the American Society of Echocardiography (ASE) published recommendations on training requirements for HCUE.6 With limited data on the safety or performance of HCUE training programs, which had just begun to emerge, the ASE borrowed from the proven training recommendations for standard echocardiography (SE). They recommended that all HCUE trainees, cardiologist and noncardiologist alike, complete level 1 SE training: 75 personally‐performed and 150 personally‐interpreted echocardiographic examinations. Since then, however, several HCUE training programs designed for noncardiologists have emerged.2, 5, 710 These alternative programs suggest that the ASE's recommended duration of training may be too long, particularly for focused HCUE that is limited to a few relatively simple assessments. It is important not to overshoot the requirements of HCUE training, because doing so may discourage groups of noncardiologists, like hospitalists, who may derive great benefits from HCUE.11

To address this uncertainty for hospitalists, we first developed a brief HCUE training program to assess 6 important cardiac abnormalities. We then studied the diagnostic accuracy of HCUE by hospitalists as a test of these 6 cardiac abnormalities assessed by SE.

Patients and Methods

Setting and Subjects

This prospective cohort study was performed at Stroger Hospital of Cook County, a 500‐bed public teaching hospital in Chicago, IL, from March through May of 2007. The cohort was adult inpatients who were referred for SE on weekdays from 3 distinct patient care units (Figure 1). We used 2 sampling modes to balance practical constraints (short‐stay unit [SSU] patients were more localized and, therefore, easier to study) with clinical diversity. We consecutively sampled patients from our SSU, where adults with provisional cardiovascular diagnoses are admitted if they might be eligible for discharge with in 3 days.12 But we used random number tables with a daily unique starting point to randomly sample patients from the general medical wards and the coronary care unit (CCU). Patients were excluded if repositioning them for HCUE was potentially harmful. The study was approved by our hospital's institutional review board, and we obtained written informed consent from all enrolled patients.

Figure 1
Flow diagram of HCUE results. (a) Among those excluded, 23 patients were unable to consent due to language (n = 13), current imprisonment (n = 6), or altered mental status (n = 4). The remaining 21 patients were excluded because of a requirement for immobilization (n = 8), an intraaortic balloon pump (n = 4), an external pacemaker (n = 3), endotracheal intubation (n = 3), severe pain (n = 2), or ongoing thrombolytic therapy (n = 1). (b) Twenty‐two patients were neither excluded nor refused but nevertheless had no HCUE. Among these patients, 15 were not available for hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiograms because they were discharged home from the hospital (n = 10) or undergoing other procedures (n = 5); 7 patients were never approached by study investigators. (c) Among the 322 patients who received HCUE, 8 did not receive SE. In addition, SE was not interpretable due to poor image quality for LA enlargement in 1 patient and for IVC dilatation in 30 patients. Abbreviations: CCU, cardiac care unit; echo, standard transthoracic echocardiography; HCUE, hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography; IVC, inferior vena cava; LA, left atrium; LV, left ventricle.

SE Protocol

As part of enrolled patients' routine clinical care, SE images were acquired and interpreted in the usual fashion in our hospital's echocardiography laboratory, which performs SE on over 7,000 patients per year. Echocardiographic technicians acquired images with a General Electric Vivid 7 cardiac ultrasound machine (General Electric, Milwaukee, WI) equipped with a GE M4S 1.8 to 3.4 MHz cardiac transducer (General Electric). Technicians followed the standard adult transthoracic echocardiography scanning protocol to acquire 40 to 100 images on every patient using all available echocardiographic modalities: 2‐dimensional, M‐mode, color Doppler, continuous‐wave Doppler, pulse‐wave Doppler, and tissue Doppler.13 Blinded to HCUE results, attending physician cardiologist echocardiographers then interpreted archived images using computer software (Centricity System; General Electric) to generate final reports that were entered into patients' medical records. This software ensured that final reports were standardized, because echocardiographers' final qualitative assessments were limited to short lists of standard options; for example, in reporting left atrium (LA) size, echocardiographers chose from only 5 standard options: normal, mildly dilated, moderately dilated, severely dilated, and not interpretable. Investigators, who were also blinded to HCUE results, later abstracted SE results from these standardized report forms in patients' medical records. All echocardiographers fulfilled ASE training guidelines to independently interpret SE: a minimum of 150 personally‐performed and 300 personally‐interpreted echocardiographic examinations (training level 2).14

HCUE Training

Based on the recommendations of our cardiologist investigator (B.M.), we developed a training program for 1 hospitalist to become an HCUE instructor. Our instructor trainee (C.C.) was board‐eligible in internal medicine but had no previous formal training in cardiology or echocardiography. We a priori established that her training would continue until our cardiologist investigator determined that she was ready to train other hospitalists; this determination occurred after 5 weeks. She learned image acquisition by performing focused SE on 30 patients under the direct supervision of an echocardiographic technician. She also performed focused HCUE on 65 inpatients without direct supervision but with ongoing access to consult the technician to review archived images and troubleshoot difficulties with acquisition. She learned image interpretation by reading relevant chapters from a SE textbook15 and by participating in daily didactic sessions in which attending cardiologist echocardiographers train cardiology fellows in SE interpretation.

This hospitalist then served as the HCUE instructor for 8 other attending physician hospitalists who were board‐certified internists with no previous formal training in cardiology or echocardiography. The training program was limited to acquisition and interpretation of 2‐dimensional grayscale and color Doppler images for the 6 cardiac assessments under study (Table 1). The instructor marshaled pairs of hospitalists through the 3 components of the training program, which lasted a total of 27 hours.

Twenty‐Seven‐Hour Training Program in Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography
  • Abbreviations: HCUE, hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography.

  • Slides from this lecture and additional images of normal and abnormal findings were provided on a digital video disc.

Six cardiac assessments learned using 2‐dimensional gray scale and color Doppler imaging
Left ventricular systolic dysfunction
Mitral valve regurgitation
Left atrium enlargement
Left ventricular hypertrophy
Pericardial effusion
Inferior vena cava diameter
Lecture (2 hours)*
Basic principles of echocardiography
HCUE scanning protocol and helpful techniques to optimize image quality
Hands‐on training with instructor
Orientation to machine and demonstration of scanning protocol (1 hour)
Sessions 1 through 3: HCUE performed on 1 patient per hour (6 patients in 6 hours)
Sessions 4 through 10: HCUE performed on 2 patients per hour (28 patients in 14 hours)
Feedback sessions on image quality and interpretation with cardiologist
After hands‐on training session 3 (2 hours)
After hands‐on training session 10 (2 hours)

First, hospitalists attended a 2‐hour lecture on the basic principles of HCUE. Slides from this lecture and additional images of normal and abnormal findings were provided to each hospitalist on a digital video disc. Second, each hospitalist underwent 20 hours of hands‐on training in 2‐hour sessions scheduled over 2 weeks. Willing inpatients from our hospital's emergency department were used as volunteers for these hand‐on training sessions. During these sessions the instructor provided practical suggestions to optimize image quality, such as transducer location and patient positioning. In the first 3 sessions, the minimum pace was 1 patient per hour; thereafter, the pace was increased to 1 patient per half‐hour. We chose 20 hours of hands‐on training and these minimum paces because they allowed each hospitalist to attain a cumulative experience of no less than 30 patientsan amount that heralds a flattening of the HCUE learning curve among medical trainees.9 Third, each pair of hospitalists received feedback from a cardiologist investigator (B.M.) who critiqued the quality and interpretation of images acquired by hospitalists during hands‐on training sessions. Since image quality varies by patient,16 hospitalists' images were compared side‐by‐side to images recorded by the instructor on the same patients. The cardiologist also critiqued hospitalists' interpretations of both their own images and additional sets of archived images from patients with abnormal findings.

HCUE Protocol

After completing the training program and blinded to the results of SE, the 8 hospitalists performed HCUE on enrolled patients within hours of SE. We limited the time interval between tests to minimize the effect that changes in physiologic variables, such as blood pressure and intravascular volume, have on the reliability of serial echocardiographic measurements.16 Hospitalists performed HCUE with a MicroMaxx 3.4 hand‐carried ultrasound machine equipped with a cardiology software package and a 1 to 5 MHz P17 cardiac transducer (Sonosite, Inc., Bothell, WA); simultaneous electrocardiographic recording, though available, was not used. While patients laid on their own standard hospital beds or on a standard hospital gurney in a room adjacent to the SE waiting room, hospitalists positioned them without assistance from nursing staff and recorded 7 best‐quality images per patient. Patients were first positioned in a partial (3045 degrees) left lateral decubitus position to record 4 grayscale images of the short‐axis and long‐axis parasternal and 2‐chamber and 4‐chamber apical views; 2 color Doppler images of the mitral inflow were also recorded from the long‐axis parasternal and the 4‐chamber apical views. Patients were then positioned supine to record 1 grayscale image of the inferior vena cava (IVC) from the transhepatic view. Hospitalists did not perform a history or physical exam on enrolled patients, nor did they review patients' medical records.

Immediately following the HCUE, hospitalists replayed the recorded images as often as needed and entered final interpretations on data collection forms. Linear measurements were made manually with a caliper held directly to the hand‐carried ultrasound monitor. These measurements were then translated into qualitative assessments based on standard values used by our hospital's echocardiographers (Table 2).17 When a hospitalist could not confidently assess a cardiac abnormality, the final HCUE assessment was recorded as indeterminate. Hospitalists also recorded the time to perform each HCUE, which included the time to record 7 best‐quality images, to interpret the findings, and to fill out the data collection form.

Definitions of Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography Results
  Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography Results
Cardiac Abnormality by Standard EchocardiographyHand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography Operator's Method of AssessmentPositiveNegative
  • Abbreviation: cm, centimeters.

Left ventricle systolic dysfunction, mild or greaterGrade degree of abnormal wall movement and thickening during systoleSevereMild or moderateNormalVigorous
Mitral valve regurgitation, severeClassify regurgitant jet as central or eccentric, then measure as percentage of left atrium area  
 Central jet20%<20%
 Eccentric jet20%indeterminate 20%
Left atrium enlargement, moderate or severeMeasure left atrium in 3 dimensions at end diastole, then use the most abnormal dimensionExtremeBorderline 
 Anteroposterior or mediolateral (cm)5.14.55.04.4
 Superior‐inferior (cm)7.16.17.06.0
Left ventricle hypertrophy, moderate or severeMeasure thickest dimension of posterior or septal wall at end diastoleExtreme: 1.4 cmBorderline: 1.21.3 cm1.1 cm
Pericardial effusion, medium or largeMeasure largest dimension in any view at end diastole1 cm<1 cm
Inferior vena cava dilatationMeasure largest respirophasic diameter within 2 cm of right atrium2.1 cmNormal: 1 to 2 cmContracted: 0.9 cm

Data Analysis

We based our sample size calculations on earlier reports of HCUE by noncardiologist trainees for assessment of left ventricular (LV) systolic function.7, 10 From these reports, we estimated a negative likelihood ratio of 0.3. In addition, we expected about a quarter of our patients to have LV systolic dysfunction (B.M., personal communication). Therefore, to achieve 95% confidence intervals (CIs) around the point estimate of a negative likelihood ratio that excluded 0.50, our upper bound for a clinically meaningful result, we needed a sample size of approximately 300 patients.18

We defined threshold levels of ordinal severity for the 6 cardiac abnormalities under study based on their clinical pertinence to hospitalists (Table 2). Here, we reasoned that abnormalities at or above these levels would likely lead to important changes in hospitalists' management of inpatients; abnormalities below these levels rarely represent cardiac disease that is worthy of an immediate change in management. Since even mild degrees of LV dysfunction have important diagnostic and therapeutic implications for most general medicine inpatients, particularly those presenting with heart failure,19 we set our threshold for LV dysfunction at mild or greater. In contrast, since neither mild nor moderate mitral regurgitation (MR) has immediate implications for medical or surgical therapy even if symptoms or LV dysfunction are present,20 we set our threshold for MR at severe. Similarly, though mild LA enlargement21 and mild LV hypertrophy22 have clear prognostic implications for patients' chronic medical conditions, we reasoned that only moderate or severe versions likely reflect underlying abnormalities that affect hospitalists' point‐of‐care decision‐making. Since cardiac tamponade is rarely both subclinical23 and due to a small pericardial effusion,24 we set our threshold for pericardial effusion size at moderate or large. Finally, we set our threshold IVC diameter, a marker of central venous volume status,25 at dilated, because volume overload is an important consideration in hospitalized cardiac patients.

Using these thresholds, investigators dichotomized echocardiographers' SE readings as normal or abnormal for each of the 6 cardiac abnormalities under study to serve as the reference standards. Hospitalists' HCUE results were then compared to the reference standards in 2 different ways. We first analyzed HCUE results as dichotomous values to calculate conventional sensitivity, specificity, and positive and negative likelihood ratios. Here we considered indeterminate HCUE results positive in a clinically conservative tradeoff that neither ignores indeterminate results nor risks falsely classifying them as negative.26 We then analyzed hospitalists' HCUE results as ordinal values for receiver operating characteristic (ROC) curve analysis. Here we considered an indeterminate result as 1 possible test result.27

To examine interobserver variability of HCUE, we first chose from the 6 possible assessments only those with a mean number of abnormal patients per hospitalist greater than 5. We reasoned that variability among assessments with lower prevalence would be predictably wide and inconclusive. We then expressed variability as standard deviations (SDs) around mean sensitivity and specificity for the 8 hospitalists.

The CIs for likelihood ratios were constructed using the likelihood‐based approach to binomial proportions of Koopman.28 The areas under ROC curves were computed using the trapezoidal rule, and the CIs for these areas were constructed using the algorithm described by DeLong et al.29 All analyses were conducted with Stata Statistical Software, Release 10 (StataCorp, College Station, TX).

Results

During the 3 month study period, 654 patients were referred for SE from the 3 participating patient care units (Figure 1). Among these, 65 patients were ineligible because their SE was performed on the weekend and 178 other patients were not randomized from the general medical wards and CCU. From the remaining eligible patients, 322 underwent HCUE and 314 (98% of 322) underwent both SE and HCUE. Individual SE assessments were not interpretable (and therefore excluded) due to poor image quality for LA enlargement in 1 patient and IVC dilatation in 30 patients. Eighty‐three percent of patients who underwent SE (260/314) were referred to assess LV function (Table 3). The prevalence of the 6 clinically pertinent cardiac abnormalities under study ranged from 1% for moderate or large pericardial effusion to 25% for LV systolic dysfunction. Overall, 40% of patients had at least 1 out of 6 cardiac abnormalities.

Patients Who Underwent Both Standard Echocardiography and Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography
Characteristic 
  • NOTE: Values are n (%) unless otherwise indicated. Total number of patients is 322.

  • Abbreviations: HCUE, hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography; SD, standard deviation.

  • Ordering physicians listed 2 indications for 103 patients, 3 indications for 10 patients, and 4 indications for 2 patients; therefore, the total number of indications (n = 443) is greater than the total number of patients (n = 314).

  • Other indications include mural thrombus (n = 13), left ventricular hypertrophy (n = 10), pericardial disease (n = 6), intracardiac shunt (n = 4), cardiomegaly (n = 4), and follow‐up of known atrial septal aneurysm (n = 1).

  • Standard echocardiography demonstrated 2 abnormal findings in 23 patients, 3 abnormal findings in 13 patients, and 4 abnormal findings in 5 patients; therefore, the total number of abnormal findings (n = 191) is greater than the total number of patients who had at least 1 abnormal finding (n = 127).

  • Includes time to record 7 best‐quality images and fill out data collection forms.

Age, year SD (25th to 75th percentiles)56 13 (48 to 64)
Women146 (47)
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease47 (15)
Body mass index 
24.9 or less: underweight or normal74 (24)
25 to 29.9: overweight94 (30)
30 to 34.9: mild obesity75 (24)
35 or greater: moderate or severe obesity71 (23)
Patient care unit 
Short‐stay unit175 (56)
General medical wards89 (28)
Cardiac care unit50 (16)
Indication for standard echocardiography* 
Left ventricular function260 (83)
Valvular function56 (18)
Wall motion abnormality29 (9)
Valvular vegetations22 (7)
Any structural heart disease20 (6)
Right ventricular function18 (6)
Other38 (12)
Standard echocardiography findings 
Left ventricular systolic dysfunction mild80 (25)
Inferior vena cava dilated45 (14)
Left ventricular wall thickness moderate33 (11)
Left atrium enlargement moderate19 (6)
Mitral valve regurgitation severe11 (4)
Pericardial effusion moderate3 (1)
At least 1 of the above findings127 (40)
Time difference between HCUE and standard echocardiogram, median hours (25th to 75th percentiles)2.8 (1.4 to 5.1)
Time to complete HCUE, median minutes (25th to 75th percentiles)28 (20 to 35)

Each hospitalist performed a similar total number of HCUE examinations (range, 3447). The median time difference between performance of SE and HCUE was 2.8 hours (25th75th percentiles, 1.45.1). Despite the high prevalence of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and obesity, hospitalists considered HCUE assessments indeterminate in only 2% to 6% of the 6 assessments made for each patient (Table 4). Among the 38 patients (12% of 322) with any indeterminate HCUE assessment, 24 patients had only 1 out of 6 possible. Hospitalists completed HCUE in a median time of 28 minutes (25th‐75th percentiles, 2035), which included the time to record 7 best‐quality moving images and to fill out the research data collection form.

Indeterminate Findings from Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography
 n (%)*
  • n = 322.

Number of indeterminate findings per patient 
0284 (88)
124 (7)
24 (1)
3 or more10 (3)
Indeterminate findings by cardiac assessment 
Mitral valve regurgitation18 (6)
Inferior vena cava diameter16 (5)
Left ventricular hypertrophy15 (5)
Pericardial effusion9 (3)
Left atrium size5 (2)
Left ventricle systolic function5 (2)

When HCUE results were analyzed as dichotomous values, positive likelihood ratios ranged from 2.5 to 21, and negative likelihood ratios ranged from 0 to 0.4 (Table 5). Positive and negative likelihood ratios were both sufficiency high and low to respectively increase and decrease by 5‐fold the prior odds of 3 out of 6 cardiac abnormalities: LV systolic dysfunction, moderate or severe MR regurgitation, and moderate or large pericardial effusion. Considering HCUE results as ordinal values for ROC analysis yielded additional diagnostic information (Figure 2). For example, the likelihood ratio of 1.0 (95% CI, 0.42.0) for borderline positive moderate or severe LA enlargement increased to 29 (range, 1362) for extreme positive results. Areas under the ROC curves were 0.9 for 4 out of 6 cardiac abnormalities.

Figure 2
ROC curves of hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography (HCUE) results. Includes all 314 patients who underwent both SE and HCUE, although SE was not interpretable (and therefore excluded) due to poor image quality for LA enlargement in 1 patient and for IVC dilatation in 30 patients. Conventional likelihood ratios are presented with 95% CI for each test result. Each likelihood ratio is calculated by dividing the probability of the test result in patients with the abnormality by the probability of the test result in patients without the abnormality. In addition, the likelihood ratios are equivalent to the slopes of the corresponding segments of the curves. An “indeterminate” HCUE result was considered 1 of the possible test results (*); likelihood ratios for these indeterminate HCUE results, which occurred in 2% to 6% of assessments, were not presented because the CIs widely spanned above and below 1. Abbreviations: AUC, area under receiver‐operating characteristic curve; LR, conventional likelihood ratio.
Diagnostic Test Characteristics of Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography for Detecting Cardiac Abnormalities
Clinically Pertinent Cardiac Abnormality by Standard EchocardiographyPrevalence n/total nSensitivity* % (95% CI)Specificity* % (95% CI)LRpositive*, (95% CI)LRnegative*, (95% CI)
  • NOTE: Includes all 314 patients who underwent both standard echocardiography and hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography, although standard echocardiography was not interpretable (and therefore excluded) due to poor image quality for LA enlargement in 1 patient and for IVC dilatation in 30 patients.

  • Indeterminate results from hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography (which occurred in 2% to 6% of assessments) were considered positive test results in calculating the test characteristics.

  • LRx is the conventional likelihood ratio of test result x, which is equal to the probability of test result x in patients with the abnormality divided by probability of test result x in patients without the abnormality; x is positive or negative.

Left ventricular systolic dysfunction80/31485 (7592)88 (8392)6.9 (4.99.8)0.2 (0.10.3)
Mitral valve regurgitation, severe11/314100 (72100)83 (7987)5.9 (3.97.4)0 (00.3)
Left atrium enlargement, moderate or severe19/31390 (6799)74 (6879)3.4 (2.54.3)0.1 (0.040.4)
Left ventricular hypertrophy, moderate or severe33/31470 (5184)73 (6778)2.5 (1.83.3)0.4 (0.20.7)
Pericardial effusion, moderate or large3/314100 (29100)95 (9297)21 (6.731)0 (00.6)
Inferior vena cava, dilated45/28456 (4070)86 (8190)4.0 (2.66.0)0.5 (0.40.7)

LV systolic dysfunction and IVC dilatation were both prevalent enough to meet our criterion to examine interobserver variability; the mean number of abnormal patients per hospitalist was 10 patients for LV systolic dysfunction and 6 patients for IVC dilatation. For LV systolic dysfunction, SDs around mean sensitivity (84%) and specificity (87%) were 12% and 6%, respectively. For IVC dilatation, SDs around mean sensitivity (58%) and specificity (86%) were 24% and 7%, respectively.

Discussion

We found that, after a 27‐hour training program, hospitalists performed HCUE with moderate to excellent diagnostic accuracy for 6 important cardiac abnormalities. For example, hospitalists' assessments of LV systolic function yielded positive and negative likelihood ratios of 6.9 (95% CI, 4.99.8) and 0.2 (95% CI, 0.10.3), respectively. At the bedsides of patients with acute heart failure, therefore, hospitalists could use HCUE to lower or raise the 50:50 chance of LV systolic dysfunction30 to 15% or 85%, respectively. Whether or not these posttest likelihoods are extreme enough to cross important thresholds will depend on the clinical context. Yet these findings demonstrate how HCUE has the potential to provide hospitalists with valuable point‐of‐care data that are otherwise unavailableeither because routine clinical assessments are unreliable31 or because echocardiographic services are not immediately accessible.1

In fact, recent data from the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations shows how inaccessible SE may be. Approximately one‐quarter of hospitals in the United States send home about 10% of patients with acute heart failure without echocardiographic assessment of LV systolic function before, during, or immediately after hospitalization.32 In doing so, these hospitals leave unmet the 2002 National Quality Improvement Goal of universal assessment of LV systolic function for all heart failure patients. Hospitalists could close this quality gap with routine, 10‐minute HCUE assessments in all patients admitted with acute heart failure. (Our research HCUE protocol required a median time of 28 minutes, but this included time to assess 5 other cardiac abnormalities and collect data for research purposes). Until the clinical consequences of introducing hospitalist‐performed HCUE are studied, potential benefits like this are tentative. But our findings suggest that training hospitalists to accurately perform HCUE can be successfully accomplished in just 27 hours.

Other studies of HCUE training programs for noncardiologists have also challenged the opinion that learning to perform HCUE requires more than 100 hours of training.2, 711 Yet only 1 prior study has examined an HCUE training program for hospitalists.5 In this study by Martin et al.,5 hospitalists completed 5 supervised HCUE examinations and 6 hours of interpretation training before investigators scored their image acquisition and interpretation skills from 30 unsupervised HCUE examinations. To estimate their final skill levels at the completion of all 35 examinations by accounting for an initially steep learning curve, investigators then adjusted these scores with regression models. Despite these upward adjustments, hospitalists' image acquisition and interpretation scores were low in comparison to echocardiographic technicians and cardiology fellows. Besides these adjusted measurements of hospitalists' skills, however, Martin et al.5 unfortunately did not also report standard measures of diagnostic accuracy, like those proposed by the Standards for Reporting of Diagnostic Accuracy (STARD) initiative.33 Therefore, direct comparisons to the present study are difficult. Nevertheless, their findings suggest that a training program limited to 5 supervised HCUE examinations may be inadequate for hospitalists. In fact, the same group's earlier study of medical trainees suggested a minimum of 30 supervised HCUE examinations.9 We chose to design our hospitalist training program based on this minimum, though they surprisingly did not.5 As others continue to refine the components of hospitalist HCUE training programs, such as the optimal number of supervised examinations, our program could serve as a reasonable comparative example: more rigorous than the program designed by Martin et al.5 but more feasible than ASE level 1 training.

The number and complexity of assessments taught in HCUE training programs will determine their duration. With ongoing advancements in HCUE technology, there is a growing list of potential assessments to choose from. Although HCUE training programs ought to include assessments with proven clinical applications, there are no trials of HCUE‐directed care to inform such decisions. In their absence, therefore, we chose 6 assessments based on the following 3 criteria. First, our assessments were otherwise not reliably available from routine clinical data, such as the physical examination. Second, our assessments were straightforward: easy to learn and simple to perform. Here, we based our reasoning on an expectation that the value of HCUE lies not in highly complex, state‐of‐the‐art assessmentswhich are best left to echocardiographers equipped with SEbut in simple, routine assessments made with highly portable machines that grant noncardiologists newfound access to point‐of‐care data.34 Third, our assessments were clinically pertinent and, where appropriate, defined by cut‐points at levels of severity that often lead to changes in management. We suspect that setting high cut‐points has the salutary effects of making assessments easier to learn and more accurate, because distinguishing mild abnormalities is likely the most challenging aspect of echocardiographic interpretation.35 Whether or not our choices of assessments, and their cut‐points, are optimal has yet to be determined by future research designed to study how they affect patient outcomes. Given our hospitalists' performance in the present study, these assessments seem worthy of such future research.

Our study had several limitations. We studied physicians and patients from only 1 hospital; similar studies performed in different settings, particularly among patients with different proportions and manifestations of disease, may find different results. Nevertheless, our sampling method of prospectively enrolling consecutive patients strengthens our findings. Some echocardiographic measurement methods used by our hospitalists differed in subtle ways from echocardiography guideline recommendations.35 We chose our methods (Table 2) for 2 reasons. First, whenever possible, we chose methods of interpretation that coincided with our local cardiologists'. Second, we chose simplicity over precision. For example, the biplane method of disks, or modified Simpson's rule, is the preferred volumetric method of calculating LA size.35 This method requires tracing the contours of the LA in 2 planes and then dividing the LA volume into stacked oval disks for calculation. We chose instead to train our hospitalists in a simpler method based on 2 linear measurements. Any loss of precision, however, was balanced by a large gain in simplicity. Regardless, minor variations in LA size are not likely to affect hospitalists' bedside evaluations. Finally, we did not validate the results of our reference standard (SE) by documenting interobserver reliability. Yet, because SE is generally accurate for the 6 cardiac abnormalities under study, the effect of this bias should be small.

These limitations can be addressed best by controlled trials of HCUE‐directed care. These trials will determine the clinical impact of hospitalist‐performed HCUE and, in turn, inform our design of HCUE training programs. As the current study shows, training hospitalists to participate in such trials is feasible: like other groups of noncardiologists, hospitalists can accurately perform HCUE after a brief training program. Whether or not hospitalists should perform HCUE requires further study.

Acknowledgements

The authors thank Sonosite, Inc., Bothell, WA, for loaning us 2 MicroMaxx machines throughout the study period. They also thank the staff of the Internal Medicine Research Mentoring Program at Rush Medical College for their technical support and the staff of the Division of Neurology at Stroger Hospital for granting them access to a procedure room.

References
  1. Popp RL.The physical examination of the future: echocardiography as part of the assessment.ACC Curr J Rev.1998;7:7981.
  2. DeCara JM,Lang RM,Spencer KT.The hand‐carried echocardiographic device as an aid to the physical examination.Echocardiography.2003;20:477485.
  3. Beaulieu Y,Marik PE.Bedside ultrasonography in the ICU: Part 2.Chest.2005;128:17661781.
  4. Cosby KS,Kendall JL.Practical Guide to Emergency Ultrasound.1st ed.Philadelphia, PA:Lippincott Williams 2006.
  5. Martin LD,Howell EE,Ziegelstein RC,Martire C,Shapiro EP,Hellmann DB.Hospitalist performance of cardiac hand‐carried ultrasound after focused training.Am J Med.2007;120:10001004.
  6. Seward JB,Douglas PS,Erbel R, et al.Hand‐carried cardiac ultrasound (HCU) device: recommendations regarding new technology. A report from the echocardiography task force on new technology of the Nomenclature and Standards Committee of the American Society of Echocardiography.J Am Soc Echocardiogr.2002;15:369373.
  7. DeCara JM,Lang RM,Koch R,Bala R,Penzotti J,Spencer KT.The use of small personal ultrasound devices with internists without formal training in echocardiography.Eur J Echocardiogr.2003;4:141147.
  8. Alexander JH,Peterson ED,Chen AY, et al.Feasibility of point‐of‐care echocardiography by internal medicine house staff.Am Heart J.2004;147:476481.
  9. Hellman DB,Whiting‐O'Keefe Q,Shapiro EP,Martin LD,Martire C,Ziegelstein RC.The rate at which residents learn to use hand‐held echocardiography at the bedside.Am J Med.2005;118:10101018.
  10. Kobal SL,Trento L,Baharami S, et al.Comparison of effectiveness of hand‐carried ultrasound to bedside cardiovascular physical examination.Am J Cardiol.2005;96:10021006.
  11. Duvall WL,Croft LB,Goldman ME.Can hand‐carried ultrasound devices be extended for use by the noncardiology medical community?Echocardiography.2003;20:471476.
  12. Lucas BP,Kumapley R,Mba B, et al.A hospitalist‐run short stay unit: features that predict patients' length‐of‐stay and eventual admission to traditional inpatient services.J Hosp Med.2009;4:276284.
  13. McDonald ME.Adult echocardiography scanning protocol. In: Templin BB, ed.Ultrasound Scanning: Principles and Protocols.2nd ed.Philadelphia, PA:Saunders;1999:426.
  14. Beller GA,Bonow RO,Fuster V, et al.ACCF 2008 Recommendations for training in adult cardiovascular medicine core cardiology training (COCATS 3) (revision of the 2002 COCATS training statement).J Am Coll Cardiol.2008;51:333414.
  15. Oh JK,Seward JB,Tajik AJ.The Echo Manual.2nd ed.Philadelphia, PA:Lippincott Williams 1999.
  16. Kuecherer HF,Kee LL,Modin G, et al.Echocardiography in serial evaluation of left ventricular systolic and diastolic function: importance of image acquisition, quantitation, and physiologic variability in clinical and investigational applications.J Am Soc Echocardiogr.1991;4:203214.
  17. Otto CM.Textbook of Clinical Echocardiography.3rd ed.Philadelphia, PA:Elsevier Saunders;2004.
  18. Simel DL,Samsa GP,Matchar DB.Likelihood ratios with confidence: sample size estimation for diagnostic test studies.J Clin Epidemiol.1991;44:763770.
  19. Hunt SA,Abraham WT,Chin MH, et al.ACC/AHA 2005 guideline update for the diagnosis and management of chronic heart failure in the adult: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines.Circulation.2005;112;154235.
  20. Bonow RO,Carabello BA,Chatterjee K, et al.ACC/AHA 2006 guidelines for the management of patients with valvular heart disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines.Circulation.2006;114:e84e231.
  21. Abhayaratna WP,Seward JB,Appleton CP, et al.Left atrial size: physiologic determinants and clinical applications.J Am Coll Cardiol.2006;47:23572363.
  22. Levy D,Garrison RJ,Savage DD,Kannel WB,Castelli WP.Prognostic implications of echocardiographically determined left ventricular mass in the Framingham Heart Study.N Engl J Med.1990;322:15611566.
  23. Roy CL,Minor MA,Brookhart MA,Choudhry NK.Does this patient with a pericardial effusion have cardiac tamponade?JAMA.2007;297:18101818.
  24. Spodick DH.Acute cardiac tamponade.N Engl J Med.2003;349:685690.
  25. Moreno FL,Hagan AD,Holmen JR,Pryor TA,Strickland RD,Castle CH.Evaluation of size and dynamics of the inferior vena cava as an index of right‐sided cardiac function.Am J Cardiol.1984;53:579585.
  26. Begg CB,Greenes RA,Iglewicz B.The influence of uninterpretability on the assessment of diagnostic tests.J Chronic Dis.1986;39:575584.
  27. Poynard T,Chaput J‐C,Etienne J‐P.Relations between effectiveness of a diagnostic test, prevalence of the disease, and percentages of uninterpretable results. An example in the diagnosis of jaundice.Med Decis Making.1982;2:285297.
  28. Koopman PAR.Confidence intervals for the ratio of two binomial proportions.Biometrics.1984;40:513517.
  29. DeLong ER,DeLong DM,Clarke‐Pearson DL.Comparing the areas under two or more correlated receiver operating curves: a nonparametric approach.Biometrics.1988;44:837845.
  30. Gheorghiade M,Abraham WT,Albert NM, et al.Systolic blood pressure at admission, clinical characteristics, and outcomes in patients hospitalized with acute heart failure.JAMA.2006;296:22172226.
  31. Thomas JT,Kelly RF,Thomas SJ, et al.Utility of history, physical examination, electrocardiogram, and chest radiograph for differentiating normal from decreased systolic function in patients with heart failure.Am J Med.2002;112:437445.
  32. Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations. Health Care Quality Data Download Website. Available at: http://www.healthcarequalitydata.org. Accessed December2008.
  33. Bossuyt PM,Reitsma JB,Burns DE, et al.Towards complete and accurate reporting of studies of diagnostic accuracy: the STARD initiative.Clin Chem.2003;49:16.
  34. Christensen CM,Bohmer R,Kenagy J.Will disruptive innovations cure health care?Harv Bus Rev.2000;78:102112.
  35. Lang RM,Bierig M,Devereux RB, et al.Recommendations for chamber quantification: a report from the American Society of Echocardiography's Guidelines and Standards Committee and the Chamber Quantification Writing Group, developed in conjunction with the European Association of Echocardiography, a branch of the European Society of Cardiology.J Am Soc Echocardiogr.2005;18:14401463.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
340-349
Legacy Keywords
echocardiography, hospitalists, point‐of‐care systems, sensitivity and specificity
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography (HCUE) can help noncardiologists answer well‐defined questions at patients' bedsides in less than 10 minutes.1, 2 Indeed, intensivists3 and emergency department physicians4 already use HCUE to make rapid, point‐of‐care assessments. Since cardiovascular diagnoses are common among general medicine inpatients, HCUE may become an important skill for hospitalists to learn.5

However, uncertainty exists about the duration of HCUE training for hospitalists. In 2002, experts from the American Society of Echocardiography (ASE) published recommendations on training requirements for HCUE.6 With limited data on the safety or performance of HCUE training programs, which had just begun to emerge, the ASE borrowed from the proven training recommendations for standard echocardiography (SE). They recommended that all HCUE trainees, cardiologist and noncardiologist alike, complete level 1 SE training: 75 personally‐performed and 150 personally‐interpreted echocardiographic examinations. Since then, however, several HCUE training programs designed for noncardiologists have emerged.2, 5, 710 These alternative programs suggest that the ASE's recommended duration of training may be too long, particularly for focused HCUE that is limited to a few relatively simple assessments. It is important not to overshoot the requirements of HCUE training, because doing so may discourage groups of noncardiologists, like hospitalists, who may derive great benefits from HCUE.11

To address this uncertainty for hospitalists, we first developed a brief HCUE training program to assess 6 important cardiac abnormalities. We then studied the diagnostic accuracy of HCUE by hospitalists as a test of these 6 cardiac abnormalities assessed by SE.

Patients and Methods

Setting and Subjects

This prospective cohort study was performed at Stroger Hospital of Cook County, a 500‐bed public teaching hospital in Chicago, IL, from March through May of 2007. The cohort was adult inpatients who were referred for SE on weekdays from 3 distinct patient care units (Figure 1). We used 2 sampling modes to balance practical constraints (short‐stay unit [SSU] patients were more localized and, therefore, easier to study) with clinical diversity. We consecutively sampled patients from our SSU, where adults with provisional cardiovascular diagnoses are admitted if they might be eligible for discharge with in 3 days.12 But we used random number tables with a daily unique starting point to randomly sample patients from the general medical wards and the coronary care unit (CCU). Patients were excluded if repositioning them for HCUE was potentially harmful. The study was approved by our hospital's institutional review board, and we obtained written informed consent from all enrolled patients.

Figure 1
Flow diagram of HCUE results. (a) Among those excluded, 23 patients were unable to consent due to language (n = 13), current imprisonment (n = 6), or altered mental status (n = 4). The remaining 21 patients were excluded because of a requirement for immobilization (n = 8), an intraaortic balloon pump (n = 4), an external pacemaker (n = 3), endotracheal intubation (n = 3), severe pain (n = 2), or ongoing thrombolytic therapy (n = 1). (b) Twenty‐two patients were neither excluded nor refused but nevertheless had no HCUE. Among these patients, 15 were not available for hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiograms because they were discharged home from the hospital (n = 10) or undergoing other procedures (n = 5); 7 patients were never approached by study investigators. (c) Among the 322 patients who received HCUE, 8 did not receive SE. In addition, SE was not interpretable due to poor image quality for LA enlargement in 1 patient and for IVC dilatation in 30 patients. Abbreviations: CCU, cardiac care unit; echo, standard transthoracic echocardiography; HCUE, hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography; IVC, inferior vena cava; LA, left atrium; LV, left ventricle.

SE Protocol

As part of enrolled patients' routine clinical care, SE images were acquired and interpreted in the usual fashion in our hospital's echocardiography laboratory, which performs SE on over 7,000 patients per year. Echocardiographic technicians acquired images with a General Electric Vivid 7 cardiac ultrasound machine (General Electric, Milwaukee, WI) equipped with a GE M4S 1.8 to 3.4 MHz cardiac transducer (General Electric). Technicians followed the standard adult transthoracic echocardiography scanning protocol to acquire 40 to 100 images on every patient using all available echocardiographic modalities: 2‐dimensional, M‐mode, color Doppler, continuous‐wave Doppler, pulse‐wave Doppler, and tissue Doppler.13 Blinded to HCUE results, attending physician cardiologist echocardiographers then interpreted archived images using computer software (Centricity System; General Electric) to generate final reports that were entered into patients' medical records. This software ensured that final reports were standardized, because echocardiographers' final qualitative assessments were limited to short lists of standard options; for example, in reporting left atrium (LA) size, echocardiographers chose from only 5 standard options: normal, mildly dilated, moderately dilated, severely dilated, and not interpretable. Investigators, who were also blinded to HCUE results, later abstracted SE results from these standardized report forms in patients' medical records. All echocardiographers fulfilled ASE training guidelines to independently interpret SE: a minimum of 150 personally‐performed and 300 personally‐interpreted echocardiographic examinations (training level 2).14

HCUE Training

Based on the recommendations of our cardiologist investigator (B.M.), we developed a training program for 1 hospitalist to become an HCUE instructor. Our instructor trainee (C.C.) was board‐eligible in internal medicine but had no previous formal training in cardiology or echocardiography. We a priori established that her training would continue until our cardiologist investigator determined that she was ready to train other hospitalists; this determination occurred after 5 weeks. She learned image acquisition by performing focused SE on 30 patients under the direct supervision of an echocardiographic technician. She also performed focused HCUE on 65 inpatients without direct supervision but with ongoing access to consult the technician to review archived images and troubleshoot difficulties with acquisition. She learned image interpretation by reading relevant chapters from a SE textbook15 and by participating in daily didactic sessions in which attending cardiologist echocardiographers train cardiology fellows in SE interpretation.

This hospitalist then served as the HCUE instructor for 8 other attending physician hospitalists who were board‐certified internists with no previous formal training in cardiology or echocardiography. The training program was limited to acquisition and interpretation of 2‐dimensional grayscale and color Doppler images for the 6 cardiac assessments under study (Table 1). The instructor marshaled pairs of hospitalists through the 3 components of the training program, which lasted a total of 27 hours.

Twenty‐Seven‐Hour Training Program in Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography
  • Abbreviations: HCUE, hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography.

  • Slides from this lecture and additional images of normal and abnormal findings were provided on a digital video disc.

Six cardiac assessments learned using 2‐dimensional gray scale and color Doppler imaging
Left ventricular systolic dysfunction
Mitral valve regurgitation
Left atrium enlargement
Left ventricular hypertrophy
Pericardial effusion
Inferior vena cava diameter
Lecture (2 hours)*
Basic principles of echocardiography
HCUE scanning protocol and helpful techniques to optimize image quality
Hands‐on training with instructor
Orientation to machine and demonstration of scanning protocol (1 hour)
Sessions 1 through 3: HCUE performed on 1 patient per hour (6 patients in 6 hours)
Sessions 4 through 10: HCUE performed on 2 patients per hour (28 patients in 14 hours)
Feedback sessions on image quality and interpretation with cardiologist
After hands‐on training session 3 (2 hours)
After hands‐on training session 10 (2 hours)

First, hospitalists attended a 2‐hour lecture on the basic principles of HCUE. Slides from this lecture and additional images of normal and abnormal findings were provided to each hospitalist on a digital video disc. Second, each hospitalist underwent 20 hours of hands‐on training in 2‐hour sessions scheduled over 2 weeks. Willing inpatients from our hospital's emergency department were used as volunteers for these hand‐on training sessions. During these sessions the instructor provided practical suggestions to optimize image quality, such as transducer location and patient positioning. In the first 3 sessions, the minimum pace was 1 patient per hour; thereafter, the pace was increased to 1 patient per half‐hour. We chose 20 hours of hands‐on training and these minimum paces because they allowed each hospitalist to attain a cumulative experience of no less than 30 patientsan amount that heralds a flattening of the HCUE learning curve among medical trainees.9 Third, each pair of hospitalists received feedback from a cardiologist investigator (B.M.) who critiqued the quality and interpretation of images acquired by hospitalists during hands‐on training sessions. Since image quality varies by patient,16 hospitalists' images were compared side‐by‐side to images recorded by the instructor on the same patients. The cardiologist also critiqued hospitalists' interpretations of both their own images and additional sets of archived images from patients with abnormal findings.

HCUE Protocol

After completing the training program and blinded to the results of SE, the 8 hospitalists performed HCUE on enrolled patients within hours of SE. We limited the time interval between tests to minimize the effect that changes in physiologic variables, such as blood pressure and intravascular volume, have on the reliability of serial echocardiographic measurements.16 Hospitalists performed HCUE with a MicroMaxx 3.4 hand‐carried ultrasound machine equipped with a cardiology software package and a 1 to 5 MHz P17 cardiac transducer (Sonosite, Inc., Bothell, WA); simultaneous electrocardiographic recording, though available, was not used. While patients laid on their own standard hospital beds or on a standard hospital gurney in a room adjacent to the SE waiting room, hospitalists positioned them without assistance from nursing staff and recorded 7 best‐quality images per patient. Patients were first positioned in a partial (3045 degrees) left lateral decubitus position to record 4 grayscale images of the short‐axis and long‐axis parasternal and 2‐chamber and 4‐chamber apical views; 2 color Doppler images of the mitral inflow were also recorded from the long‐axis parasternal and the 4‐chamber apical views. Patients were then positioned supine to record 1 grayscale image of the inferior vena cava (IVC) from the transhepatic view. Hospitalists did not perform a history or physical exam on enrolled patients, nor did they review patients' medical records.

Immediately following the HCUE, hospitalists replayed the recorded images as often as needed and entered final interpretations on data collection forms. Linear measurements were made manually with a caliper held directly to the hand‐carried ultrasound monitor. These measurements were then translated into qualitative assessments based on standard values used by our hospital's echocardiographers (Table 2).17 When a hospitalist could not confidently assess a cardiac abnormality, the final HCUE assessment was recorded as indeterminate. Hospitalists also recorded the time to perform each HCUE, which included the time to record 7 best‐quality images, to interpret the findings, and to fill out the data collection form.

Definitions of Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography Results
  Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography Results
Cardiac Abnormality by Standard EchocardiographyHand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography Operator's Method of AssessmentPositiveNegative
  • Abbreviation: cm, centimeters.

Left ventricle systolic dysfunction, mild or greaterGrade degree of abnormal wall movement and thickening during systoleSevereMild or moderateNormalVigorous
Mitral valve regurgitation, severeClassify regurgitant jet as central or eccentric, then measure as percentage of left atrium area  
 Central jet20%<20%
 Eccentric jet20%indeterminate 20%
Left atrium enlargement, moderate or severeMeasure left atrium in 3 dimensions at end diastole, then use the most abnormal dimensionExtremeBorderline 
 Anteroposterior or mediolateral (cm)5.14.55.04.4
 Superior‐inferior (cm)7.16.17.06.0
Left ventricle hypertrophy, moderate or severeMeasure thickest dimension of posterior or septal wall at end diastoleExtreme: 1.4 cmBorderline: 1.21.3 cm1.1 cm
Pericardial effusion, medium or largeMeasure largest dimension in any view at end diastole1 cm<1 cm
Inferior vena cava dilatationMeasure largest respirophasic diameter within 2 cm of right atrium2.1 cmNormal: 1 to 2 cmContracted: 0.9 cm

Data Analysis

We based our sample size calculations on earlier reports of HCUE by noncardiologist trainees for assessment of left ventricular (LV) systolic function.7, 10 From these reports, we estimated a negative likelihood ratio of 0.3. In addition, we expected about a quarter of our patients to have LV systolic dysfunction (B.M., personal communication). Therefore, to achieve 95% confidence intervals (CIs) around the point estimate of a negative likelihood ratio that excluded 0.50, our upper bound for a clinically meaningful result, we needed a sample size of approximately 300 patients.18

We defined threshold levels of ordinal severity for the 6 cardiac abnormalities under study based on their clinical pertinence to hospitalists (Table 2). Here, we reasoned that abnormalities at or above these levels would likely lead to important changes in hospitalists' management of inpatients; abnormalities below these levels rarely represent cardiac disease that is worthy of an immediate change in management. Since even mild degrees of LV dysfunction have important diagnostic and therapeutic implications for most general medicine inpatients, particularly those presenting with heart failure,19 we set our threshold for LV dysfunction at mild or greater. In contrast, since neither mild nor moderate mitral regurgitation (MR) has immediate implications for medical or surgical therapy even if symptoms or LV dysfunction are present,20 we set our threshold for MR at severe. Similarly, though mild LA enlargement21 and mild LV hypertrophy22 have clear prognostic implications for patients' chronic medical conditions, we reasoned that only moderate or severe versions likely reflect underlying abnormalities that affect hospitalists' point‐of‐care decision‐making. Since cardiac tamponade is rarely both subclinical23 and due to a small pericardial effusion,24 we set our threshold for pericardial effusion size at moderate or large. Finally, we set our threshold IVC diameter, a marker of central venous volume status,25 at dilated, because volume overload is an important consideration in hospitalized cardiac patients.

Using these thresholds, investigators dichotomized echocardiographers' SE readings as normal or abnormal for each of the 6 cardiac abnormalities under study to serve as the reference standards. Hospitalists' HCUE results were then compared to the reference standards in 2 different ways. We first analyzed HCUE results as dichotomous values to calculate conventional sensitivity, specificity, and positive and negative likelihood ratios. Here we considered indeterminate HCUE results positive in a clinically conservative tradeoff that neither ignores indeterminate results nor risks falsely classifying them as negative.26 We then analyzed hospitalists' HCUE results as ordinal values for receiver operating characteristic (ROC) curve analysis. Here we considered an indeterminate result as 1 possible test result.27

To examine interobserver variability of HCUE, we first chose from the 6 possible assessments only those with a mean number of abnormal patients per hospitalist greater than 5. We reasoned that variability among assessments with lower prevalence would be predictably wide and inconclusive. We then expressed variability as standard deviations (SDs) around mean sensitivity and specificity for the 8 hospitalists.

The CIs for likelihood ratios were constructed using the likelihood‐based approach to binomial proportions of Koopman.28 The areas under ROC curves were computed using the trapezoidal rule, and the CIs for these areas were constructed using the algorithm described by DeLong et al.29 All analyses were conducted with Stata Statistical Software, Release 10 (StataCorp, College Station, TX).

Results

During the 3 month study period, 654 patients were referred for SE from the 3 participating patient care units (Figure 1). Among these, 65 patients were ineligible because their SE was performed on the weekend and 178 other patients were not randomized from the general medical wards and CCU. From the remaining eligible patients, 322 underwent HCUE and 314 (98% of 322) underwent both SE and HCUE. Individual SE assessments were not interpretable (and therefore excluded) due to poor image quality for LA enlargement in 1 patient and IVC dilatation in 30 patients. Eighty‐three percent of patients who underwent SE (260/314) were referred to assess LV function (Table 3). The prevalence of the 6 clinically pertinent cardiac abnormalities under study ranged from 1% for moderate or large pericardial effusion to 25% for LV systolic dysfunction. Overall, 40% of patients had at least 1 out of 6 cardiac abnormalities.

Patients Who Underwent Both Standard Echocardiography and Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography
Characteristic 
  • NOTE: Values are n (%) unless otherwise indicated. Total number of patients is 322.

  • Abbreviations: HCUE, hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography; SD, standard deviation.

  • Ordering physicians listed 2 indications for 103 patients, 3 indications for 10 patients, and 4 indications for 2 patients; therefore, the total number of indications (n = 443) is greater than the total number of patients (n = 314).

  • Other indications include mural thrombus (n = 13), left ventricular hypertrophy (n = 10), pericardial disease (n = 6), intracardiac shunt (n = 4), cardiomegaly (n = 4), and follow‐up of known atrial septal aneurysm (n = 1).

  • Standard echocardiography demonstrated 2 abnormal findings in 23 patients, 3 abnormal findings in 13 patients, and 4 abnormal findings in 5 patients; therefore, the total number of abnormal findings (n = 191) is greater than the total number of patients who had at least 1 abnormal finding (n = 127).

  • Includes time to record 7 best‐quality images and fill out data collection forms.

Age, year SD (25th to 75th percentiles)56 13 (48 to 64)
Women146 (47)
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease47 (15)
Body mass index 
24.9 or less: underweight or normal74 (24)
25 to 29.9: overweight94 (30)
30 to 34.9: mild obesity75 (24)
35 or greater: moderate or severe obesity71 (23)
Patient care unit 
Short‐stay unit175 (56)
General medical wards89 (28)
Cardiac care unit50 (16)
Indication for standard echocardiography* 
Left ventricular function260 (83)
Valvular function56 (18)
Wall motion abnormality29 (9)
Valvular vegetations22 (7)
Any structural heart disease20 (6)
Right ventricular function18 (6)
Other38 (12)
Standard echocardiography findings 
Left ventricular systolic dysfunction mild80 (25)
Inferior vena cava dilated45 (14)
Left ventricular wall thickness moderate33 (11)
Left atrium enlargement moderate19 (6)
Mitral valve regurgitation severe11 (4)
Pericardial effusion moderate3 (1)
At least 1 of the above findings127 (40)
Time difference between HCUE and standard echocardiogram, median hours (25th to 75th percentiles)2.8 (1.4 to 5.1)
Time to complete HCUE, median minutes (25th to 75th percentiles)28 (20 to 35)

Each hospitalist performed a similar total number of HCUE examinations (range, 3447). The median time difference between performance of SE and HCUE was 2.8 hours (25th75th percentiles, 1.45.1). Despite the high prevalence of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and obesity, hospitalists considered HCUE assessments indeterminate in only 2% to 6% of the 6 assessments made for each patient (Table 4). Among the 38 patients (12% of 322) with any indeterminate HCUE assessment, 24 patients had only 1 out of 6 possible. Hospitalists completed HCUE in a median time of 28 minutes (25th‐75th percentiles, 2035), which included the time to record 7 best‐quality moving images and to fill out the research data collection form.

Indeterminate Findings from Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography
 n (%)*
  • n = 322.

Number of indeterminate findings per patient 
0284 (88)
124 (7)
24 (1)
3 or more10 (3)
Indeterminate findings by cardiac assessment 
Mitral valve regurgitation18 (6)
Inferior vena cava diameter16 (5)
Left ventricular hypertrophy15 (5)
Pericardial effusion9 (3)
Left atrium size5 (2)
Left ventricle systolic function5 (2)

When HCUE results were analyzed as dichotomous values, positive likelihood ratios ranged from 2.5 to 21, and negative likelihood ratios ranged from 0 to 0.4 (Table 5). Positive and negative likelihood ratios were both sufficiency high and low to respectively increase and decrease by 5‐fold the prior odds of 3 out of 6 cardiac abnormalities: LV systolic dysfunction, moderate or severe MR regurgitation, and moderate or large pericardial effusion. Considering HCUE results as ordinal values for ROC analysis yielded additional diagnostic information (Figure 2). For example, the likelihood ratio of 1.0 (95% CI, 0.42.0) for borderline positive moderate or severe LA enlargement increased to 29 (range, 1362) for extreme positive results. Areas under the ROC curves were 0.9 for 4 out of 6 cardiac abnormalities.

Figure 2
ROC curves of hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography (HCUE) results. Includes all 314 patients who underwent both SE and HCUE, although SE was not interpretable (and therefore excluded) due to poor image quality for LA enlargement in 1 patient and for IVC dilatation in 30 patients. Conventional likelihood ratios are presented with 95% CI for each test result. Each likelihood ratio is calculated by dividing the probability of the test result in patients with the abnormality by the probability of the test result in patients without the abnormality. In addition, the likelihood ratios are equivalent to the slopes of the corresponding segments of the curves. An “indeterminate” HCUE result was considered 1 of the possible test results (*); likelihood ratios for these indeterminate HCUE results, which occurred in 2% to 6% of assessments, were not presented because the CIs widely spanned above and below 1. Abbreviations: AUC, area under receiver‐operating characteristic curve; LR, conventional likelihood ratio.
Diagnostic Test Characteristics of Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography for Detecting Cardiac Abnormalities
Clinically Pertinent Cardiac Abnormality by Standard EchocardiographyPrevalence n/total nSensitivity* % (95% CI)Specificity* % (95% CI)LRpositive*, (95% CI)LRnegative*, (95% CI)
  • NOTE: Includes all 314 patients who underwent both standard echocardiography and hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography, although standard echocardiography was not interpretable (and therefore excluded) due to poor image quality for LA enlargement in 1 patient and for IVC dilatation in 30 patients.

  • Indeterminate results from hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography (which occurred in 2% to 6% of assessments) were considered positive test results in calculating the test characteristics.

  • LRx is the conventional likelihood ratio of test result x, which is equal to the probability of test result x in patients with the abnormality divided by probability of test result x in patients without the abnormality; x is positive or negative.

Left ventricular systolic dysfunction80/31485 (7592)88 (8392)6.9 (4.99.8)0.2 (0.10.3)
Mitral valve regurgitation, severe11/314100 (72100)83 (7987)5.9 (3.97.4)0 (00.3)
Left atrium enlargement, moderate or severe19/31390 (6799)74 (6879)3.4 (2.54.3)0.1 (0.040.4)
Left ventricular hypertrophy, moderate or severe33/31470 (5184)73 (6778)2.5 (1.83.3)0.4 (0.20.7)
Pericardial effusion, moderate or large3/314100 (29100)95 (9297)21 (6.731)0 (00.6)
Inferior vena cava, dilated45/28456 (4070)86 (8190)4.0 (2.66.0)0.5 (0.40.7)

LV systolic dysfunction and IVC dilatation were both prevalent enough to meet our criterion to examine interobserver variability; the mean number of abnormal patients per hospitalist was 10 patients for LV systolic dysfunction and 6 patients for IVC dilatation. For LV systolic dysfunction, SDs around mean sensitivity (84%) and specificity (87%) were 12% and 6%, respectively. For IVC dilatation, SDs around mean sensitivity (58%) and specificity (86%) were 24% and 7%, respectively.

Discussion

We found that, after a 27‐hour training program, hospitalists performed HCUE with moderate to excellent diagnostic accuracy for 6 important cardiac abnormalities. For example, hospitalists' assessments of LV systolic function yielded positive and negative likelihood ratios of 6.9 (95% CI, 4.99.8) and 0.2 (95% CI, 0.10.3), respectively. At the bedsides of patients with acute heart failure, therefore, hospitalists could use HCUE to lower or raise the 50:50 chance of LV systolic dysfunction30 to 15% or 85%, respectively. Whether or not these posttest likelihoods are extreme enough to cross important thresholds will depend on the clinical context. Yet these findings demonstrate how HCUE has the potential to provide hospitalists with valuable point‐of‐care data that are otherwise unavailableeither because routine clinical assessments are unreliable31 or because echocardiographic services are not immediately accessible.1

In fact, recent data from the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations shows how inaccessible SE may be. Approximately one‐quarter of hospitals in the United States send home about 10% of patients with acute heart failure without echocardiographic assessment of LV systolic function before, during, or immediately after hospitalization.32 In doing so, these hospitals leave unmet the 2002 National Quality Improvement Goal of universal assessment of LV systolic function for all heart failure patients. Hospitalists could close this quality gap with routine, 10‐minute HCUE assessments in all patients admitted with acute heart failure. (Our research HCUE protocol required a median time of 28 minutes, but this included time to assess 5 other cardiac abnormalities and collect data for research purposes). Until the clinical consequences of introducing hospitalist‐performed HCUE are studied, potential benefits like this are tentative. But our findings suggest that training hospitalists to accurately perform HCUE can be successfully accomplished in just 27 hours.

Other studies of HCUE training programs for noncardiologists have also challenged the opinion that learning to perform HCUE requires more than 100 hours of training.2, 711 Yet only 1 prior study has examined an HCUE training program for hospitalists.5 In this study by Martin et al.,5 hospitalists completed 5 supervised HCUE examinations and 6 hours of interpretation training before investigators scored their image acquisition and interpretation skills from 30 unsupervised HCUE examinations. To estimate their final skill levels at the completion of all 35 examinations by accounting for an initially steep learning curve, investigators then adjusted these scores with regression models. Despite these upward adjustments, hospitalists' image acquisition and interpretation scores were low in comparison to echocardiographic technicians and cardiology fellows. Besides these adjusted measurements of hospitalists' skills, however, Martin et al.5 unfortunately did not also report standard measures of diagnostic accuracy, like those proposed by the Standards for Reporting of Diagnostic Accuracy (STARD) initiative.33 Therefore, direct comparisons to the present study are difficult. Nevertheless, their findings suggest that a training program limited to 5 supervised HCUE examinations may be inadequate for hospitalists. In fact, the same group's earlier study of medical trainees suggested a minimum of 30 supervised HCUE examinations.9 We chose to design our hospitalist training program based on this minimum, though they surprisingly did not.5 As others continue to refine the components of hospitalist HCUE training programs, such as the optimal number of supervised examinations, our program could serve as a reasonable comparative example: more rigorous than the program designed by Martin et al.5 but more feasible than ASE level 1 training.

The number and complexity of assessments taught in HCUE training programs will determine their duration. With ongoing advancements in HCUE technology, there is a growing list of potential assessments to choose from. Although HCUE training programs ought to include assessments with proven clinical applications, there are no trials of HCUE‐directed care to inform such decisions. In their absence, therefore, we chose 6 assessments based on the following 3 criteria. First, our assessments were otherwise not reliably available from routine clinical data, such as the physical examination. Second, our assessments were straightforward: easy to learn and simple to perform. Here, we based our reasoning on an expectation that the value of HCUE lies not in highly complex, state‐of‐the‐art assessmentswhich are best left to echocardiographers equipped with SEbut in simple, routine assessments made with highly portable machines that grant noncardiologists newfound access to point‐of‐care data.34 Third, our assessments were clinically pertinent and, where appropriate, defined by cut‐points at levels of severity that often lead to changes in management. We suspect that setting high cut‐points has the salutary effects of making assessments easier to learn and more accurate, because distinguishing mild abnormalities is likely the most challenging aspect of echocardiographic interpretation.35 Whether or not our choices of assessments, and their cut‐points, are optimal has yet to be determined by future research designed to study how they affect patient outcomes. Given our hospitalists' performance in the present study, these assessments seem worthy of such future research.

Our study had several limitations. We studied physicians and patients from only 1 hospital; similar studies performed in different settings, particularly among patients with different proportions and manifestations of disease, may find different results. Nevertheless, our sampling method of prospectively enrolling consecutive patients strengthens our findings. Some echocardiographic measurement methods used by our hospitalists differed in subtle ways from echocardiography guideline recommendations.35 We chose our methods (Table 2) for 2 reasons. First, whenever possible, we chose methods of interpretation that coincided with our local cardiologists'. Second, we chose simplicity over precision. For example, the biplane method of disks, or modified Simpson's rule, is the preferred volumetric method of calculating LA size.35 This method requires tracing the contours of the LA in 2 planes and then dividing the LA volume into stacked oval disks for calculation. We chose instead to train our hospitalists in a simpler method based on 2 linear measurements. Any loss of precision, however, was balanced by a large gain in simplicity. Regardless, minor variations in LA size are not likely to affect hospitalists' bedside evaluations. Finally, we did not validate the results of our reference standard (SE) by documenting interobserver reliability. Yet, because SE is generally accurate for the 6 cardiac abnormalities under study, the effect of this bias should be small.

These limitations can be addressed best by controlled trials of HCUE‐directed care. These trials will determine the clinical impact of hospitalist‐performed HCUE and, in turn, inform our design of HCUE training programs. As the current study shows, training hospitalists to participate in such trials is feasible: like other groups of noncardiologists, hospitalists can accurately perform HCUE after a brief training program. Whether or not hospitalists should perform HCUE requires further study.

Acknowledgements

The authors thank Sonosite, Inc., Bothell, WA, for loaning us 2 MicroMaxx machines throughout the study period. They also thank the staff of the Internal Medicine Research Mentoring Program at Rush Medical College for their technical support and the staff of the Division of Neurology at Stroger Hospital for granting them access to a procedure room.

Hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography (HCUE) can help noncardiologists answer well‐defined questions at patients' bedsides in less than 10 minutes.1, 2 Indeed, intensivists3 and emergency department physicians4 already use HCUE to make rapid, point‐of‐care assessments. Since cardiovascular diagnoses are common among general medicine inpatients, HCUE may become an important skill for hospitalists to learn.5

However, uncertainty exists about the duration of HCUE training for hospitalists. In 2002, experts from the American Society of Echocardiography (ASE) published recommendations on training requirements for HCUE.6 With limited data on the safety or performance of HCUE training programs, which had just begun to emerge, the ASE borrowed from the proven training recommendations for standard echocardiography (SE). They recommended that all HCUE trainees, cardiologist and noncardiologist alike, complete level 1 SE training: 75 personally‐performed and 150 personally‐interpreted echocardiographic examinations. Since then, however, several HCUE training programs designed for noncardiologists have emerged.2, 5, 710 These alternative programs suggest that the ASE's recommended duration of training may be too long, particularly for focused HCUE that is limited to a few relatively simple assessments. It is important not to overshoot the requirements of HCUE training, because doing so may discourage groups of noncardiologists, like hospitalists, who may derive great benefits from HCUE.11

To address this uncertainty for hospitalists, we first developed a brief HCUE training program to assess 6 important cardiac abnormalities. We then studied the diagnostic accuracy of HCUE by hospitalists as a test of these 6 cardiac abnormalities assessed by SE.

Patients and Methods

Setting and Subjects

This prospective cohort study was performed at Stroger Hospital of Cook County, a 500‐bed public teaching hospital in Chicago, IL, from March through May of 2007. The cohort was adult inpatients who were referred for SE on weekdays from 3 distinct patient care units (Figure 1). We used 2 sampling modes to balance practical constraints (short‐stay unit [SSU] patients were more localized and, therefore, easier to study) with clinical diversity. We consecutively sampled patients from our SSU, where adults with provisional cardiovascular diagnoses are admitted if they might be eligible for discharge with in 3 days.12 But we used random number tables with a daily unique starting point to randomly sample patients from the general medical wards and the coronary care unit (CCU). Patients were excluded if repositioning them for HCUE was potentially harmful. The study was approved by our hospital's institutional review board, and we obtained written informed consent from all enrolled patients.

Figure 1
Flow diagram of HCUE results. (a) Among those excluded, 23 patients were unable to consent due to language (n = 13), current imprisonment (n = 6), or altered mental status (n = 4). The remaining 21 patients were excluded because of a requirement for immobilization (n = 8), an intraaortic balloon pump (n = 4), an external pacemaker (n = 3), endotracheal intubation (n = 3), severe pain (n = 2), or ongoing thrombolytic therapy (n = 1). (b) Twenty‐two patients were neither excluded nor refused but nevertheless had no HCUE. Among these patients, 15 were not available for hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiograms because they were discharged home from the hospital (n = 10) or undergoing other procedures (n = 5); 7 patients were never approached by study investigators. (c) Among the 322 patients who received HCUE, 8 did not receive SE. In addition, SE was not interpretable due to poor image quality for LA enlargement in 1 patient and for IVC dilatation in 30 patients. Abbreviations: CCU, cardiac care unit; echo, standard transthoracic echocardiography; HCUE, hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography; IVC, inferior vena cava; LA, left atrium; LV, left ventricle.

SE Protocol

As part of enrolled patients' routine clinical care, SE images were acquired and interpreted in the usual fashion in our hospital's echocardiography laboratory, which performs SE on over 7,000 patients per year. Echocardiographic technicians acquired images with a General Electric Vivid 7 cardiac ultrasound machine (General Electric, Milwaukee, WI) equipped with a GE M4S 1.8 to 3.4 MHz cardiac transducer (General Electric). Technicians followed the standard adult transthoracic echocardiography scanning protocol to acquire 40 to 100 images on every patient using all available echocardiographic modalities: 2‐dimensional, M‐mode, color Doppler, continuous‐wave Doppler, pulse‐wave Doppler, and tissue Doppler.13 Blinded to HCUE results, attending physician cardiologist echocardiographers then interpreted archived images using computer software (Centricity System; General Electric) to generate final reports that were entered into patients' medical records. This software ensured that final reports were standardized, because echocardiographers' final qualitative assessments were limited to short lists of standard options; for example, in reporting left atrium (LA) size, echocardiographers chose from only 5 standard options: normal, mildly dilated, moderately dilated, severely dilated, and not interpretable. Investigators, who were also blinded to HCUE results, later abstracted SE results from these standardized report forms in patients' medical records. All echocardiographers fulfilled ASE training guidelines to independently interpret SE: a minimum of 150 personally‐performed and 300 personally‐interpreted echocardiographic examinations (training level 2).14

HCUE Training

Based on the recommendations of our cardiologist investigator (B.M.), we developed a training program for 1 hospitalist to become an HCUE instructor. Our instructor trainee (C.C.) was board‐eligible in internal medicine but had no previous formal training in cardiology or echocardiography. We a priori established that her training would continue until our cardiologist investigator determined that she was ready to train other hospitalists; this determination occurred after 5 weeks. She learned image acquisition by performing focused SE on 30 patients under the direct supervision of an echocardiographic technician. She also performed focused HCUE on 65 inpatients without direct supervision but with ongoing access to consult the technician to review archived images and troubleshoot difficulties with acquisition. She learned image interpretation by reading relevant chapters from a SE textbook15 and by participating in daily didactic sessions in which attending cardiologist echocardiographers train cardiology fellows in SE interpretation.

This hospitalist then served as the HCUE instructor for 8 other attending physician hospitalists who were board‐certified internists with no previous formal training in cardiology or echocardiography. The training program was limited to acquisition and interpretation of 2‐dimensional grayscale and color Doppler images for the 6 cardiac assessments under study (Table 1). The instructor marshaled pairs of hospitalists through the 3 components of the training program, which lasted a total of 27 hours.

Twenty‐Seven‐Hour Training Program in Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography
  • Abbreviations: HCUE, hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography.

  • Slides from this lecture and additional images of normal and abnormal findings were provided on a digital video disc.

Six cardiac assessments learned using 2‐dimensional gray scale and color Doppler imaging
Left ventricular systolic dysfunction
Mitral valve regurgitation
Left atrium enlargement
Left ventricular hypertrophy
Pericardial effusion
Inferior vena cava diameter
Lecture (2 hours)*
Basic principles of echocardiography
HCUE scanning protocol and helpful techniques to optimize image quality
Hands‐on training with instructor
Orientation to machine and demonstration of scanning protocol (1 hour)
Sessions 1 through 3: HCUE performed on 1 patient per hour (6 patients in 6 hours)
Sessions 4 through 10: HCUE performed on 2 patients per hour (28 patients in 14 hours)
Feedback sessions on image quality and interpretation with cardiologist
After hands‐on training session 3 (2 hours)
After hands‐on training session 10 (2 hours)

First, hospitalists attended a 2‐hour lecture on the basic principles of HCUE. Slides from this lecture and additional images of normal and abnormal findings were provided to each hospitalist on a digital video disc. Second, each hospitalist underwent 20 hours of hands‐on training in 2‐hour sessions scheduled over 2 weeks. Willing inpatients from our hospital's emergency department were used as volunteers for these hand‐on training sessions. During these sessions the instructor provided practical suggestions to optimize image quality, such as transducer location and patient positioning. In the first 3 sessions, the minimum pace was 1 patient per hour; thereafter, the pace was increased to 1 patient per half‐hour. We chose 20 hours of hands‐on training and these minimum paces because they allowed each hospitalist to attain a cumulative experience of no less than 30 patientsan amount that heralds a flattening of the HCUE learning curve among medical trainees.9 Third, each pair of hospitalists received feedback from a cardiologist investigator (B.M.) who critiqued the quality and interpretation of images acquired by hospitalists during hands‐on training sessions. Since image quality varies by patient,16 hospitalists' images were compared side‐by‐side to images recorded by the instructor on the same patients. The cardiologist also critiqued hospitalists' interpretations of both their own images and additional sets of archived images from patients with abnormal findings.

HCUE Protocol

After completing the training program and blinded to the results of SE, the 8 hospitalists performed HCUE on enrolled patients within hours of SE. We limited the time interval between tests to minimize the effect that changes in physiologic variables, such as blood pressure and intravascular volume, have on the reliability of serial echocardiographic measurements.16 Hospitalists performed HCUE with a MicroMaxx 3.4 hand‐carried ultrasound machine equipped with a cardiology software package and a 1 to 5 MHz P17 cardiac transducer (Sonosite, Inc., Bothell, WA); simultaneous electrocardiographic recording, though available, was not used. While patients laid on their own standard hospital beds or on a standard hospital gurney in a room adjacent to the SE waiting room, hospitalists positioned them without assistance from nursing staff and recorded 7 best‐quality images per patient. Patients were first positioned in a partial (3045 degrees) left lateral decubitus position to record 4 grayscale images of the short‐axis and long‐axis parasternal and 2‐chamber and 4‐chamber apical views; 2 color Doppler images of the mitral inflow were also recorded from the long‐axis parasternal and the 4‐chamber apical views. Patients were then positioned supine to record 1 grayscale image of the inferior vena cava (IVC) from the transhepatic view. Hospitalists did not perform a history or physical exam on enrolled patients, nor did they review patients' medical records.

Immediately following the HCUE, hospitalists replayed the recorded images as often as needed and entered final interpretations on data collection forms. Linear measurements were made manually with a caliper held directly to the hand‐carried ultrasound monitor. These measurements were then translated into qualitative assessments based on standard values used by our hospital's echocardiographers (Table 2).17 When a hospitalist could not confidently assess a cardiac abnormality, the final HCUE assessment was recorded as indeterminate. Hospitalists also recorded the time to perform each HCUE, which included the time to record 7 best‐quality images, to interpret the findings, and to fill out the data collection form.

Definitions of Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography Results
  Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography Results
Cardiac Abnormality by Standard EchocardiographyHand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography Operator's Method of AssessmentPositiveNegative
  • Abbreviation: cm, centimeters.

Left ventricle systolic dysfunction, mild or greaterGrade degree of abnormal wall movement and thickening during systoleSevereMild or moderateNormalVigorous
Mitral valve regurgitation, severeClassify regurgitant jet as central or eccentric, then measure as percentage of left atrium area  
 Central jet20%<20%
 Eccentric jet20%indeterminate 20%
Left atrium enlargement, moderate or severeMeasure left atrium in 3 dimensions at end diastole, then use the most abnormal dimensionExtremeBorderline 
 Anteroposterior or mediolateral (cm)5.14.55.04.4
 Superior‐inferior (cm)7.16.17.06.0
Left ventricle hypertrophy, moderate or severeMeasure thickest dimension of posterior or septal wall at end diastoleExtreme: 1.4 cmBorderline: 1.21.3 cm1.1 cm
Pericardial effusion, medium or largeMeasure largest dimension in any view at end diastole1 cm<1 cm
Inferior vena cava dilatationMeasure largest respirophasic diameter within 2 cm of right atrium2.1 cmNormal: 1 to 2 cmContracted: 0.9 cm

Data Analysis

We based our sample size calculations on earlier reports of HCUE by noncardiologist trainees for assessment of left ventricular (LV) systolic function.7, 10 From these reports, we estimated a negative likelihood ratio of 0.3. In addition, we expected about a quarter of our patients to have LV systolic dysfunction (B.M., personal communication). Therefore, to achieve 95% confidence intervals (CIs) around the point estimate of a negative likelihood ratio that excluded 0.50, our upper bound for a clinically meaningful result, we needed a sample size of approximately 300 patients.18

We defined threshold levels of ordinal severity for the 6 cardiac abnormalities under study based on their clinical pertinence to hospitalists (Table 2). Here, we reasoned that abnormalities at or above these levels would likely lead to important changes in hospitalists' management of inpatients; abnormalities below these levels rarely represent cardiac disease that is worthy of an immediate change in management. Since even mild degrees of LV dysfunction have important diagnostic and therapeutic implications for most general medicine inpatients, particularly those presenting with heart failure,19 we set our threshold for LV dysfunction at mild or greater. In contrast, since neither mild nor moderate mitral regurgitation (MR) has immediate implications for medical or surgical therapy even if symptoms or LV dysfunction are present,20 we set our threshold for MR at severe. Similarly, though mild LA enlargement21 and mild LV hypertrophy22 have clear prognostic implications for patients' chronic medical conditions, we reasoned that only moderate or severe versions likely reflect underlying abnormalities that affect hospitalists' point‐of‐care decision‐making. Since cardiac tamponade is rarely both subclinical23 and due to a small pericardial effusion,24 we set our threshold for pericardial effusion size at moderate or large. Finally, we set our threshold IVC diameter, a marker of central venous volume status,25 at dilated, because volume overload is an important consideration in hospitalized cardiac patients.

Using these thresholds, investigators dichotomized echocardiographers' SE readings as normal or abnormal for each of the 6 cardiac abnormalities under study to serve as the reference standards. Hospitalists' HCUE results were then compared to the reference standards in 2 different ways. We first analyzed HCUE results as dichotomous values to calculate conventional sensitivity, specificity, and positive and negative likelihood ratios. Here we considered indeterminate HCUE results positive in a clinically conservative tradeoff that neither ignores indeterminate results nor risks falsely classifying them as negative.26 We then analyzed hospitalists' HCUE results as ordinal values for receiver operating characteristic (ROC) curve analysis. Here we considered an indeterminate result as 1 possible test result.27

To examine interobserver variability of HCUE, we first chose from the 6 possible assessments only those with a mean number of abnormal patients per hospitalist greater than 5. We reasoned that variability among assessments with lower prevalence would be predictably wide and inconclusive. We then expressed variability as standard deviations (SDs) around mean sensitivity and specificity for the 8 hospitalists.

The CIs for likelihood ratios were constructed using the likelihood‐based approach to binomial proportions of Koopman.28 The areas under ROC curves were computed using the trapezoidal rule, and the CIs for these areas were constructed using the algorithm described by DeLong et al.29 All analyses were conducted with Stata Statistical Software, Release 10 (StataCorp, College Station, TX).

Results

During the 3 month study period, 654 patients were referred for SE from the 3 participating patient care units (Figure 1). Among these, 65 patients were ineligible because their SE was performed on the weekend and 178 other patients were not randomized from the general medical wards and CCU. From the remaining eligible patients, 322 underwent HCUE and 314 (98% of 322) underwent both SE and HCUE. Individual SE assessments were not interpretable (and therefore excluded) due to poor image quality for LA enlargement in 1 patient and IVC dilatation in 30 patients. Eighty‐three percent of patients who underwent SE (260/314) were referred to assess LV function (Table 3). The prevalence of the 6 clinically pertinent cardiac abnormalities under study ranged from 1% for moderate or large pericardial effusion to 25% for LV systolic dysfunction. Overall, 40% of patients had at least 1 out of 6 cardiac abnormalities.

Patients Who Underwent Both Standard Echocardiography and Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography
Characteristic 
  • NOTE: Values are n (%) unless otherwise indicated. Total number of patients is 322.

  • Abbreviations: HCUE, hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography; SD, standard deviation.

  • Ordering physicians listed 2 indications for 103 patients, 3 indications for 10 patients, and 4 indications for 2 patients; therefore, the total number of indications (n = 443) is greater than the total number of patients (n = 314).

  • Other indications include mural thrombus (n = 13), left ventricular hypertrophy (n = 10), pericardial disease (n = 6), intracardiac shunt (n = 4), cardiomegaly (n = 4), and follow‐up of known atrial septal aneurysm (n = 1).

  • Standard echocardiography demonstrated 2 abnormal findings in 23 patients, 3 abnormal findings in 13 patients, and 4 abnormal findings in 5 patients; therefore, the total number of abnormal findings (n = 191) is greater than the total number of patients who had at least 1 abnormal finding (n = 127).

  • Includes time to record 7 best‐quality images and fill out data collection forms.

Age, year SD (25th to 75th percentiles)56 13 (48 to 64)
Women146 (47)
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease47 (15)
Body mass index 
24.9 or less: underweight or normal74 (24)
25 to 29.9: overweight94 (30)
30 to 34.9: mild obesity75 (24)
35 or greater: moderate or severe obesity71 (23)
Patient care unit 
Short‐stay unit175 (56)
General medical wards89 (28)
Cardiac care unit50 (16)
Indication for standard echocardiography* 
Left ventricular function260 (83)
Valvular function56 (18)
Wall motion abnormality29 (9)
Valvular vegetations22 (7)
Any structural heart disease20 (6)
Right ventricular function18 (6)
Other38 (12)
Standard echocardiography findings 
Left ventricular systolic dysfunction mild80 (25)
Inferior vena cava dilated45 (14)
Left ventricular wall thickness moderate33 (11)
Left atrium enlargement moderate19 (6)
Mitral valve regurgitation severe11 (4)
Pericardial effusion moderate3 (1)
At least 1 of the above findings127 (40)
Time difference between HCUE and standard echocardiogram, median hours (25th to 75th percentiles)2.8 (1.4 to 5.1)
Time to complete HCUE, median minutes (25th to 75th percentiles)28 (20 to 35)

Each hospitalist performed a similar total number of HCUE examinations (range, 3447). The median time difference between performance of SE and HCUE was 2.8 hours (25th75th percentiles, 1.45.1). Despite the high prevalence of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and obesity, hospitalists considered HCUE assessments indeterminate in only 2% to 6% of the 6 assessments made for each patient (Table 4). Among the 38 patients (12% of 322) with any indeterminate HCUE assessment, 24 patients had only 1 out of 6 possible. Hospitalists completed HCUE in a median time of 28 minutes (25th‐75th percentiles, 2035), which included the time to record 7 best‐quality moving images and to fill out the research data collection form.

Indeterminate Findings from Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography
 n (%)*
  • n = 322.

Number of indeterminate findings per patient 
0284 (88)
124 (7)
24 (1)
3 or more10 (3)
Indeterminate findings by cardiac assessment 
Mitral valve regurgitation18 (6)
Inferior vena cava diameter16 (5)
Left ventricular hypertrophy15 (5)
Pericardial effusion9 (3)
Left atrium size5 (2)
Left ventricle systolic function5 (2)

When HCUE results were analyzed as dichotomous values, positive likelihood ratios ranged from 2.5 to 21, and negative likelihood ratios ranged from 0 to 0.4 (Table 5). Positive and negative likelihood ratios were both sufficiency high and low to respectively increase and decrease by 5‐fold the prior odds of 3 out of 6 cardiac abnormalities: LV systolic dysfunction, moderate or severe MR regurgitation, and moderate or large pericardial effusion. Considering HCUE results as ordinal values for ROC analysis yielded additional diagnostic information (Figure 2). For example, the likelihood ratio of 1.0 (95% CI, 0.42.0) for borderline positive moderate or severe LA enlargement increased to 29 (range, 1362) for extreme positive results. Areas under the ROC curves were 0.9 for 4 out of 6 cardiac abnormalities.

Figure 2
ROC curves of hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography (HCUE) results. Includes all 314 patients who underwent both SE and HCUE, although SE was not interpretable (and therefore excluded) due to poor image quality for LA enlargement in 1 patient and for IVC dilatation in 30 patients. Conventional likelihood ratios are presented with 95% CI for each test result. Each likelihood ratio is calculated by dividing the probability of the test result in patients with the abnormality by the probability of the test result in patients without the abnormality. In addition, the likelihood ratios are equivalent to the slopes of the corresponding segments of the curves. An “indeterminate” HCUE result was considered 1 of the possible test results (*); likelihood ratios for these indeterminate HCUE results, which occurred in 2% to 6% of assessments, were not presented because the CIs widely spanned above and below 1. Abbreviations: AUC, area under receiver‐operating characteristic curve; LR, conventional likelihood ratio.
Diagnostic Test Characteristics of Hand‐Carried Ultrasound Echocardiography for Detecting Cardiac Abnormalities
Clinically Pertinent Cardiac Abnormality by Standard EchocardiographyPrevalence n/total nSensitivity* % (95% CI)Specificity* % (95% CI)LRpositive*, (95% CI)LRnegative*, (95% CI)
  • NOTE: Includes all 314 patients who underwent both standard echocardiography and hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography, although standard echocardiography was not interpretable (and therefore excluded) due to poor image quality for LA enlargement in 1 patient and for IVC dilatation in 30 patients.

  • Indeterminate results from hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography (which occurred in 2% to 6% of assessments) were considered positive test results in calculating the test characteristics.

  • LRx is the conventional likelihood ratio of test result x, which is equal to the probability of test result x in patients with the abnormality divided by probability of test result x in patients without the abnormality; x is positive or negative.

Left ventricular systolic dysfunction80/31485 (7592)88 (8392)6.9 (4.99.8)0.2 (0.10.3)
Mitral valve regurgitation, severe11/314100 (72100)83 (7987)5.9 (3.97.4)0 (00.3)
Left atrium enlargement, moderate or severe19/31390 (6799)74 (6879)3.4 (2.54.3)0.1 (0.040.4)
Left ventricular hypertrophy, moderate or severe33/31470 (5184)73 (6778)2.5 (1.83.3)0.4 (0.20.7)
Pericardial effusion, moderate or large3/314100 (29100)95 (9297)21 (6.731)0 (00.6)
Inferior vena cava, dilated45/28456 (4070)86 (8190)4.0 (2.66.0)0.5 (0.40.7)

LV systolic dysfunction and IVC dilatation were both prevalent enough to meet our criterion to examine interobserver variability; the mean number of abnormal patients per hospitalist was 10 patients for LV systolic dysfunction and 6 patients for IVC dilatation. For LV systolic dysfunction, SDs around mean sensitivity (84%) and specificity (87%) were 12% and 6%, respectively. For IVC dilatation, SDs around mean sensitivity (58%) and specificity (86%) were 24% and 7%, respectively.

Discussion

We found that, after a 27‐hour training program, hospitalists performed HCUE with moderate to excellent diagnostic accuracy for 6 important cardiac abnormalities. For example, hospitalists' assessments of LV systolic function yielded positive and negative likelihood ratios of 6.9 (95% CI, 4.99.8) and 0.2 (95% CI, 0.10.3), respectively. At the bedsides of patients with acute heart failure, therefore, hospitalists could use HCUE to lower or raise the 50:50 chance of LV systolic dysfunction30 to 15% or 85%, respectively. Whether or not these posttest likelihoods are extreme enough to cross important thresholds will depend on the clinical context. Yet these findings demonstrate how HCUE has the potential to provide hospitalists with valuable point‐of‐care data that are otherwise unavailableeither because routine clinical assessments are unreliable31 or because echocardiographic services are not immediately accessible.1

In fact, recent data from the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations shows how inaccessible SE may be. Approximately one‐quarter of hospitals in the United States send home about 10% of patients with acute heart failure without echocardiographic assessment of LV systolic function before, during, or immediately after hospitalization.32 In doing so, these hospitals leave unmet the 2002 National Quality Improvement Goal of universal assessment of LV systolic function for all heart failure patients. Hospitalists could close this quality gap with routine, 10‐minute HCUE assessments in all patients admitted with acute heart failure. (Our research HCUE protocol required a median time of 28 minutes, but this included time to assess 5 other cardiac abnormalities and collect data for research purposes). Until the clinical consequences of introducing hospitalist‐performed HCUE are studied, potential benefits like this are tentative. But our findings suggest that training hospitalists to accurately perform HCUE can be successfully accomplished in just 27 hours.

Other studies of HCUE training programs for noncardiologists have also challenged the opinion that learning to perform HCUE requires more than 100 hours of training.2, 711 Yet only 1 prior study has examined an HCUE training program for hospitalists.5 In this study by Martin et al.,5 hospitalists completed 5 supervised HCUE examinations and 6 hours of interpretation training before investigators scored their image acquisition and interpretation skills from 30 unsupervised HCUE examinations. To estimate their final skill levels at the completion of all 35 examinations by accounting for an initially steep learning curve, investigators then adjusted these scores with regression models. Despite these upward adjustments, hospitalists' image acquisition and interpretation scores were low in comparison to echocardiographic technicians and cardiology fellows. Besides these adjusted measurements of hospitalists' skills, however, Martin et al.5 unfortunately did not also report standard measures of diagnostic accuracy, like those proposed by the Standards for Reporting of Diagnostic Accuracy (STARD) initiative.33 Therefore, direct comparisons to the present study are difficult. Nevertheless, their findings suggest that a training program limited to 5 supervised HCUE examinations may be inadequate for hospitalists. In fact, the same group's earlier study of medical trainees suggested a minimum of 30 supervised HCUE examinations.9 We chose to design our hospitalist training program based on this minimum, though they surprisingly did not.5 As others continue to refine the components of hospitalist HCUE training programs, such as the optimal number of supervised examinations, our program could serve as a reasonable comparative example: more rigorous than the program designed by Martin et al.5 but more feasible than ASE level 1 training.

The number and complexity of assessments taught in HCUE training programs will determine their duration. With ongoing advancements in HCUE technology, there is a growing list of potential assessments to choose from. Although HCUE training programs ought to include assessments with proven clinical applications, there are no trials of HCUE‐directed care to inform such decisions. In their absence, therefore, we chose 6 assessments based on the following 3 criteria. First, our assessments were otherwise not reliably available from routine clinical data, such as the physical examination. Second, our assessments were straightforward: easy to learn and simple to perform. Here, we based our reasoning on an expectation that the value of HCUE lies not in highly complex, state‐of‐the‐art assessmentswhich are best left to echocardiographers equipped with SEbut in simple, routine assessments made with highly portable machines that grant noncardiologists newfound access to point‐of‐care data.34 Third, our assessments were clinically pertinent and, where appropriate, defined by cut‐points at levels of severity that often lead to changes in management. We suspect that setting high cut‐points has the salutary effects of making assessments easier to learn and more accurate, because distinguishing mild abnormalities is likely the most challenging aspect of echocardiographic interpretation.35 Whether or not our choices of assessments, and their cut‐points, are optimal has yet to be determined by future research designed to study how they affect patient outcomes. Given our hospitalists' performance in the present study, these assessments seem worthy of such future research.

Our study had several limitations. We studied physicians and patients from only 1 hospital; similar studies performed in different settings, particularly among patients with different proportions and manifestations of disease, may find different results. Nevertheless, our sampling method of prospectively enrolling consecutive patients strengthens our findings. Some echocardiographic measurement methods used by our hospitalists differed in subtle ways from echocardiography guideline recommendations.35 We chose our methods (Table 2) for 2 reasons. First, whenever possible, we chose methods of interpretation that coincided with our local cardiologists'. Second, we chose simplicity over precision. For example, the biplane method of disks, or modified Simpson's rule, is the preferred volumetric method of calculating LA size.35 This method requires tracing the contours of the LA in 2 planes and then dividing the LA volume into stacked oval disks for calculation. We chose instead to train our hospitalists in a simpler method based on 2 linear measurements. Any loss of precision, however, was balanced by a large gain in simplicity. Regardless, minor variations in LA size are not likely to affect hospitalists' bedside evaluations. Finally, we did not validate the results of our reference standard (SE) by documenting interobserver reliability. Yet, because SE is generally accurate for the 6 cardiac abnormalities under study, the effect of this bias should be small.

These limitations can be addressed best by controlled trials of HCUE‐directed care. These trials will determine the clinical impact of hospitalist‐performed HCUE and, in turn, inform our design of HCUE training programs. As the current study shows, training hospitalists to participate in such trials is feasible: like other groups of noncardiologists, hospitalists can accurately perform HCUE after a brief training program. Whether or not hospitalists should perform HCUE requires further study.

Acknowledgements

The authors thank Sonosite, Inc., Bothell, WA, for loaning us 2 MicroMaxx machines throughout the study period. They also thank the staff of the Internal Medicine Research Mentoring Program at Rush Medical College for their technical support and the staff of the Division of Neurology at Stroger Hospital for granting them access to a procedure room.

References
  1. Popp RL.The physical examination of the future: echocardiography as part of the assessment.ACC Curr J Rev.1998;7:7981.
  2. DeCara JM,Lang RM,Spencer KT.The hand‐carried echocardiographic device as an aid to the physical examination.Echocardiography.2003;20:477485.
  3. Beaulieu Y,Marik PE.Bedside ultrasonography in the ICU: Part 2.Chest.2005;128:17661781.
  4. Cosby KS,Kendall JL.Practical Guide to Emergency Ultrasound.1st ed.Philadelphia, PA:Lippincott Williams 2006.
  5. Martin LD,Howell EE,Ziegelstein RC,Martire C,Shapiro EP,Hellmann DB.Hospitalist performance of cardiac hand‐carried ultrasound after focused training.Am J Med.2007;120:10001004.
  6. Seward JB,Douglas PS,Erbel R, et al.Hand‐carried cardiac ultrasound (HCU) device: recommendations regarding new technology. A report from the echocardiography task force on new technology of the Nomenclature and Standards Committee of the American Society of Echocardiography.J Am Soc Echocardiogr.2002;15:369373.
  7. DeCara JM,Lang RM,Koch R,Bala R,Penzotti J,Spencer KT.The use of small personal ultrasound devices with internists without formal training in echocardiography.Eur J Echocardiogr.2003;4:141147.
  8. Alexander JH,Peterson ED,Chen AY, et al.Feasibility of point‐of‐care echocardiography by internal medicine house staff.Am Heart J.2004;147:476481.
  9. Hellman DB,Whiting‐O'Keefe Q,Shapiro EP,Martin LD,Martire C,Ziegelstein RC.The rate at which residents learn to use hand‐held echocardiography at the bedside.Am J Med.2005;118:10101018.
  10. Kobal SL,Trento L,Baharami S, et al.Comparison of effectiveness of hand‐carried ultrasound to bedside cardiovascular physical examination.Am J Cardiol.2005;96:10021006.
  11. Duvall WL,Croft LB,Goldman ME.Can hand‐carried ultrasound devices be extended for use by the noncardiology medical community?Echocardiography.2003;20:471476.
  12. Lucas BP,Kumapley R,Mba B, et al.A hospitalist‐run short stay unit: features that predict patients' length‐of‐stay and eventual admission to traditional inpatient services.J Hosp Med.2009;4:276284.
  13. McDonald ME.Adult echocardiography scanning protocol. In: Templin BB, ed.Ultrasound Scanning: Principles and Protocols.2nd ed.Philadelphia, PA:Saunders;1999:426.
  14. Beller GA,Bonow RO,Fuster V, et al.ACCF 2008 Recommendations for training in adult cardiovascular medicine core cardiology training (COCATS 3) (revision of the 2002 COCATS training statement).J Am Coll Cardiol.2008;51:333414.
  15. Oh JK,Seward JB,Tajik AJ.The Echo Manual.2nd ed.Philadelphia, PA:Lippincott Williams 1999.
  16. Kuecherer HF,Kee LL,Modin G, et al.Echocardiography in serial evaluation of left ventricular systolic and diastolic function: importance of image acquisition, quantitation, and physiologic variability in clinical and investigational applications.J Am Soc Echocardiogr.1991;4:203214.
  17. Otto CM.Textbook of Clinical Echocardiography.3rd ed.Philadelphia, PA:Elsevier Saunders;2004.
  18. Simel DL,Samsa GP,Matchar DB.Likelihood ratios with confidence: sample size estimation for diagnostic test studies.J Clin Epidemiol.1991;44:763770.
  19. Hunt SA,Abraham WT,Chin MH, et al.ACC/AHA 2005 guideline update for the diagnosis and management of chronic heart failure in the adult: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines.Circulation.2005;112;154235.
  20. Bonow RO,Carabello BA,Chatterjee K, et al.ACC/AHA 2006 guidelines for the management of patients with valvular heart disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines.Circulation.2006;114:e84e231.
  21. Abhayaratna WP,Seward JB,Appleton CP, et al.Left atrial size: physiologic determinants and clinical applications.J Am Coll Cardiol.2006;47:23572363.
  22. Levy D,Garrison RJ,Savage DD,Kannel WB,Castelli WP.Prognostic implications of echocardiographically determined left ventricular mass in the Framingham Heart Study.N Engl J Med.1990;322:15611566.
  23. Roy CL,Minor MA,Brookhart MA,Choudhry NK.Does this patient with a pericardial effusion have cardiac tamponade?JAMA.2007;297:18101818.
  24. Spodick DH.Acute cardiac tamponade.N Engl J Med.2003;349:685690.
  25. Moreno FL,Hagan AD,Holmen JR,Pryor TA,Strickland RD,Castle CH.Evaluation of size and dynamics of the inferior vena cava as an index of right‐sided cardiac function.Am J Cardiol.1984;53:579585.
  26. Begg CB,Greenes RA,Iglewicz B.The influence of uninterpretability on the assessment of diagnostic tests.J Chronic Dis.1986;39:575584.
  27. Poynard T,Chaput J‐C,Etienne J‐P.Relations between effectiveness of a diagnostic test, prevalence of the disease, and percentages of uninterpretable results. An example in the diagnosis of jaundice.Med Decis Making.1982;2:285297.
  28. Koopman PAR.Confidence intervals for the ratio of two binomial proportions.Biometrics.1984;40:513517.
  29. DeLong ER,DeLong DM,Clarke‐Pearson DL.Comparing the areas under two or more correlated receiver operating curves: a nonparametric approach.Biometrics.1988;44:837845.
  30. Gheorghiade M,Abraham WT,Albert NM, et al.Systolic blood pressure at admission, clinical characteristics, and outcomes in patients hospitalized with acute heart failure.JAMA.2006;296:22172226.
  31. Thomas JT,Kelly RF,Thomas SJ, et al.Utility of history, physical examination, electrocardiogram, and chest radiograph for differentiating normal from decreased systolic function in patients with heart failure.Am J Med.2002;112:437445.
  32. Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations. Health Care Quality Data Download Website. Available at: http://www.healthcarequalitydata.org. Accessed December2008.
  33. Bossuyt PM,Reitsma JB,Burns DE, et al.Towards complete and accurate reporting of studies of diagnostic accuracy: the STARD initiative.Clin Chem.2003;49:16.
  34. Christensen CM,Bohmer R,Kenagy J.Will disruptive innovations cure health care?Harv Bus Rev.2000;78:102112.
  35. Lang RM,Bierig M,Devereux RB, et al.Recommendations for chamber quantification: a report from the American Society of Echocardiography's Guidelines and Standards Committee and the Chamber Quantification Writing Group, developed in conjunction with the European Association of Echocardiography, a branch of the European Society of Cardiology.J Am Soc Echocardiogr.2005;18:14401463.
References
  1. Popp RL.The physical examination of the future: echocardiography as part of the assessment.ACC Curr J Rev.1998;7:7981.
  2. DeCara JM,Lang RM,Spencer KT.The hand‐carried echocardiographic device as an aid to the physical examination.Echocardiography.2003;20:477485.
  3. Beaulieu Y,Marik PE.Bedside ultrasonography in the ICU: Part 2.Chest.2005;128:17661781.
  4. Cosby KS,Kendall JL.Practical Guide to Emergency Ultrasound.1st ed.Philadelphia, PA:Lippincott Williams 2006.
  5. Martin LD,Howell EE,Ziegelstein RC,Martire C,Shapiro EP,Hellmann DB.Hospitalist performance of cardiac hand‐carried ultrasound after focused training.Am J Med.2007;120:10001004.
  6. Seward JB,Douglas PS,Erbel R, et al.Hand‐carried cardiac ultrasound (HCU) device: recommendations regarding new technology. A report from the echocardiography task force on new technology of the Nomenclature and Standards Committee of the American Society of Echocardiography.J Am Soc Echocardiogr.2002;15:369373.
  7. DeCara JM,Lang RM,Koch R,Bala R,Penzotti J,Spencer KT.The use of small personal ultrasound devices with internists without formal training in echocardiography.Eur J Echocardiogr.2003;4:141147.
  8. Alexander JH,Peterson ED,Chen AY, et al.Feasibility of point‐of‐care echocardiography by internal medicine house staff.Am Heart J.2004;147:476481.
  9. Hellman DB,Whiting‐O'Keefe Q,Shapiro EP,Martin LD,Martire C,Ziegelstein RC.The rate at which residents learn to use hand‐held echocardiography at the bedside.Am J Med.2005;118:10101018.
  10. Kobal SL,Trento L,Baharami S, et al.Comparison of effectiveness of hand‐carried ultrasound to bedside cardiovascular physical examination.Am J Cardiol.2005;96:10021006.
  11. Duvall WL,Croft LB,Goldman ME.Can hand‐carried ultrasound devices be extended for use by the noncardiology medical community?Echocardiography.2003;20:471476.
  12. Lucas BP,Kumapley R,Mba B, et al.A hospitalist‐run short stay unit: features that predict patients' length‐of‐stay and eventual admission to traditional inpatient services.J Hosp Med.2009;4:276284.
  13. McDonald ME.Adult echocardiography scanning protocol. In: Templin BB, ed.Ultrasound Scanning: Principles and Protocols.2nd ed.Philadelphia, PA:Saunders;1999:426.
  14. Beller GA,Bonow RO,Fuster V, et al.ACCF 2008 Recommendations for training in adult cardiovascular medicine core cardiology training (COCATS 3) (revision of the 2002 COCATS training statement).J Am Coll Cardiol.2008;51:333414.
  15. Oh JK,Seward JB,Tajik AJ.The Echo Manual.2nd ed.Philadelphia, PA:Lippincott Williams 1999.
  16. Kuecherer HF,Kee LL,Modin G, et al.Echocardiography in serial evaluation of left ventricular systolic and diastolic function: importance of image acquisition, quantitation, and physiologic variability in clinical and investigational applications.J Am Soc Echocardiogr.1991;4:203214.
  17. Otto CM.Textbook of Clinical Echocardiography.3rd ed.Philadelphia, PA:Elsevier Saunders;2004.
  18. Simel DL,Samsa GP,Matchar DB.Likelihood ratios with confidence: sample size estimation for diagnostic test studies.J Clin Epidemiol.1991;44:763770.
  19. Hunt SA,Abraham WT,Chin MH, et al.ACC/AHA 2005 guideline update for the diagnosis and management of chronic heart failure in the adult: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines.Circulation.2005;112;154235.
  20. Bonow RO,Carabello BA,Chatterjee K, et al.ACC/AHA 2006 guidelines for the management of patients with valvular heart disease: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines.Circulation.2006;114:e84e231.
  21. Abhayaratna WP,Seward JB,Appleton CP, et al.Left atrial size: physiologic determinants and clinical applications.J Am Coll Cardiol.2006;47:23572363.
  22. Levy D,Garrison RJ,Savage DD,Kannel WB,Castelli WP.Prognostic implications of echocardiographically determined left ventricular mass in the Framingham Heart Study.N Engl J Med.1990;322:15611566.
  23. Roy CL,Minor MA,Brookhart MA,Choudhry NK.Does this patient with a pericardial effusion have cardiac tamponade?JAMA.2007;297:18101818.
  24. Spodick DH.Acute cardiac tamponade.N Engl J Med.2003;349:685690.
  25. Moreno FL,Hagan AD,Holmen JR,Pryor TA,Strickland RD,Castle CH.Evaluation of size and dynamics of the inferior vena cava as an index of right‐sided cardiac function.Am J Cardiol.1984;53:579585.
  26. Begg CB,Greenes RA,Iglewicz B.The influence of uninterpretability on the assessment of diagnostic tests.J Chronic Dis.1986;39:575584.
  27. Poynard T,Chaput J‐C,Etienne J‐P.Relations between effectiveness of a diagnostic test, prevalence of the disease, and percentages of uninterpretable results. An example in the diagnosis of jaundice.Med Decis Making.1982;2:285297.
  28. Koopman PAR.Confidence intervals for the ratio of two binomial proportions.Biometrics.1984;40:513517.
  29. DeLong ER,DeLong DM,Clarke‐Pearson DL.Comparing the areas under two or more correlated receiver operating curves: a nonparametric approach.Biometrics.1988;44:837845.
  30. Gheorghiade M,Abraham WT,Albert NM, et al.Systolic blood pressure at admission, clinical characteristics, and outcomes in patients hospitalized with acute heart failure.JAMA.2006;296:22172226.
  31. Thomas JT,Kelly RF,Thomas SJ, et al.Utility of history, physical examination, electrocardiogram, and chest radiograph for differentiating normal from decreased systolic function in patients with heart failure.Am J Med.2002;112:437445.
  32. Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations. Health Care Quality Data Download Website. Available at: http://www.healthcarequalitydata.org. Accessed December2008.
  33. Bossuyt PM,Reitsma JB,Burns DE, et al.Towards complete and accurate reporting of studies of diagnostic accuracy: the STARD initiative.Clin Chem.2003;49:16.
  34. Christensen CM,Bohmer R,Kenagy J.Will disruptive innovations cure health care?Harv Bus Rev.2000;78:102112.
  35. Lang RM,Bierig M,Devereux RB, et al.Recommendations for chamber quantification: a report from the American Society of Echocardiography's Guidelines and Standards Committee and the Chamber Quantification Writing Group, developed in conjunction with the European Association of Echocardiography, a branch of the European Society of Cardiology.J Am Soc Echocardiogr.2005;18:14401463.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
340-349
Page Number
340-349
Article Type
Display Headline
Diagnostic accuracy of hospitalist‐performed hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography after a brief training program
Display Headline
Diagnostic accuracy of hospitalist‐performed hand‐carried ultrasound echocardiography after a brief training program
Legacy Keywords
echocardiography, hospitalists, point‐of‐care systems, sensitivity and specificity
Legacy Keywords
echocardiography, hospitalists, point‐of‐care systems, sensitivity and specificity
Sections
Article Source

Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
1900 West Polk Street, Room 520, Chicago, IL 60612
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Myocardial Calcification in ESRD

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Myocardial calcification in a patient with end‐stage renal disease

Myocardial calcification is very rare and has been associated with metastatic calcium deposition. A 57‐year‐old woman with end‐stage renal disease (ESRD) due to hypertension on peritoneal dialysis, coronary artery disease, mechanical valve from mitral stenosis without history of rheumatic disease, atrial fibrillation, and a positive tuberculin skin test presented with tuberculous peritonitis (culture confirmed) and calcifications of her heart. Her chest film showed a retrocardiac calcified lesion (Figure 1). Chest computed tomography (CT) showed cardiac hypertrophy with calcification of the left atrium and ventricle (Figure 2). She began antituberculosis medications but she died 1 month later. At autopsy, the cardiac tissue confirmed endocardial and myocardial calcifications without tuberculum bacilli (Figure 3).

Figure 1
Chest film showing the 7‐cm “O‐ring”‐shaped calcification in the area of the left atrium.
Figure 2
Chest CT showing a hypertrophic heart with ring calcification extending from the left atrium to the left ventricle.
Figure 3
Autopsy of the left atrium shows massive calcification of the endocardium and areas of the myocardium. The mechanical mitral valve is visible.

Her ESRD led to an elevated calcium‐phosphate product, which more commonly causes vascular calcifications (calciphylaxis), but can lead to calcification of the cardiac tissue.1 Some other possible causes include myocardial infarction, myocardial fibrosis, rheumatic carditis, and caseous necrosis from tuberculosis.2 Treatment for massive cardiac calcification includes endoatriectomy and replacement of the mitral valve.

References
  1. Milliner DS,Zinsmeister AR,Lieberman E,Landing B.Soft tissue calcification in pediatric patients with end‐stage renal disease.Kidney Int.1990;38(5):931936.
  2. Gowda RM,Boxt LM.Calcifications of the heart.Radiol Clin North Am.2004;42(3):603617,vivii.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
E16-E16
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Myocardial calcification is very rare and has been associated with metastatic calcium deposition. A 57‐year‐old woman with end‐stage renal disease (ESRD) due to hypertension on peritoneal dialysis, coronary artery disease, mechanical valve from mitral stenosis without history of rheumatic disease, atrial fibrillation, and a positive tuberculin skin test presented with tuberculous peritonitis (culture confirmed) and calcifications of her heart. Her chest film showed a retrocardiac calcified lesion (Figure 1). Chest computed tomography (CT) showed cardiac hypertrophy with calcification of the left atrium and ventricle (Figure 2). She began antituberculosis medications but she died 1 month later. At autopsy, the cardiac tissue confirmed endocardial and myocardial calcifications without tuberculum bacilli (Figure 3).

Figure 1
Chest film showing the 7‐cm “O‐ring”‐shaped calcification in the area of the left atrium.
Figure 2
Chest CT showing a hypertrophic heart with ring calcification extending from the left atrium to the left ventricle.
Figure 3
Autopsy of the left atrium shows massive calcification of the endocardium and areas of the myocardium. The mechanical mitral valve is visible.

Her ESRD led to an elevated calcium‐phosphate product, which more commonly causes vascular calcifications (calciphylaxis), but can lead to calcification of the cardiac tissue.1 Some other possible causes include myocardial infarction, myocardial fibrosis, rheumatic carditis, and caseous necrosis from tuberculosis.2 Treatment for massive cardiac calcification includes endoatriectomy and replacement of the mitral valve.

Myocardial calcification is very rare and has been associated with metastatic calcium deposition. A 57‐year‐old woman with end‐stage renal disease (ESRD) due to hypertension on peritoneal dialysis, coronary artery disease, mechanical valve from mitral stenosis without history of rheumatic disease, atrial fibrillation, and a positive tuberculin skin test presented with tuberculous peritonitis (culture confirmed) and calcifications of her heart. Her chest film showed a retrocardiac calcified lesion (Figure 1). Chest computed tomography (CT) showed cardiac hypertrophy with calcification of the left atrium and ventricle (Figure 2). She began antituberculosis medications but she died 1 month later. At autopsy, the cardiac tissue confirmed endocardial and myocardial calcifications without tuberculum bacilli (Figure 3).

Figure 1
Chest film showing the 7‐cm “O‐ring”‐shaped calcification in the area of the left atrium.
Figure 2
Chest CT showing a hypertrophic heart with ring calcification extending from the left atrium to the left ventricle.
Figure 3
Autopsy of the left atrium shows massive calcification of the endocardium and areas of the myocardium. The mechanical mitral valve is visible.

Her ESRD led to an elevated calcium‐phosphate product, which more commonly causes vascular calcifications (calciphylaxis), but can lead to calcification of the cardiac tissue.1 Some other possible causes include myocardial infarction, myocardial fibrosis, rheumatic carditis, and caseous necrosis from tuberculosis.2 Treatment for massive cardiac calcification includes endoatriectomy and replacement of the mitral valve.

References
  1. Milliner DS,Zinsmeister AR,Lieberman E,Landing B.Soft tissue calcification in pediatric patients with end‐stage renal disease.Kidney Int.1990;38(5):931936.
  2. Gowda RM,Boxt LM.Calcifications of the heart.Radiol Clin North Am.2004;42(3):603617,vivii.
References
  1. Milliner DS,Zinsmeister AR,Lieberman E,Landing B.Soft tissue calcification in pediatric patients with end‐stage renal disease.Kidney Int.1990;38(5):931936.
  2. Gowda RM,Boxt LM.Calcifications of the heart.Radiol Clin North Am.2004;42(3):603617,vivii.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
E16-E16
Page Number
E16-E16
Article Type
Display Headline
Myocardial calcification in a patient with end‐stage renal disease
Display Headline
Myocardial calcification in a patient with end‐stage renal disease
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Kaiser Oakland, Internal Medicine, 280 W MacArthur Blvd, Oakland, CA 94611
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

VZV Meningoencephalitis

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Meningoencephalitis‐complicating herpes zoster ophthalmicus infection

Case Report

A 66‐year‐old woman with a history of breast cancer treated with lumpectomy, chemotherapy, and radiation presented to the emergency department with a 1‐week history of left eye pain, progressive fatigue, and numbness and tingling on the left upper face. One week prior to presentation, she experienced dull pain in her left eye, anorexia, vomiting, and numbness and tingling in her upper left face. She was diagnosed with sinusitis by a local physician and prescribed a nasal spray and an unknown antibiotic. She became progressively weaker and fatigued and then 2 days prior to admission she noticed red papules on her forehead. She presented to the emergency department 1 day prior to admission. In the emergency department, she was diagnosed with herpes zoster ophthalmicus, placed on acyclovir, acetaminophen/hydrocodone, ondansetron, and trifluridine eye drops, and discharged. Her symptoms worsened throughout the night and she became progressively more somnolent. She was brought to the emergency department again the following day and was found to be extremely somnolent and oriented only to person. The patient's past medical history was significant for lobular carcinoma in situ of the breast, which was diagnosed 22 years ago and treated with a lumpectomy. She had a recurrence of ductal and lobular carcinoma in‐situ 20 years after her initial diagnosis and was treated with 3 months of chemotherapy, completed 13 months prior to admission, and 6 months of radiation therapy, completed 6 months prior to admission. Her physical examination was remarkable for an erythematous maculopapular rash in the distribution of the ophthalmic division of the trigeminal nerve, swelling of the left orbit such that she could not open her eye without assistance, and white mucus‐like drainage from the left eye. The area around the eyelid was tender and the left sclera was pink. Extraocular movements were intact and the pupils were equal, round, and reactive to light and accommodation. Cranial nerves III to XII were intact bilaterally; cerebellar function, sensation, proprioception, and deep tendon reflexes were also intact. The patient did not have any meningismus.

On lumbar puncture in the emergency department (ED), the cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) from tube 4 was found to have a glucose concentration of 52 mg/dL (blood glucose of 111 mg/dL), a protein concentration of 90 mg/dL, a red blood cell (RBC) count of 70 cells/mL, and 16 nucleated cells/mL with 67% lymphocytes and 20% monocytes. Viral cultures and polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for herpes simplex virus (HSV)‐1, HSV‐2, and varicella zoster virus (VZV) were sent to the laboratory. Therapy with acyclovir, vancomycin, and cefotaxime was initiated. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) revealed leptomeningeal and dural enhancement involving the posterior fossa, which was read to be consistent with infectious meningitis; temporal lobe involvement was not seen (Figure 1).

Figure 1
Brain MRI with contrast, showing leptomeningeal and dural enhancement in posterior fossa.

Additional results from the lumbar puncture were received the following day. PCR for HSV‐1 and HSV‐2 was found to be negative, while PCR for VZV was found to be positive. Treatment with intravenous (IV) acyclovir was continued. The patient's clinical condition improved significantly by the morning after admission and she was found to be less somnolent and alert and oriented to person, place, and time. Her condition continued to improve and she was discharged 4 days after admission after her mental status returned to baseline; the patient subsequently completed a 21‐day course of 540 mg twice a day IV acyclovir.

In the 9 months following her initial hospitalization, the patient was admitted multiple times to an outside hospital for varicella zoster meningitis and herpes zoster ophthalmicus, with complete resolution of her symptoms after each hospitalization. However, 10 months after her initial hospitalization, the patient presented to our hospital with lethargy and was found to have a recurrence of her breast cancer with metastatic disease. She was subsequently diagnosed with carcinomatous meningitis and passed away shortly after this diagnosis.

Discussion

The development of clinically significant varicella zosterassociated meningoencephalitis after herpes zoster ophthalmicus is rare. Cerebrospinal fluid PCR has been shown to have a sensitivity and specificity >95% for diagnosing VZV encephalitis.3 The interpretation of the MRI was consistent with several case reports in the literature that also described enhancing meningeal lesions on MRI in patients with varicella encephalitis.3

While subclinical invasion of VZV into the central nervous system (CNS) is relatively common, with approximately one‐third of asymptomatic immunocompetent patients having a CSF PCR positive for VZV and 46% of patients demonstrating CSF leukocytosis, it is rare for patients to present with the serious clinical manifestations seen in this case.4 It is hypothesized that herpes zosterassociated meningoencephalitis most likely occurs when the zoster involves the ophthalmic branch of the trigeminal nerve, allowing for the spread of the virus to the tentorium through the recurrent nerve of Arnold, which branches off the ophthalmic division of the trigeminal nerve.5 On review of the literature, there are very few studies and no controlled trials on the optimal treatment of this complication, although an empirical treatment of 15 to 30 mg of acyclovir per kilogram of body weight for 10 days has been suggested.3 There have been several reports of rapid responses to IV acyclovir but, due to the rarity of this complication, to our knowledge, no studies have been conducted to determine the optimal treatment of herpes zosterassociated meningoencephalitis.3, 6 A similar case of meningoencephalitis has been described in a 5‐year‐old boy whose presentation was similar to that of our patient, with periorbital vesicular lesions and mental status changes including somnolence. This child was treated with acyclovir and made a full recovery.7

Several other CNS‐related manifestations of CN zoster have been reported, including development of the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone, development of contralateral hemiparesis, and the coexistence of Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome and zoster encephalitis (Table 1). It is hypothesized that stimulation of the ophthalmic division of the trigeminal nerve by the zoster virus leads to excess antidiuretic hormone (ADH) secretion from the posterior pituitary, which results in the development of syndrome of inappropriate secretion of antidiuretic hormone (SIADH). To date, 2 cases of SIADH following a herpes zoster ophthalmicus infection have been reported.8, 9 Several cases of coexisting varicella zoster encephalitis and Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome have been reported. Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome, which is characterized by zoster oticus and peripheral facial nerve involvement, is a known complication of varicella zoster infection; however, coexistence of Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome and varicella encephalitis is rare and has only been reported in 9 patients.3, 10 To our knowledge, the coexistence of these 2 complications has not been reported in a patient with herpes zoster ophthalmicus. Contralateral hemiparesis following herpes zoster infection has been reported in 2 patients, both of whom were treated with acyclovir, resulting in partial recovery. Other CNS complications of herpes zoster include myelitis, large‐vessel encephalitis, and small‐vessel encephalitis.3

Clinical Features and Central Nervous System Complications of Ten Patients with Herpes Zoster Ophthalmicus
Report (year) Age (years), Gender Presenting Symptom CNS Complication Treatment Outcome
  • Abbreviations: CN, cranial nerve; CNS, central nervous system; CSF, cerebrospinal fluid; IV, intravenous; PCR, polymerase chain reaction; q12h, every 12 hours; Q, every; TID, three times a day; VZV, varicella zoster virus.

This case 66, female Vesicles on the left forehead, altered mental status Varicella zoster meningoencephalitis IV acyclovir, 540 mg IV q12h, 21‐day course Resolved without complications
Haargaard et al.2 (2008) 68, female; 82, female; 90, female; 72, male Unknown CN III and IV palsies Systemic acyclovir Complete recovery in 3 patients, 1 patient with no clinical recovery at 1 month follow‐up
64, female Unknown Clinical meningitis (headache, photophobia, neck stiffness) with CSF negative for VZV PCR IV acyclovir Complete recovery
62, female Unknown CN III palsy and facial nerve palsy followed by encephalitis Oral acyclovir 1000 mg Q day followed by IV acyclovir 10 mg/kg TID 10 days Minimal recovery with severe neurological and cognitive impairment
Kucukardali et al.9 (2007) 76, female Vesicles on left side of forehead Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone IV acyclovir, 10‐12 mg/kg TID for 7 days Resolved without complications
Dhawan8 (2006) 71, female Vesicles on left side of forehead Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone IV acyclovir, dose unknown Resolved without complications
Ofek‐Shlomai et al.7 (2005) 5, male Vesicles on right side of forehead, altered mental status Varicella zoster meningoencephalitis IV acyclovir, 1500 mg/m2/day for 10 days, followed by 14 days of oral acyclovir Resolved without complications
Ngoueira et al.13 (2002) 71, male Recurrent facial rash on right forehead, altered mental status, left hemiparesis Left hemiparesis, partial palsy of right third CN, complete palsy of left seventh CN with upper motor neuron distribution IV acyclovir, 21‐day course, prednisone short course Treatment course complicated by renal failure, partial improvement of symptoms with steroids
Hughes et al.11 (1993) 76, female Headache, confusion, somnolence, left complete ophthalmoplegia Meningoencephalitis Of the 9 patients diagnosed with meningoencephalitis, 5 patients were treated with acyclovir, 3 patients were treated with cytarabine, and 1 patient did not receive any antiviral treatment 4 of the 5 patients treated with acyclovir and the 1 patient who did not receive any antiviral treatment returned to their baseline mental status within 2 weeks. All 3 patients treated with cytarabine and 1 patient treated with acyclovir remained confused and disoriented at 2 weeks and were discharged to care facilities
74, male Somnolence, confusion, bilateral Babinski reflexes Meningoencephalitis
69, male Headache, photophobia, confusion, somnolence Meningoencephalitis
63, female Headache, blurring of vision, nausea, vomiting, confusion, somnolence Meningoencephalitis
McNeil et al.14 (1991) 51, male Right hemiparesis, dysphasia Moderate global dysphasia, right upper motor neuron facial weakness, mild right hemiparesis Unknown Progressive improvement of speech, impaired right hand motor function, persistent global weakness

It has also been shown that patients with compromised immune systems are at a greater risk for recurrence of the herpes zoster infection and for development of zoster encephalitis. It is estimated that mortality rates from zoster encephalitis are as high as 25%, with an average rate of 10%, and are determined by the patient's immune status.3, 4 Our particular patient was immunosuppressed, given that she had been treated for breast cancer with radiation 6 months prior to admission and chemotherapy 13 months prior to admission, putting her at an increased risk of developing encephalitis. There have been reports of herpes‐associated meningoencephalitis in patients with systemic cancers, including adenocarcinoma of the lung, prostate cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, and lymphoma; the response to treatment with acyclovir was favorable in these cases.11 It has also been established that patients with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) are at increased risk for developing meningoencephalitis after herpes zoster infection as a result of their compromised immune systems.12 In addition to having a higher mortality rate, patients with compromised immune systems are at a greater risk for recurrence of herpes zoster, which leads to an additional increase in mortality, as was seen in the case of this particular patient.

References
  1. Pavan‐Langston D.Herpes zoster ophthalmicus.Neurology.1995;45(12 Suppl 8):S50S51.
  2. Haargaard B,Lund‐Andersen H,Milea D.Central Nervous System involvement after herpes zoster ophthalmicus.Acta Ophthalmologica.2008. E‐pub January 2008.
  3. Gilden DH,Kleinschmidt‐DeMasters BK,LaGuardia JJ, et al.Neurologic complications of the reactivation of varicella‐zoster virus.N Engl J Med.2000;342(9):635645.
  4. Dworkin RH,Johnson RW,Breuer J, et al.Recommendations for the management of herpes zoster.Clin Infect Dis.2007;44(suppl 1):S1S26.
  5. Espiritu R,Rich M.Herpes zoster encephalitis: 2 case reports and review of literature.Infect Dis Clin Pract.2007;15(4):284288.
  6. Johns DR,Gress DR.Rapid response to acyclovir in herpes zoster‐associated encephalitis.Am J Med.1987;82(3):560562.
  7. Ofek‐Shlomai N,Averbuch D,Wolf DG, et al.Varicella zoster virus encephalitis in a previously healthy five‐year‐old child with herpes zoster ophthalmicus.Pediatr Infect Dis J.2005;24(5):476477.
  8. Dhawan SS.Herpes zoster ophthalmicus and syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion.Am J Med Sci.2007;333(1):5657.
  9. Kucukardali Y,Solmazgul E,Terekeci H, et al.Herpes zoster ophthalmicus and syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion.Intern Med.2008;47(5):463465.
  10. Kin T,Hirano M,Tonomura Y,Ueno S.Coexistence of Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome and varicella‐zoster virus encephalitis.Infection.2006;34(6):352354.
  11. Hughes BA,Kimmel DW,Aksamit AJ.Herpes zoster‐associated meningoencephalitis in patients with systemic cancer.Mayo Clin Proc.1993;68(7):652655.
  12. Margolis TP,Milner MS,Shama A, et al.Herpes zoster ophthalmicus in patients with human immunodeficiency virus infection.Am J Ophthalmol.1998;125(3):285291.
  13. Nogueira RG,Sheen VL.Images in clinical medicine. Herpes zoster ophthalmicus followed by contralateral hemiparesis.N Engl J Med.2002;346(15):1127.
  14. McNeil JD,Horowitz M.Contralateral hemiplegia complicating herpes zoster ophthalmicus.J R Soc Med.1991;84(8):501502.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
E19-E22
Legacy Keywords
herpes zoster ophthalmicus, meningoencephalitis, neurological complications, varicella zoster
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Case Report

A 66‐year‐old woman with a history of breast cancer treated with lumpectomy, chemotherapy, and radiation presented to the emergency department with a 1‐week history of left eye pain, progressive fatigue, and numbness and tingling on the left upper face. One week prior to presentation, she experienced dull pain in her left eye, anorexia, vomiting, and numbness and tingling in her upper left face. She was diagnosed with sinusitis by a local physician and prescribed a nasal spray and an unknown antibiotic. She became progressively weaker and fatigued and then 2 days prior to admission she noticed red papules on her forehead. She presented to the emergency department 1 day prior to admission. In the emergency department, she was diagnosed with herpes zoster ophthalmicus, placed on acyclovir, acetaminophen/hydrocodone, ondansetron, and trifluridine eye drops, and discharged. Her symptoms worsened throughout the night and she became progressively more somnolent. She was brought to the emergency department again the following day and was found to be extremely somnolent and oriented only to person. The patient's past medical history was significant for lobular carcinoma in situ of the breast, which was diagnosed 22 years ago and treated with a lumpectomy. She had a recurrence of ductal and lobular carcinoma in‐situ 20 years after her initial diagnosis and was treated with 3 months of chemotherapy, completed 13 months prior to admission, and 6 months of radiation therapy, completed 6 months prior to admission. Her physical examination was remarkable for an erythematous maculopapular rash in the distribution of the ophthalmic division of the trigeminal nerve, swelling of the left orbit such that she could not open her eye without assistance, and white mucus‐like drainage from the left eye. The area around the eyelid was tender and the left sclera was pink. Extraocular movements were intact and the pupils were equal, round, and reactive to light and accommodation. Cranial nerves III to XII were intact bilaterally; cerebellar function, sensation, proprioception, and deep tendon reflexes were also intact. The patient did not have any meningismus.

On lumbar puncture in the emergency department (ED), the cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) from tube 4 was found to have a glucose concentration of 52 mg/dL (blood glucose of 111 mg/dL), a protein concentration of 90 mg/dL, a red blood cell (RBC) count of 70 cells/mL, and 16 nucleated cells/mL with 67% lymphocytes and 20% monocytes. Viral cultures and polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for herpes simplex virus (HSV)‐1, HSV‐2, and varicella zoster virus (VZV) were sent to the laboratory. Therapy with acyclovir, vancomycin, and cefotaxime was initiated. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) revealed leptomeningeal and dural enhancement involving the posterior fossa, which was read to be consistent with infectious meningitis; temporal lobe involvement was not seen (Figure 1).

Figure 1
Brain MRI with contrast, showing leptomeningeal and dural enhancement in posterior fossa.

Additional results from the lumbar puncture were received the following day. PCR for HSV‐1 and HSV‐2 was found to be negative, while PCR for VZV was found to be positive. Treatment with intravenous (IV) acyclovir was continued. The patient's clinical condition improved significantly by the morning after admission and she was found to be less somnolent and alert and oriented to person, place, and time. Her condition continued to improve and she was discharged 4 days after admission after her mental status returned to baseline; the patient subsequently completed a 21‐day course of 540 mg twice a day IV acyclovir.

In the 9 months following her initial hospitalization, the patient was admitted multiple times to an outside hospital for varicella zoster meningitis and herpes zoster ophthalmicus, with complete resolution of her symptoms after each hospitalization. However, 10 months after her initial hospitalization, the patient presented to our hospital with lethargy and was found to have a recurrence of her breast cancer with metastatic disease. She was subsequently diagnosed with carcinomatous meningitis and passed away shortly after this diagnosis.

Discussion

The development of clinically significant varicella zosterassociated meningoencephalitis after herpes zoster ophthalmicus is rare. Cerebrospinal fluid PCR has been shown to have a sensitivity and specificity >95% for diagnosing VZV encephalitis.3 The interpretation of the MRI was consistent with several case reports in the literature that also described enhancing meningeal lesions on MRI in patients with varicella encephalitis.3

While subclinical invasion of VZV into the central nervous system (CNS) is relatively common, with approximately one‐third of asymptomatic immunocompetent patients having a CSF PCR positive for VZV and 46% of patients demonstrating CSF leukocytosis, it is rare for patients to present with the serious clinical manifestations seen in this case.4 It is hypothesized that herpes zosterassociated meningoencephalitis most likely occurs when the zoster involves the ophthalmic branch of the trigeminal nerve, allowing for the spread of the virus to the tentorium through the recurrent nerve of Arnold, which branches off the ophthalmic division of the trigeminal nerve.5 On review of the literature, there are very few studies and no controlled trials on the optimal treatment of this complication, although an empirical treatment of 15 to 30 mg of acyclovir per kilogram of body weight for 10 days has been suggested.3 There have been several reports of rapid responses to IV acyclovir but, due to the rarity of this complication, to our knowledge, no studies have been conducted to determine the optimal treatment of herpes zosterassociated meningoencephalitis.3, 6 A similar case of meningoencephalitis has been described in a 5‐year‐old boy whose presentation was similar to that of our patient, with periorbital vesicular lesions and mental status changes including somnolence. This child was treated with acyclovir and made a full recovery.7

Several other CNS‐related manifestations of CN zoster have been reported, including development of the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone, development of contralateral hemiparesis, and the coexistence of Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome and zoster encephalitis (Table 1). It is hypothesized that stimulation of the ophthalmic division of the trigeminal nerve by the zoster virus leads to excess antidiuretic hormone (ADH) secretion from the posterior pituitary, which results in the development of syndrome of inappropriate secretion of antidiuretic hormone (SIADH). To date, 2 cases of SIADH following a herpes zoster ophthalmicus infection have been reported.8, 9 Several cases of coexisting varicella zoster encephalitis and Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome have been reported. Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome, which is characterized by zoster oticus and peripheral facial nerve involvement, is a known complication of varicella zoster infection; however, coexistence of Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome and varicella encephalitis is rare and has only been reported in 9 patients.3, 10 To our knowledge, the coexistence of these 2 complications has not been reported in a patient with herpes zoster ophthalmicus. Contralateral hemiparesis following herpes zoster infection has been reported in 2 patients, both of whom were treated with acyclovir, resulting in partial recovery. Other CNS complications of herpes zoster include myelitis, large‐vessel encephalitis, and small‐vessel encephalitis.3

Clinical Features and Central Nervous System Complications of Ten Patients with Herpes Zoster Ophthalmicus
Report (year) Age (years), Gender Presenting Symptom CNS Complication Treatment Outcome
  • Abbreviations: CN, cranial nerve; CNS, central nervous system; CSF, cerebrospinal fluid; IV, intravenous; PCR, polymerase chain reaction; q12h, every 12 hours; Q, every; TID, three times a day; VZV, varicella zoster virus.

This case 66, female Vesicles on the left forehead, altered mental status Varicella zoster meningoencephalitis IV acyclovir, 540 mg IV q12h, 21‐day course Resolved without complications
Haargaard et al.2 (2008) 68, female; 82, female; 90, female; 72, male Unknown CN III and IV palsies Systemic acyclovir Complete recovery in 3 patients, 1 patient with no clinical recovery at 1 month follow‐up
64, female Unknown Clinical meningitis (headache, photophobia, neck stiffness) with CSF negative for VZV PCR IV acyclovir Complete recovery
62, female Unknown CN III palsy and facial nerve palsy followed by encephalitis Oral acyclovir 1000 mg Q day followed by IV acyclovir 10 mg/kg TID 10 days Minimal recovery with severe neurological and cognitive impairment
Kucukardali et al.9 (2007) 76, female Vesicles on left side of forehead Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone IV acyclovir, 10‐12 mg/kg TID for 7 days Resolved without complications
Dhawan8 (2006) 71, female Vesicles on left side of forehead Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone IV acyclovir, dose unknown Resolved without complications
Ofek‐Shlomai et al.7 (2005) 5, male Vesicles on right side of forehead, altered mental status Varicella zoster meningoencephalitis IV acyclovir, 1500 mg/m2/day for 10 days, followed by 14 days of oral acyclovir Resolved without complications
Ngoueira et al.13 (2002) 71, male Recurrent facial rash on right forehead, altered mental status, left hemiparesis Left hemiparesis, partial palsy of right third CN, complete palsy of left seventh CN with upper motor neuron distribution IV acyclovir, 21‐day course, prednisone short course Treatment course complicated by renal failure, partial improvement of symptoms with steroids
Hughes et al.11 (1993) 76, female Headache, confusion, somnolence, left complete ophthalmoplegia Meningoencephalitis Of the 9 patients diagnosed with meningoencephalitis, 5 patients were treated with acyclovir, 3 patients were treated with cytarabine, and 1 patient did not receive any antiviral treatment 4 of the 5 patients treated with acyclovir and the 1 patient who did not receive any antiviral treatment returned to their baseline mental status within 2 weeks. All 3 patients treated with cytarabine and 1 patient treated with acyclovir remained confused and disoriented at 2 weeks and were discharged to care facilities
74, male Somnolence, confusion, bilateral Babinski reflexes Meningoencephalitis
69, male Headache, photophobia, confusion, somnolence Meningoencephalitis
63, female Headache, blurring of vision, nausea, vomiting, confusion, somnolence Meningoencephalitis
McNeil et al.14 (1991) 51, male Right hemiparesis, dysphasia Moderate global dysphasia, right upper motor neuron facial weakness, mild right hemiparesis Unknown Progressive improvement of speech, impaired right hand motor function, persistent global weakness

It has also been shown that patients with compromised immune systems are at a greater risk for recurrence of the herpes zoster infection and for development of zoster encephalitis. It is estimated that mortality rates from zoster encephalitis are as high as 25%, with an average rate of 10%, and are determined by the patient's immune status.3, 4 Our particular patient was immunosuppressed, given that she had been treated for breast cancer with radiation 6 months prior to admission and chemotherapy 13 months prior to admission, putting her at an increased risk of developing encephalitis. There have been reports of herpes‐associated meningoencephalitis in patients with systemic cancers, including adenocarcinoma of the lung, prostate cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, and lymphoma; the response to treatment with acyclovir was favorable in these cases.11 It has also been established that patients with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) are at increased risk for developing meningoencephalitis after herpes zoster infection as a result of their compromised immune systems.12 In addition to having a higher mortality rate, patients with compromised immune systems are at a greater risk for recurrence of herpes zoster, which leads to an additional increase in mortality, as was seen in the case of this particular patient.

Case Report

A 66‐year‐old woman with a history of breast cancer treated with lumpectomy, chemotherapy, and radiation presented to the emergency department with a 1‐week history of left eye pain, progressive fatigue, and numbness and tingling on the left upper face. One week prior to presentation, she experienced dull pain in her left eye, anorexia, vomiting, and numbness and tingling in her upper left face. She was diagnosed with sinusitis by a local physician and prescribed a nasal spray and an unknown antibiotic. She became progressively weaker and fatigued and then 2 days prior to admission she noticed red papules on her forehead. She presented to the emergency department 1 day prior to admission. In the emergency department, she was diagnosed with herpes zoster ophthalmicus, placed on acyclovir, acetaminophen/hydrocodone, ondansetron, and trifluridine eye drops, and discharged. Her symptoms worsened throughout the night and she became progressively more somnolent. She was brought to the emergency department again the following day and was found to be extremely somnolent and oriented only to person. The patient's past medical history was significant for lobular carcinoma in situ of the breast, which was diagnosed 22 years ago and treated with a lumpectomy. She had a recurrence of ductal and lobular carcinoma in‐situ 20 years after her initial diagnosis and was treated with 3 months of chemotherapy, completed 13 months prior to admission, and 6 months of radiation therapy, completed 6 months prior to admission. Her physical examination was remarkable for an erythematous maculopapular rash in the distribution of the ophthalmic division of the trigeminal nerve, swelling of the left orbit such that she could not open her eye without assistance, and white mucus‐like drainage from the left eye. The area around the eyelid was tender and the left sclera was pink. Extraocular movements were intact and the pupils were equal, round, and reactive to light and accommodation. Cranial nerves III to XII were intact bilaterally; cerebellar function, sensation, proprioception, and deep tendon reflexes were also intact. The patient did not have any meningismus.

On lumbar puncture in the emergency department (ED), the cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) from tube 4 was found to have a glucose concentration of 52 mg/dL (blood glucose of 111 mg/dL), a protein concentration of 90 mg/dL, a red blood cell (RBC) count of 70 cells/mL, and 16 nucleated cells/mL with 67% lymphocytes and 20% monocytes. Viral cultures and polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for herpes simplex virus (HSV)‐1, HSV‐2, and varicella zoster virus (VZV) were sent to the laboratory. Therapy with acyclovir, vancomycin, and cefotaxime was initiated. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) revealed leptomeningeal and dural enhancement involving the posterior fossa, which was read to be consistent with infectious meningitis; temporal lobe involvement was not seen (Figure 1).

Figure 1
Brain MRI with contrast, showing leptomeningeal and dural enhancement in posterior fossa.

Additional results from the lumbar puncture were received the following day. PCR for HSV‐1 and HSV‐2 was found to be negative, while PCR for VZV was found to be positive. Treatment with intravenous (IV) acyclovir was continued. The patient's clinical condition improved significantly by the morning after admission and she was found to be less somnolent and alert and oriented to person, place, and time. Her condition continued to improve and she was discharged 4 days after admission after her mental status returned to baseline; the patient subsequently completed a 21‐day course of 540 mg twice a day IV acyclovir.

In the 9 months following her initial hospitalization, the patient was admitted multiple times to an outside hospital for varicella zoster meningitis and herpes zoster ophthalmicus, with complete resolution of her symptoms after each hospitalization. However, 10 months after her initial hospitalization, the patient presented to our hospital with lethargy and was found to have a recurrence of her breast cancer with metastatic disease. She was subsequently diagnosed with carcinomatous meningitis and passed away shortly after this diagnosis.

Discussion

The development of clinically significant varicella zosterassociated meningoencephalitis after herpes zoster ophthalmicus is rare. Cerebrospinal fluid PCR has been shown to have a sensitivity and specificity >95% for diagnosing VZV encephalitis.3 The interpretation of the MRI was consistent with several case reports in the literature that also described enhancing meningeal lesions on MRI in patients with varicella encephalitis.3

While subclinical invasion of VZV into the central nervous system (CNS) is relatively common, with approximately one‐third of asymptomatic immunocompetent patients having a CSF PCR positive for VZV and 46% of patients demonstrating CSF leukocytosis, it is rare for patients to present with the serious clinical manifestations seen in this case.4 It is hypothesized that herpes zosterassociated meningoencephalitis most likely occurs when the zoster involves the ophthalmic branch of the trigeminal nerve, allowing for the spread of the virus to the tentorium through the recurrent nerve of Arnold, which branches off the ophthalmic division of the trigeminal nerve.5 On review of the literature, there are very few studies and no controlled trials on the optimal treatment of this complication, although an empirical treatment of 15 to 30 mg of acyclovir per kilogram of body weight for 10 days has been suggested.3 There have been several reports of rapid responses to IV acyclovir but, due to the rarity of this complication, to our knowledge, no studies have been conducted to determine the optimal treatment of herpes zosterassociated meningoencephalitis.3, 6 A similar case of meningoencephalitis has been described in a 5‐year‐old boy whose presentation was similar to that of our patient, with periorbital vesicular lesions and mental status changes including somnolence. This child was treated with acyclovir and made a full recovery.7

Several other CNS‐related manifestations of CN zoster have been reported, including development of the syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone, development of contralateral hemiparesis, and the coexistence of Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome and zoster encephalitis (Table 1). It is hypothesized that stimulation of the ophthalmic division of the trigeminal nerve by the zoster virus leads to excess antidiuretic hormone (ADH) secretion from the posterior pituitary, which results in the development of syndrome of inappropriate secretion of antidiuretic hormone (SIADH). To date, 2 cases of SIADH following a herpes zoster ophthalmicus infection have been reported.8, 9 Several cases of coexisting varicella zoster encephalitis and Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome have been reported. Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome, which is characterized by zoster oticus and peripheral facial nerve involvement, is a known complication of varicella zoster infection; however, coexistence of Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome and varicella encephalitis is rare and has only been reported in 9 patients.3, 10 To our knowledge, the coexistence of these 2 complications has not been reported in a patient with herpes zoster ophthalmicus. Contralateral hemiparesis following herpes zoster infection has been reported in 2 patients, both of whom were treated with acyclovir, resulting in partial recovery. Other CNS complications of herpes zoster include myelitis, large‐vessel encephalitis, and small‐vessel encephalitis.3

Clinical Features and Central Nervous System Complications of Ten Patients with Herpes Zoster Ophthalmicus
Report (year) Age (years), Gender Presenting Symptom CNS Complication Treatment Outcome
  • Abbreviations: CN, cranial nerve; CNS, central nervous system; CSF, cerebrospinal fluid; IV, intravenous; PCR, polymerase chain reaction; q12h, every 12 hours; Q, every; TID, three times a day; VZV, varicella zoster virus.

This case 66, female Vesicles on the left forehead, altered mental status Varicella zoster meningoencephalitis IV acyclovir, 540 mg IV q12h, 21‐day course Resolved without complications
Haargaard et al.2 (2008) 68, female; 82, female; 90, female; 72, male Unknown CN III and IV palsies Systemic acyclovir Complete recovery in 3 patients, 1 patient with no clinical recovery at 1 month follow‐up
64, female Unknown Clinical meningitis (headache, photophobia, neck stiffness) with CSF negative for VZV PCR IV acyclovir Complete recovery
62, female Unknown CN III palsy and facial nerve palsy followed by encephalitis Oral acyclovir 1000 mg Q day followed by IV acyclovir 10 mg/kg TID 10 days Minimal recovery with severe neurological and cognitive impairment
Kucukardali et al.9 (2007) 76, female Vesicles on left side of forehead Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone IV acyclovir, 10‐12 mg/kg TID for 7 days Resolved without complications
Dhawan8 (2006) 71, female Vesicles on left side of forehead Syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone IV acyclovir, dose unknown Resolved without complications
Ofek‐Shlomai et al.7 (2005) 5, male Vesicles on right side of forehead, altered mental status Varicella zoster meningoencephalitis IV acyclovir, 1500 mg/m2/day for 10 days, followed by 14 days of oral acyclovir Resolved without complications
Ngoueira et al.13 (2002) 71, male Recurrent facial rash on right forehead, altered mental status, left hemiparesis Left hemiparesis, partial palsy of right third CN, complete palsy of left seventh CN with upper motor neuron distribution IV acyclovir, 21‐day course, prednisone short course Treatment course complicated by renal failure, partial improvement of symptoms with steroids
Hughes et al.11 (1993) 76, female Headache, confusion, somnolence, left complete ophthalmoplegia Meningoencephalitis Of the 9 patients diagnosed with meningoencephalitis, 5 patients were treated with acyclovir, 3 patients were treated with cytarabine, and 1 patient did not receive any antiviral treatment 4 of the 5 patients treated with acyclovir and the 1 patient who did not receive any antiviral treatment returned to their baseline mental status within 2 weeks. All 3 patients treated with cytarabine and 1 patient treated with acyclovir remained confused and disoriented at 2 weeks and were discharged to care facilities
74, male Somnolence, confusion, bilateral Babinski reflexes Meningoencephalitis
69, male Headache, photophobia, confusion, somnolence Meningoencephalitis
63, female Headache, blurring of vision, nausea, vomiting, confusion, somnolence Meningoencephalitis
McNeil et al.14 (1991) 51, male Right hemiparesis, dysphasia Moderate global dysphasia, right upper motor neuron facial weakness, mild right hemiparesis Unknown Progressive improvement of speech, impaired right hand motor function, persistent global weakness

It has also been shown that patients with compromised immune systems are at a greater risk for recurrence of the herpes zoster infection and for development of zoster encephalitis. It is estimated that mortality rates from zoster encephalitis are as high as 25%, with an average rate of 10%, and are determined by the patient's immune status.3, 4 Our particular patient was immunosuppressed, given that she had been treated for breast cancer with radiation 6 months prior to admission and chemotherapy 13 months prior to admission, putting her at an increased risk of developing encephalitis. There have been reports of herpes‐associated meningoencephalitis in patients with systemic cancers, including adenocarcinoma of the lung, prostate cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, and lymphoma; the response to treatment with acyclovir was favorable in these cases.11 It has also been established that patients with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) are at increased risk for developing meningoencephalitis after herpes zoster infection as a result of their compromised immune systems.12 In addition to having a higher mortality rate, patients with compromised immune systems are at a greater risk for recurrence of herpes zoster, which leads to an additional increase in mortality, as was seen in the case of this particular patient.

References
  1. Pavan‐Langston D.Herpes zoster ophthalmicus.Neurology.1995;45(12 Suppl 8):S50S51.
  2. Haargaard B,Lund‐Andersen H,Milea D.Central Nervous System involvement after herpes zoster ophthalmicus.Acta Ophthalmologica.2008. E‐pub January 2008.
  3. Gilden DH,Kleinschmidt‐DeMasters BK,LaGuardia JJ, et al.Neurologic complications of the reactivation of varicella‐zoster virus.N Engl J Med.2000;342(9):635645.
  4. Dworkin RH,Johnson RW,Breuer J, et al.Recommendations for the management of herpes zoster.Clin Infect Dis.2007;44(suppl 1):S1S26.
  5. Espiritu R,Rich M.Herpes zoster encephalitis: 2 case reports and review of literature.Infect Dis Clin Pract.2007;15(4):284288.
  6. Johns DR,Gress DR.Rapid response to acyclovir in herpes zoster‐associated encephalitis.Am J Med.1987;82(3):560562.
  7. Ofek‐Shlomai N,Averbuch D,Wolf DG, et al.Varicella zoster virus encephalitis in a previously healthy five‐year‐old child with herpes zoster ophthalmicus.Pediatr Infect Dis J.2005;24(5):476477.
  8. Dhawan SS.Herpes zoster ophthalmicus and syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion.Am J Med Sci.2007;333(1):5657.
  9. Kucukardali Y,Solmazgul E,Terekeci H, et al.Herpes zoster ophthalmicus and syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion.Intern Med.2008;47(5):463465.
  10. Kin T,Hirano M,Tonomura Y,Ueno S.Coexistence of Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome and varicella‐zoster virus encephalitis.Infection.2006;34(6):352354.
  11. Hughes BA,Kimmel DW,Aksamit AJ.Herpes zoster‐associated meningoencephalitis in patients with systemic cancer.Mayo Clin Proc.1993;68(7):652655.
  12. Margolis TP,Milner MS,Shama A, et al.Herpes zoster ophthalmicus in patients with human immunodeficiency virus infection.Am J Ophthalmol.1998;125(3):285291.
  13. Nogueira RG,Sheen VL.Images in clinical medicine. Herpes zoster ophthalmicus followed by contralateral hemiparesis.N Engl J Med.2002;346(15):1127.
  14. McNeil JD,Horowitz M.Contralateral hemiplegia complicating herpes zoster ophthalmicus.J R Soc Med.1991;84(8):501502.
References
  1. Pavan‐Langston D.Herpes zoster ophthalmicus.Neurology.1995;45(12 Suppl 8):S50S51.
  2. Haargaard B,Lund‐Andersen H,Milea D.Central Nervous System involvement after herpes zoster ophthalmicus.Acta Ophthalmologica.2008. E‐pub January 2008.
  3. Gilden DH,Kleinschmidt‐DeMasters BK,LaGuardia JJ, et al.Neurologic complications of the reactivation of varicella‐zoster virus.N Engl J Med.2000;342(9):635645.
  4. Dworkin RH,Johnson RW,Breuer J, et al.Recommendations for the management of herpes zoster.Clin Infect Dis.2007;44(suppl 1):S1S26.
  5. Espiritu R,Rich M.Herpes zoster encephalitis: 2 case reports and review of literature.Infect Dis Clin Pract.2007;15(4):284288.
  6. Johns DR,Gress DR.Rapid response to acyclovir in herpes zoster‐associated encephalitis.Am J Med.1987;82(3):560562.
  7. Ofek‐Shlomai N,Averbuch D,Wolf DG, et al.Varicella zoster virus encephalitis in a previously healthy five‐year‐old child with herpes zoster ophthalmicus.Pediatr Infect Dis J.2005;24(5):476477.
  8. Dhawan SS.Herpes zoster ophthalmicus and syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion.Am J Med Sci.2007;333(1):5657.
  9. Kucukardali Y,Solmazgul E,Terekeci H, et al.Herpes zoster ophthalmicus and syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone secretion.Intern Med.2008;47(5):463465.
  10. Kin T,Hirano M,Tonomura Y,Ueno S.Coexistence of Ramsay‐Hunt syndrome and varicella‐zoster virus encephalitis.Infection.2006;34(6):352354.
  11. Hughes BA,Kimmel DW,Aksamit AJ.Herpes zoster‐associated meningoencephalitis in patients with systemic cancer.Mayo Clin Proc.1993;68(7):652655.
  12. Margolis TP,Milner MS,Shama A, et al.Herpes zoster ophthalmicus in patients with human immunodeficiency virus infection.Am J Ophthalmol.1998;125(3):285291.
  13. Nogueira RG,Sheen VL.Images in clinical medicine. Herpes zoster ophthalmicus followed by contralateral hemiparesis.N Engl J Med.2002;346(15):1127.
  14. McNeil JD,Horowitz M.Contralateral hemiplegia complicating herpes zoster ophthalmicus.J R Soc Med.1991;84(8):501502.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
E19-E22
Page Number
E19-E22
Article Type
Display Headline
Meningoencephalitis‐complicating herpes zoster ophthalmicus infection
Display Headline
Meningoencephalitis‐complicating herpes zoster ophthalmicus infection
Legacy Keywords
herpes zoster ophthalmicus, meningoencephalitis, neurological complications, varicella zoster
Legacy Keywords
herpes zoster ophthalmicus, meningoencephalitis, neurological complications, varicella zoster
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Department of Medicine, 2650 Ridge Avenue, Evanston, IL 60201
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

The Devil is in the Details

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
The devil Is in the details

The approach to clinical conundrums by an expert clinician is revealed through presentation of an actual patient's case in an approach typical of morning report. Similar to patient care, sequential pieces of information are provided to the clinician who is unfamiliar with the case. The focus is on the thought processes of both the clinical team caring for the patient and the discussant.

A 47‐year‐old male presented to a community hospital with 5 weeks of daily fevers, accompanied by headache, myalgias, and malaise. He reported that his symptoms began abruptly 2 days after a weekend of camping in Connecticut.

This patient describes the onset of undifferentiated fever 2 days after a weekend of camping. Few infectious diseases have such short incubation periods, and either the accuracy of the history or the relationship of the camping trip to the present illness is thus questionable. However, more information about the onset and nature of the illness, and details about food, animal, water, mud, cave, wood chopping, and other environmental exposures during his trip is required. The exact dates of the camping trip may be helpful, as there is clear seasonality to vector‐borne diseases such as Lyme disease, babesiosis, ehrlichiosis, and rickettsial infections. Conditions unrelated to his camping trip, such as malignancies, rheumatologic conditions, and other infectious causes of prolonged fever, such as tuberculosis, endocarditis, or osteomyelitis, are more likely, given the duration of fever.

The fevers were accompanied by chills, without rigors, and subjectively worsened over the first 2 days. At that point, the patient began taking his temperature, and noted fevers of 38.5C to 40C occurring once or twice daily, generally in the afternoon or evening. The patient did not recall tick bites but did not carefully examine himself for ticks; he reported numerous mosquito bites during the trip. The patient camped in a tent and grilled meats and other food he had brought in a cooler. No family members or other travelers became ill. He denied spelunking, but had collected wood for camp fires, and acknowledged swimming in a freshwater pond during his trip, which occurred in August.

West Nile fever, St. Louis encephalitis, and eastern equine encephalitis are transmitted by mosquitoes in New England, but are unlikely causes of prolonged fever. Water exposure suggests the possibility of leptospirosis, and wood exposure suggests blastomycosis, but this usually presents with a pulmonary syndrome. Food‐borne illness seems unlikely. While no aspect of the history has pinpointed a specific diagnosis, exploring the progression of symptoms may offer a clue, and if he has undergone any previous evaluation, the results may significantly alter the differential diagnosis. For example, arthritis may develop weeks after fever in adult‐onset Still's disease, negative blood cultures would lower the probability of endocarditis, and common sites of pyrogenic malignancies (eg, liver, kidneys, and especially lymph nodes) may already have been imaged.

During the first 3 weeks of illness, the patient experienced daily fever and a gradual, 10‐pound weight loss. Over the next 10 days, he sought medical attention at 3 emergency departments. At one, a head computed tomography (CT) showed possible sinusitis, and he was prescribed a 7‐day course of clarithromycin, which he took without any improvement. At 2 others, he was told that his laboratory studies, and a CT of the abdomen, were normal, and that he had a viral syndrome. Several days later, and 5 weeks after the onset of symptoms, the development of dull right upper‐quadrant pain and mild nausea without vomiting prompted the current presentation to the community hospital. He reported several years of loose stools, but denied rash, arthritis, diarrhea, neck stiffness, cough, or other complaints.

A detailed past medical, social, and family history is required, with particular attention to ethnicity; immunocompromising conditions such as splenectomy or corticosteroid use; undiagnosed febrile diseases; severe, unusual, or recurrent infections; medication use; diet; sexual history; pet exposures; and any personal or family history of cancer. The development of right upper‐quadrant pain mandates attention to risk factors for viral hepatitis, known biliary pathology, or travel that might predispose the patient to pyogenic or amoebic liver abscess, and hematochezia, which could suggest a malignancy metastatic to the liver. Additionally, chronic diarrhea with new right upper‐quadrant pain may represent inflammatory bowel disease complicated by primary sclerosing cholangitis (PSC).

The patient was a Caucasian male of Mediterranean ancestry with thalassemia minor. He had undergone dilation of a benign esophageal stricture, but no surgical procedures, and he had never experienced unexplained fever or unusual infections. Medication exposure was limited to occasional use of acetaminophen for fever, and he had no known allergies. His diet was unremarkable and included no well water or unpasteurized dairy products. He denied risk factors for tuberculosis. He drank 2 to 10 beers a day, 5 times a week, had last smoked 10 years previously, and had never used illicit drugs. He denied any high‐risk sexual contacts and was monogamous with his wife, with whom he had 2 children. The family owned no pets and no relatives had suffered from malignant, rheumatologic, or febrile illness, with the exception of hand, foot, and mouth infection in an infant son, 1 year previously. The patient had never traveled outside of New England.

The history has uncovered several clues, but their relevance is doubtful. His ethnicity suggests possible familial Mediterranean fever, but recurrent abdominal pain and polyserositis, rather than a single prolonged episode, would be expected with this disease. A transfusion history should be obtained to explore the possibility of viral hepatitis. While iron overload can predispose patients to various infections including liver abscess, thalassemia minor should not require transfusion. Esophageal stricture could conceivably be due to histoplasmosis (complicated by mediastinal fibrosis) or tuberculosis, but is probably unrelated to his present illness. His excessive alcohol intake increases his risk for esophageal cancer and liver disease, but it is unlikely that metastatic disease to the liver would present with fever without preceding dysphagia, or that alcoholic hepatitis could have escaped detection after evaluations by several physicians.

We need to learn the details of the patient's physical examination. Given the development of right upper‐quadrant pain, I would particularly like to know if he had hepatosplenomegaly and if a Murphy's sign was present.

His temperature ranged from 36.9C to 39.8C, his pulse was 76 beats per minute with minimal elevations during fever spikes, and his respirations were 18 per minute. His blood pressure was 105/70 mm Hg. He was a well‐developed, overweight male with scleral icterus. He had good dentition and an oropharynx free of lesions. Cardiac examination demonstrated a regular rhythm with a normal S1 and S2, without murmurs or peripheral stigmata of infectious endocarditis. A smooth, minimally tender liver edge was palpable 2 cm below the costal margin; the spleen was nonpalpable. Murphy's sign was absent. There was no lymphadenopathy or rash. He had multiple, shallow, uninfected lacerations of both hands in various stages of healing. The remainder of his examination was normal.

The patient has obvious liver involvement. The pulse‐temperature dissociation suggests a variety of infections, including salmonellosis, psittacosis, typhoid fever, leptospirosis, tularemia, brucellosis, legionellosis, and mycoplasma pneumoniae infection. The patient should be asked how and when he injured his hands, as fresh water exposure can transmit leptospirosis across broken skin. However, while severe leptospirosis can cause fever and jaundice, the long duration of illness is not typical. The cryptogenic form of tularemiawhich can manifest as a typhoidal illnessshould be considered, given that tularemia is present in the area the patient visited; he should be asked about exposure to rabbits.

At this point, I would like to see a standard biochemical profile, a liver panel, a complete blood count and differential, urinalysis, chest X‐ray, and an electrocardiogram. I would examine thick and thin Wright‐Giemsa‐stained smears for evidence of babesiosis. Blood cultures should be held for at least 2 weeks to recover fastidious organisms like Francisella tularensis and Brucella sp. Bone marrow cultures should be obtained; they are more sensitive for mycobacteria and Brucella, and may also yield fungal pathogens. Serologies for a variety of infectious diseases, such as leptospirosis, typhoid fever, and tularemia, will be required if other diagnostic tests are unrevealing.

His white cell count was 8,100/L, with a normal differential, and his hemoglobin was 10 g/dL (normal range, 1417), with a mean corpuscular hemoglobin of 63 m3 (normal range, 8298). The platelet count was 303,000/L. Serum electrolytes were normal. His aspartate aminotransferase was 58 U/L and his alanine aminotransferase was 60 U/L (normal range for both, 1045). Bilirubin was 2.6 mg/dL (normal, <1.2); direct bilirubin was 0.9 mg/dL. Alkaline phosphatase was 150 U/L. Lactate dehydrogenase was 342 U/L (normal range, 2251). A lipase was 62 U/L. International normalized ratio (INR) was 1.4 with an activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) of 52 seconds (normal range, 2533). Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) was 50 mm/hour (normal range, 015). Iron studies showed a suppressed iron and iron‐binding capacity and elevated haptoglobin and ferritin (1878 ng/L; normal range, 22322). Several blood cultures obtained at admission showed no growth after 48 hours of incubation.

The anemia, low mean cell volume (MCV), and elevated ferritin and ESR are consistent with anemia of chronic disease, superimposed upon thalassemia minor. Transaminase elevations occur in a plethora of infectious processes. The elevated INR and aPTT are concerning, and may indicate a septic or malignant process with disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC). While there is no mention of clinical DIC, it would be appropriate to obtain D‐dimers, fibrin degradation products, and a fibrinogen level. The platelet count is normal, which is reassuring.

Before initiating any empiric antimicrobials, I would obtain an abdominal ultrasound, and possibly an abdominal CT. Hepatitis (especially B and C), cytomegalovirus, and Epstein‐Barr virus serologies should be obtained. A variety of conditions including leptospirosis, tularemia, and babesiosis are possible; specific laboratory testing is required to guide therapy.

Ultrasound showed a thickened gallbladder; the liver was slightly enlarged with normal echotexture. Magnetic resonance cholangiopancreatography (MRCP) showed diffuse sequential beading and scarring of his extrahepatic biliary ducts.

There is no evidence of biliary stones, intrahepatic tumor, or abscess to explain the fever and hepatitis, although it would be helpful to know what other abdominal structures were imaged. The MRCP finding increases my suspicion of PSC, possibly complicated by infection, although the biliary abnormalities may be incidental, and an unrelated process may be responsible for the clinical presentation.

His physicians considered the possibilities of PSC and cholangiopathy due to as‐yet undiagnosed acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. Ampicillin‐sulbactam, ceftazidime, and gentamicin were administered for possible bacterial cholangitis, and endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography was performed. This procedure showed only slight narrowing of his common bile duct, which was felt to be a normal variant. He felt no better after several days of antibiotic therapy, and was transferred to a tertiary care center for further evaluation. Repeat physical exam and laboratory studies were essentially unchanged. The patient explained that his hand lacerations were sustained during his work as a butcher who worked with lamb, beef, rabbit, and poultry. He rarely wore protective gloves because they induced contact dermatitis.

Tularemia becomes more likely given his history of rabbit butchering. Salmonellosis and leptospirosis also remain possible. Typhoid fever and brucellosis are unlikely unless the patient worked with imported exotic animals. At this point, given the systemic illness, empiric antibacterial therapy is reasonable. Of the chosen antimicrobials, only the gentamicin would reliably treat tularemia. I would stop ampicillin‐sulbactam and ceftazidime and replace gentamicin with ciprofloxacin, an effective and better‐tolerated agent for tularemia. Cultures of blood and bone marrow aspirate should be obtained. Stool should be cultured for Salmonella. Tularemia, leptospirosis, and typhoid serologies should be sent to a reference laboratory. At this point in the patient's illness, high‐titered antibodies should be present. However, it would be ideal to compare titers with those from previous serum sample, if possible.

The patient's antimicrobials were narrowed to doxycycline alone, for suspected zoonotic infection, but his fevers were unchanged after 1 week of treatment. Hepatitis serologies, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) antibody, and smears for ehrlichiosis and babesiosis were negative. He had a positive immunoglobulin (Ig)G and a negative IgM for Epstein‐Barr virus and cytomegalovirus. Tularemia, ehrlichiosis, leptospirosis, brucellosis, and Query fever (Q fever) serologies were ordered. The elevated aPTT did not correct when his serum was mixed with normal serum. Thrombin was normal; factor VIII, von Willebrand (VW) factor, and VW cofactor were mildly elevated. Lupus anticoagulant was detected. A hepatologist declined to obtain a liver biopsy, citing the elevated aPTT and pending serologies. Given his clinical stability, the patient was discharged on doxycycline to await further results.

My highest suspicion is for tularemia, and I would switch antibiotic treatment to ciprofloxacin, awaiting serological results. Some in vitro studies have suggested that F. tularensis may often be resistant to doxycycline, and recent clinical experience has shown fluoroquinolones are superior to doxycycline in the treatment of tularemia.

His serologic results were as follows: tularemia, 1:32 (positive, 1:128); ehrlichia, 1:128 (granulocytic) and <1:64 (monocytic; normal for both, <1:64); leptospira, agglutinated nonspecifically; Brucella IgG and IgM 1 (negative, <9), Q fever (coxiella) IgG 1 + 2, IgM 1 + 2, all positive at 1:256 (<1:16). A transesophageal echocardiogram showed no evidence of endocarditis. The patient was treated with 10 weeks of doxycycline for Q fever hepatitis. His fever, headache, and laboratory abnormalities resolved, and he remained well after the completion of therapy.

The serologies suggest the patient had Coxiella burnetii hepatitis, and illustrate the value of a precise exposure history. Most butchers work only with muscle tissue and have a negligible risk of Q fever. In retrospect, it became clear that he worked part‐time in a slaughterhouse, where highly infectious reproductive tract fluids can dry and aerosolize.

Commentary

Q fever was proposed as the name for a febrile illness affecting Australian slaughterhouse workers in 1937.1 The etiologic agent, C. burnetii, is a small, gram‐negative, obligate intracellular proteobacterium that exists in 2 distinct phases, specializing either in entering or persisting in macrophage lysosomes.2 Additionally, spores are formed and can persist in soil.

Q fever is an uncommonly recognized disease, in part because most infected persons have no symptoms or mild symptoms.3 In the United States, the estimated annual incidence has been 0.28 per million (about 50 cases per year) since 1999, when Q fever became a reportable disease due to bioterrorism concerns. In France, more frequent farming of goats and sheep may be responsible for the much higher annual incidence of 500 per million.4 Spread is usually occupational, via aerosol contact with the dried reproductive tract secretions of animals (mainly cattle, sheep, and goats), in a slaughterhouse or farm setting. However, wind‐borne dust can carry spores long distances, and spread can occur from household pets, unpasteurized dairy products, laboratory work, and possibly ticks.3 More than 30 cases have been reported in military personnel deployed to Iraq and Afghanistan, several without obvious exposures.5 One review noted a single reported case of intradermal inoculation,3 making this patient's lacerations a possible site of infection, but he was also at risk for inhalational exposurewhen he was later asked about the details of his work, he acknowledged working at a slaughterhouse as well as a supermarket.

Symptomatic patients are male in 77% of cases, can usually identify an occupational exposure, and have a mean age of 50 years.4 Fever, which lasts 5 to 57 days, as well as fatigue and headaches, begin after a 1‐week to 3‐week incubation period. Atypical pneumonia or rash may occur; meningoencephalitis and myocarditis portend a worse prognosis. As with this patient, 45% to 85% of patients suffer from hepatitis, although few have an abnormal bilirubin.3 Liver biopsy usually reveals granulomas, which may have a classic doughnut hole appearance,2, 3 although this patient ultimately received a diagnosis without the procedure. Acute Q fever rarely (5%) requires hospitalization, and fatalities are extremely rare.3

Chronic infection (ie, lasting >6 months) most often occurs as endocarditis, although chronic hepatitis, osteomyelitis, and infections of other sites occur. Interestingly, this patient's lupus anticoagulant may have been related to his underlying illness, as autoantibodies frequently occur in Q fever, especially in patients with hepatitis, many of whom develop smooth muscle antibodies, a positive Coombs test, antiprothrombinase, or other autoantibodies,3 and there is a high incidence of antiphospholipid antibodies, particularly anticardiolipin and lupus anticoagulant antibodies.6

Because C. burnetii is an obligate intracellular pathogen, culture requires either tissue or live animal inoculation, and the diagnosis is usually made serologically. Paired sera demonstrating seroconversion or a 4‐fold increase in titers are most conclusive, but a single sample may be used. Anti‐phase II antibodies are detectable in 90% of patients within 3 weeks of infection3 and peak at 2 months5; this patient's phase II sera (IgG > 1:200, IgM > 1:50) are said to be 100% predictive for acute Q fever.3 High‐titer anti‐phase I antibodies, in contrast, indicate chronic infection, and a titer 1:800 is one of the modified Duke criteria for endocarditis.5

Acute Q fever is generally treated with doxycycline for 14 days, although prolonged therapy may be advisable to prevent endocarditis if preexisting valvular lesions are present.2, 5 Fluoroquinolones are another option and may be especially useful for meningoencephalitis.5 Because acute Q fever is generally self‐limited, demonstrating a clear benefit to antibiotic therapy is difficult. The available evidence, which was largely obtained from Q fever pneumonia patients, suggests that tetracycline therapy shortens fever duration.3 Patients with Q fever hepatitis may have a protracted course. On the basis of anecdotal reports, some experts add prednisone (tapered from 40 mg daily over a week) for patients with Q fever hepatitis who fail to respond to doxycycline promptly.3 While this patient's fever was unchanged after a week of therapy, he was well into his treatment course when his diagnosis was ultimately confirmed. His physicians felt that prednisone would be of uncertain benefit and opted not to administer it.

Treatment of Q fever endocarditis is often delayed by the combination of negative blood cultures and a low (12%) rate of vegetation formation, increasing the risk of morbidity and mortality.3 Tetracycline monotherapy is associated with a greater than 50% risk of death,5 and even 4 years of treatment may fail to sterilize valve tissue.3 However, if hydroxychloroquine is given with doxycycline for at least 18 months to alkalize lysosomes and improve bacterial killing, the mortality rate can be lowered to about 5%.3, 5 Patients should be warned of the risk of photosensitivity, and monitored for retinal toxicity2 and serologic evidence of relapse.5

Before serologic results confirmed the diagnosis of Q fever, both the patient's clinicians and the discussant had to craft an antibiotic regimen for a suspected zoonosis. The patient received doxycycline, a good choice for leptospirosis,7 brucellosis,8 tularemia,9 and Q fever,3 all possible after livestock exposure, as well as ehrlichiosis.10 The discussant, who suspected tularemia, worried about the possibility of doxycycline resistance and selected ciprofloxacin instead. While fluoroquinolones are probably superior to doxycycline for mild to moderate tularemia,11, 12 aminoglycosides would be preferred for severe disease,9 and ciprofloxacin experience in leptospirosis7 and ehrlichiosis10 is limited. Neither selection would be optimal for brucellosis, for which either doxycycline or ciprofloxacin should be combined with another agent such as rifampin.8 The most reasonable empiric regimen is debatable, but in the absence of pathognomonic findings of tularemia, his treating physicians favored the broader activity of doxycycline.

Ultimately, the choice of antibiotics in this case hinged on the details of the patient's occupational exposures. His first 2 courses of antibiotics were based not on his exposure history, but on radiographic findings that were later proven spurious. The regimens selected by the discussant and by physicians at the referral hospital both targeted pathogens suggested by the patient's occupational history instead, but both were missing parts of the puzzle as well. The discussant thought the patient performed commercial butcher‐shop work, which is only rarely13 mentioned in the context of Q fever transmission. Several of the admitting physicians at the referral hospital were unaware of the importance of the butcher/slaughterhouse‐worker distinction. Physicians need a detailed understanding of both the exposure history and the biology of possible pathogens to craft an optimal differential diagnosis and empiric antibiotic regimen.

On the other hand, in most patients with fever of unknown origin (FUO; ie, >3 weeks with temperature >38.3 on multiple occasions, without a diagnosis after a weeklong evaluation),14 empiric antibiotic therapy is rarely a wise intervention. Clinicians should avoid blind administration of antibiotics as a diagnostic tool, given the inability to distinguish clinical responses from spontaneous resolution, or pinpoint a specific cause and thus a precise treatment plan and duration. However, empiric tetracyclines have been employed when intracellular pathogens were a suspected cause of FUO, as in one series of French patients in which Q fever was common.15 In this patient's case, no specific finding pointed to Q fever before the serologies became available, but the rare infections considered in this case can be considered doxycycline‐deficient states, meaning that empiric tetracycline therapy often leads to improvement. Recognizing doxycycline deficiency can guide therapy while definitive results are pending, and empiric doxycycline is particularly important if potentially aggressive zoonoses, such as Rocky Mountain spotted fever, are suspected.

Teaching Points:

  • A detailed and precise exposure history is crucial for the diagnosis of Q fever and other zoonoses and for the individualized evaluation of FUO in general.

  • Q fever is a rare disease that most commonly causes undifferentiated fever, pneumonia, hepatitis, and when chronic, often reflects endovascular infection, which is frequently difficult to eradicate.

  • Doxycycline is effective for many, but not all zoonoses (babesia is a notable exception). Empiric therapy is reasonable if suspicion is high.

References
  1. Derrick EH.“Q” fever, new fever entity: clinical features, diagnosis and laboratory investigation.Med J Aust.1937;2:281299.
  2. Parker NR,Barralet JH,Bell AM.Q fever.Lancet.2006;367(9511):679688.
  3. Maurin M,Raoult D.Q fever.Clin Microbiol Rev.1999;12:518553.
  4. McQuiston JH,Holman RC,McCall CL, et al.National surveillance and the epidemiology of human Q fever in the United States, 1978–2004.Am J Trop Med Hyg.2006;75:3640.
  5. Hartzell JD,Wood‐Morris RN,Martinez LJ,Trotta RF.Q fever: epidemiology, diagnosis, and treatment.Mayo Clin Proc.2008;83(5):574579.
  6. Ordi‐Ros J,Selva‐O'Callaghan A,Monegal‐Ferran F, et al.Prevalence, significance, and specificity of antibodies to phospholipids in Q fever.Clin Infect Dis.1994;18:213218.
  7. Griffith ME,Hospenthal DR,Murray CK.Antimicrobial therapy of leptospirosis.Curr Opin Infect Dis.2006;19:533537.
  8. Ariza J,Gudiol F,Pallares R, et al.Treatment of human brucellosis with doxycycline plus rifampin or doxycycline plus streptomycin. A randomized, double‐blind study.Ann Intern Med.1992;117:2530.
  9. Eliasson H,Broman T,Forsman M,Bäck E.Tularemia: current epidemiology and disease management.Infect Dis Clin North Am.2006;20:289311, ix.
  10. Dumler JS,Madigan JE,Pusterla N,Bakken JS.Ehrlichioses in humans: epidemiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis, and treatment.Clin Infect Dis.2007;45(Suppl 1):S45S51.
  11. Tärnvik A,Chu MC.New approaches to diagnosis and therapy of tularemia.Ann NY Acad Sci.2007;1105:378404.
  12. Meric M,Wilke A,Finke EJ, et al.Evaluation of clinical, laboratory, and therapeutic features of 145 tularemia cases: the role of quinolones in oropharyngeal tularemia.APMIS.2008;116:6673.
  13. Kourany M,Johnson KM.A survey of Q fever antibodies in a high risk population in Panamá.Am J Trop Med Hyg.1980;29(5):10071011.
  14. Arnow PM,Flaherty JP.Fever of unknown origin.Lancet.1997;350:575580.
  15. Zenone T.Fever of unknown origin in adults: evaluation of 144 cases in a non‐university hospital.Scand J Infect Dis.2006;38:632638.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
382-386
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

The approach to clinical conundrums by an expert clinician is revealed through presentation of an actual patient's case in an approach typical of morning report. Similar to patient care, sequential pieces of information are provided to the clinician who is unfamiliar with the case. The focus is on the thought processes of both the clinical team caring for the patient and the discussant.

A 47‐year‐old male presented to a community hospital with 5 weeks of daily fevers, accompanied by headache, myalgias, and malaise. He reported that his symptoms began abruptly 2 days after a weekend of camping in Connecticut.

This patient describes the onset of undifferentiated fever 2 days after a weekend of camping. Few infectious diseases have such short incubation periods, and either the accuracy of the history or the relationship of the camping trip to the present illness is thus questionable. However, more information about the onset and nature of the illness, and details about food, animal, water, mud, cave, wood chopping, and other environmental exposures during his trip is required. The exact dates of the camping trip may be helpful, as there is clear seasonality to vector‐borne diseases such as Lyme disease, babesiosis, ehrlichiosis, and rickettsial infections. Conditions unrelated to his camping trip, such as malignancies, rheumatologic conditions, and other infectious causes of prolonged fever, such as tuberculosis, endocarditis, or osteomyelitis, are more likely, given the duration of fever.

The fevers were accompanied by chills, without rigors, and subjectively worsened over the first 2 days. At that point, the patient began taking his temperature, and noted fevers of 38.5C to 40C occurring once or twice daily, generally in the afternoon or evening. The patient did not recall tick bites but did not carefully examine himself for ticks; he reported numerous mosquito bites during the trip. The patient camped in a tent and grilled meats and other food he had brought in a cooler. No family members or other travelers became ill. He denied spelunking, but had collected wood for camp fires, and acknowledged swimming in a freshwater pond during his trip, which occurred in August.

West Nile fever, St. Louis encephalitis, and eastern equine encephalitis are transmitted by mosquitoes in New England, but are unlikely causes of prolonged fever. Water exposure suggests the possibility of leptospirosis, and wood exposure suggests blastomycosis, but this usually presents with a pulmonary syndrome. Food‐borne illness seems unlikely. While no aspect of the history has pinpointed a specific diagnosis, exploring the progression of symptoms may offer a clue, and if he has undergone any previous evaluation, the results may significantly alter the differential diagnosis. For example, arthritis may develop weeks after fever in adult‐onset Still's disease, negative blood cultures would lower the probability of endocarditis, and common sites of pyrogenic malignancies (eg, liver, kidneys, and especially lymph nodes) may already have been imaged.

During the first 3 weeks of illness, the patient experienced daily fever and a gradual, 10‐pound weight loss. Over the next 10 days, he sought medical attention at 3 emergency departments. At one, a head computed tomography (CT) showed possible sinusitis, and he was prescribed a 7‐day course of clarithromycin, which he took without any improvement. At 2 others, he was told that his laboratory studies, and a CT of the abdomen, were normal, and that he had a viral syndrome. Several days later, and 5 weeks after the onset of symptoms, the development of dull right upper‐quadrant pain and mild nausea without vomiting prompted the current presentation to the community hospital. He reported several years of loose stools, but denied rash, arthritis, diarrhea, neck stiffness, cough, or other complaints.

A detailed past medical, social, and family history is required, with particular attention to ethnicity; immunocompromising conditions such as splenectomy or corticosteroid use; undiagnosed febrile diseases; severe, unusual, or recurrent infections; medication use; diet; sexual history; pet exposures; and any personal or family history of cancer. The development of right upper‐quadrant pain mandates attention to risk factors for viral hepatitis, known biliary pathology, or travel that might predispose the patient to pyogenic or amoebic liver abscess, and hematochezia, which could suggest a malignancy metastatic to the liver. Additionally, chronic diarrhea with new right upper‐quadrant pain may represent inflammatory bowel disease complicated by primary sclerosing cholangitis (PSC).

The patient was a Caucasian male of Mediterranean ancestry with thalassemia minor. He had undergone dilation of a benign esophageal stricture, but no surgical procedures, and he had never experienced unexplained fever or unusual infections. Medication exposure was limited to occasional use of acetaminophen for fever, and he had no known allergies. His diet was unremarkable and included no well water or unpasteurized dairy products. He denied risk factors for tuberculosis. He drank 2 to 10 beers a day, 5 times a week, had last smoked 10 years previously, and had never used illicit drugs. He denied any high‐risk sexual contacts and was monogamous with his wife, with whom he had 2 children. The family owned no pets and no relatives had suffered from malignant, rheumatologic, or febrile illness, with the exception of hand, foot, and mouth infection in an infant son, 1 year previously. The patient had never traveled outside of New England.

The history has uncovered several clues, but their relevance is doubtful. His ethnicity suggests possible familial Mediterranean fever, but recurrent abdominal pain and polyserositis, rather than a single prolonged episode, would be expected with this disease. A transfusion history should be obtained to explore the possibility of viral hepatitis. While iron overload can predispose patients to various infections including liver abscess, thalassemia minor should not require transfusion. Esophageal stricture could conceivably be due to histoplasmosis (complicated by mediastinal fibrosis) or tuberculosis, but is probably unrelated to his present illness. His excessive alcohol intake increases his risk for esophageal cancer and liver disease, but it is unlikely that metastatic disease to the liver would present with fever without preceding dysphagia, or that alcoholic hepatitis could have escaped detection after evaluations by several physicians.

We need to learn the details of the patient's physical examination. Given the development of right upper‐quadrant pain, I would particularly like to know if he had hepatosplenomegaly and if a Murphy's sign was present.

His temperature ranged from 36.9C to 39.8C, his pulse was 76 beats per minute with minimal elevations during fever spikes, and his respirations were 18 per minute. His blood pressure was 105/70 mm Hg. He was a well‐developed, overweight male with scleral icterus. He had good dentition and an oropharynx free of lesions. Cardiac examination demonstrated a regular rhythm with a normal S1 and S2, without murmurs or peripheral stigmata of infectious endocarditis. A smooth, minimally tender liver edge was palpable 2 cm below the costal margin; the spleen was nonpalpable. Murphy's sign was absent. There was no lymphadenopathy or rash. He had multiple, shallow, uninfected lacerations of both hands in various stages of healing. The remainder of his examination was normal.

The patient has obvious liver involvement. The pulse‐temperature dissociation suggests a variety of infections, including salmonellosis, psittacosis, typhoid fever, leptospirosis, tularemia, brucellosis, legionellosis, and mycoplasma pneumoniae infection. The patient should be asked how and when he injured his hands, as fresh water exposure can transmit leptospirosis across broken skin. However, while severe leptospirosis can cause fever and jaundice, the long duration of illness is not typical. The cryptogenic form of tularemiawhich can manifest as a typhoidal illnessshould be considered, given that tularemia is present in the area the patient visited; he should be asked about exposure to rabbits.

At this point, I would like to see a standard biochemical profile, a liver panel, a complete blood count and differential, urinalysis, chest X‐ray, and an electrocardiogram. I would examine thick and thin Wright‐Giemsa‐stained smears for evidence of babesiosis. Blood cultures should be held for at least 2 weeks to recover fastidious organisms like Francisella tularensis and Brucella sp. Bone marrow cultures should be obtained; they are more sensitive for mycobacteria and Brucella, and may also yield fungal pathogens. Serologies for a variety of infectious diseases, such as leptospirosis, typhoid fever, and tularemia, will be required if other diagnostic tests are unrevealing.

His white cell count was 8,100/L, with a normal differential, and his hemoglobin was 10 g/dL (normal range, 1417), with a mean corpuscular hemoglobin of 63 m3 (normal range, 8298). The platelet count was 303,000/L. Serum electrolytes were normal. His aspartate aminotransferase was 58 U/L and his alanine aminotransferase was 60 U/L (normal range for both, 1045). Bilirubin was 2.6 mg/dL (normal, <1.2); direct bilirubin was 0.9 mg/dL. Alkaline phosphatase was 150 U/L. Lactate dehydrogenase was 342 U/L (normal range, 2251). A lipase was 62 U/L. International normalized ratio (INR) was 1.4 with an activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) of 52 seconds (normal range, 2533). Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) was 50 mm/hour (normal range, 015). Iron studies showed a suppressed iron and iron‐binding capacity and elevated haptoglobin and ferritin (1878 ng/L; normal range, 22322). Several blood cultures obtained at admission showed no growth after 48 hours of incubation.

The anemia, low mean cell volume (MCV), and elevated ferritin and ESR are consistent with anemia of chronic disease, superimposed upon thalassemia minor. Transaminase elevations occur in a plethora of infectious processes. The elevated INR and aPTT are concerning, and may indicate a septic or malignant process with disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC). While there is no mention of clinical DIC, it would be appropriate to obtain D‐dimers, fibrin degradation products, and a fibrinogen level. The platelet count is normal, which is reassuring.

Before initiating any empiric antimicrobials, I would obtain an abdominal ultrasound, and possibly an abdominal CT. Hepatitis (especially B and C), cytomegalovirus, and Epstein‐Barr virus serologies should be obtained. A variety of conditions including leptospirosis, tularemia, and babesiosis are possible; specific laboratory testing is required to guide therapy.

Ultrasound showed a thickened gallbladder; the liver was slightly enlarged with normal echotexture. Magnetic resonance cholangiopancreatography (MRCP) showed diffuse sequential beading and scarring of his extrahepatic biliary ducts.

There is no evidence of biliary stones, intrahepatic tumor, or abscess to explain the fever and hepatitis, although it would be helpful to know what other abdominal structures were imaged. The MRCP finding increases my suspicion of PSC, possibly complicated by infection, although the biliary abnormalities may be incidental, and an unrelated process may be responsible for the clinical presentation.

His physicians considered the possibilities of PSC and cholangiopathy due to as‐yet undiagnosed acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. Ampicillin‐sulbactam, ceftazidime, and gentamicin were administered for possible bacterial cholangitis, and endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography was performed. This procedure showed only slight narrowing of his common bile duct, which was felt to be a normal variant. He felt no better after several days of antibiotic therapy, and was transferred to a tertiary care center for further evaluation. Repeat physical exam and laboratory studies were essentially unchanged. The patient explained that his hand lacerations were sustained during his work as a butcher who worked with lamb, beef, rabbit, and poultry. He rarely wore protective gloves because they induced contact dermatitis.

Tularemia becomes more likely given his history of rabbit butchering. Salmonellosis and leptospirosis also remain possible. Typhoid fever and brucellosis are unlikely unless the patient worked with imported exotic animals. At this point, given the systemic illness, empiric antibacterial therapy is reasonable. Of the chosen antimicrobials, only the gentamicin would reliably treat tularemia. I would stop ampicillin‐sulbactam and ceftazidime and replace gentamicin with ciprofloxacin, an effective and better‐tolerated agent for tularemia. Cultures of blood and bone marrow aspirate should be obtained. Stool should be cultured for Salmonella. Tularemia, leptospirosis, and typhoid serologies should be sent to a reference laboratory. At this point in the patient's illness, high‐titered antibodies should be present. However, it would be ideal to compare titers with those from previous serum sample, if possible.

The patient's antimicrobials were narrowed to doxycycline alone, for suspected zoonotic infection, but his fevers were unchanged after 1 week of treatment. Hepatitis serologies, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) antibody, and smears for ehrlichiosis and babesiosis were negative. He had a positive immunoglobulin (Ig)G and a negative IgM for Epstein‐Barr virus and cytomegalovirus. Tularemia, ehrlichiosis, leptospirosis, brucellosis, and Query fever (Q fever) serologies were ordered. The elevated aPTT did not correct when his serum was mixed with normal serum. Thrombin was normal; factor VIII, von Willebrand (VW) factor, and VW cofactor were mildly elevated. Lupus anticoagulant was detected. A hepatologist declined to obtain a liver biopsy, citing the elevated aPTT and pending serologies. Given his clinical stability, the patient was discharged on doxycycline to await further results.

My highest suspicion is for tularemia, and I would switch antibiotic treatment to ciprofloxacin, awaiting serological results. Some in vitro studies have suggested that F. tularensis may often be resistant to doxycycline, and recent clinical experience has shown fluoroquinolones are superior to doxycycline in the treatment of tularemia.

His serologic results were as follows: tularemia, 1:32 (positive, 1:128); ehrlichia, 1:128 (granulocytic) and <1:64 (monocytic; normal for both, <1:64); leptospira, agglutinated nonspecifically; Brucella IgG and IgM 1 (negative, <9), Q fever (coxiella) IgG 1 + 2, IgM 1 + 2, all positive at 1:256 (<1:16). A transesophageal echocardiogram showed no evidence of endocarditis. The patient was treated with 10 weeks of doxycycline for Q fever hepatitis. His fever, headache, and laboratory abnormalities resolved, and he remained well after the completion of therapy.

The serologies suggest the patient had Coxiella burnetii hepatitis, and illustrate the value of a precise exposure history. Most butchers work only with muscle tissue and have a negligible risk of Q fever. In retrospect, it became clear that he worked part‐time in a slaughterhouse, where highly infectious reproductive tract fluids can dry and aerosolize.

Commentary

Q fever was proposed as the name for a febrile illness affecting Australian slaughterhouse workers in 1937.1 The etiologic agent, C. burnetii, is a small, gram‐negative, obligate intracellular proteobacterium that exists in 2 distinct phases, specializing either in entering or persisting in macrophage lysosomes.2 Additionally, spores are formed and can persist in soil.

Q fever is an uncommonly recognized disease, in part because most infected persons have no symptoms or mild symptoms.3 In the United States, the estimated annual incidence has been 0.28 per million (about 50 cases per year) since 1999, when Q fever became a reportable disease due to bioterrorism concerns. In France, more frequent farming of goats and sheep may be responsible for the much higher annual incidence of 500 per million.4 Spread is usually occupational, via aerosol contact with the dried reproductive tract secretions of animals (mainly cattle, sheep, and goats), in a slaughterhouse or farm setting. However, wind‐borne dust can carry spores long distances, and spread can occur from household pets, unpasteurized dairy products, laboratory work, and possibly ticks.3 More than 30 cases have been reported in military personnel deployed to Iraq and Afghanistan, several without obvious exposures.5 One review noted a single reported case of intradermal inoculation,3 making this patient's lacerations a possible site of infection, but he was also at risk for inhalational exposurewhen he was later asked about the details of his work, he acknowledged working at a slaughterhouse as well as a supermarket.

Symptomatic patients are male in 77% of cases, can usually identify an occupational exposure, and have a mean age of 50 years.4 Fever, which lasts 5 to 57 days, as well as fatigue and headaches, begin after a 1‐week to 3‐week incubation period. Atypical pneumonia or rash may occur; meningoencephalitis and myocarditis portend a worse prognosis. As with this patient, 45% to 85% of patients suffer from hepatitis, although few have an abnormal bilirubin.3 Liver biopsy usually reveals granulomas, which may have a classic doughnut hole appearance,2, 3 although this patient ultimately received a diagnosis without the procedure. Acute Q fever rarely (5%) requires hospitalization, and fatalities are extremely rare.3

Chronic infection (ie, lasting >6 months) most often occurs as endocarditis, although chronic hepatitis, osteomyelitis, and infections of other sites occur. Interestingly, this patient's lupus anticoagulant may have been related to his underlying illness, as autoantibodies frequently occur in Q fever, especially in patients with hepatitis, many of whom develop smooth muscle antibodies, a positive Coombs test, antiprothrombinase, or other autoantibodies,3 and there is a high incidence of antiphospholipid antibodies, particularly anticardiolipin and lupus anticoagulant antibodies.6

Because C. burnetii is an obligate intracellular pathogen, culture requires either tissue or live animal inoculation, and the diagnosis is usually made serologically. Paired sera demonstrating seroconversion or a 4‐fold increase in titers are most conclusive, but a single sample may be used. Anti‐phase II antibodies are detectable in 90% of patients within 3 weeks of infection3 and peak at 2 months5; this patient's phase II sera (IgG > 1:200, IgM > 1:50) are said to be 100% predictive for acute Q fever.3 High‐titer anti‐phase I antibodies, in contrast, indicate chronic infection, and a titer 1:800 is one of the modified Duke criteria for endocarditis.5

Acute Q fever is generally treated with doxycycline for 14 days, although prolonged therapy may be advisable to prevent endocarditis if preexisting valvular lesions are present.2, 5 Fluoroquinolones are another option and may be especially useful for meningoencephalitis.5 Because acute Q fever is generally self‐limited, demonstrating a clear benefit to antibiotic therapy is difficult. The available evidence, which was largely obtained from Q fever pneumonia patients, suggests that tetracycline therapy shortens fever duration.3 Patients with Q fever hepatitis may have a protracted course. On the basis of anecdotal reports, some experts add prednisone (tapered from 40 mg daily over a week) for patients with Q fever hepatitis who fail to respond to doxycycline promptly.3 While this patient's fever was unchanged after a week of therapy, he was well into his treatment course when his diagnosis was ultimately confirmed. His physicians felt that prednisone would be of uncertain benefit and opted not to administer it.

Treatment of Q fever endocarditis is often delayed by the combination of negative blood cultures and a low (12%) rate of vegetation formation, increasing the risk of morbidity and mortality.3 Tetracycline monotherapy is associated with a greater than 50% risk of death,5 and even 4 years of treatment may fail to sterilize valve tissue.3 However, if hydroxychloroquine is given with doxycycline for at least 18 months to alkalize lysosomes and improve bacterial killing, the mortality rate can be lowered to about 5%.3, 5 Patients should be warned of the risk of photosensitivity, and monitored for retinal toxicity2 and serologic evidence of relapse.5

Before serologic results confirmed the diagnosis of Q fever, both the patient's clinicians and the discussant had to craft an antibiotic regimen for a suspected zoonosis. The patient received doxycycline, a good choice for leptospirosis,7 brucellosis,8 tularemia,9 and Q fever,3 all possible after livestock exposure, as well as ehrlichiosis.10 The discussant, who suspected tularemia, worried about the possibility of doxycycline resistance and selected ciprofloxacin instead. While fluoroquinolones are probably superior to doxycycline for mild to moderate tularemia,11, 12 aminoglycosides would be preferred for severe disease,9 and ciprofloxacin experience in leptospirosis7 and ehrlichiosis10 is limited. Neither selection would be optimal for brucellosis, for which either doxycycline or ciprofloxacin should be combined with another agent such as rifampin.8 The most reasonable empiric regimen is debatable, but in the absence of pathognomonic findings of tularemia, his treating physicians favored the broader activity of doxycycline.

Ultimately, the choice of antibiotics in this case hinged on the details of the patient's occupational exposures. His first 2 courses of antibiotics were based not on his exposure history, but on radiographic findings that were later proven spurious. The regimens selected by the discussant and by physicians at the referral hospital both targeted pathogens suggested by the patient's occupational history instead, but both were missing parts of the puzzle as well. The discussant thought the patient performed commercial butcher‐shop work, which is only rarely13 mentioned in the context of Q fever transmission. Several of the admitting physicians at the referral hospital were unaware of the importance of the butcher/slaughterhouse‐worker distinction. Physicians need a detailed understanding of both the exposure history and the biology of possible pathogens to craft an optimal differential diagnosis and empiric antibiotic regimen.

On the other hand, in most patients with fever of unknown origin (FUO; ie, >3 weeks with temperature >38.3 on multiple occasions, without a diagnosis after a weeklong evaluation),14 empiric antibiotic therapy is rarely a wise intervention. Clinicians should avoid blind administration of antibiotics as a diagnostic tool, given the inability to distinguish clinical responses from spontaneous resolution, or pinpoint a specific cause and thus a precise treatment plan and duration. However, empiric tetracyclines have been employed when intracellular pathogens were a suspected cause of FUO, as in one series of French patients in which Q fever was common.15 In this patient's case, no specific finding pointed to Q fever before the serologies became available, but the rare infections considered in this case can be considered doxycycline‐deficient states, meaning that empiric tetracycline therapy often leads to improvement. Recognizing doxycycline deficiency can guide therapy while definitive results are pending, and empiric doxycycline is particularly important if potentially aggressive zoonoses, such as Rocky Mountain spotted fever, are suspected.

Teaching Points:

  • A detailed and precise exposure history is crucial for the diagnosis of Q fever and other zoonoses and for the individualized evaluation of FUO in general.

  • Q fever is a rare disease that most commonly causes undifferentiated fever, pneumonia, hepatitis, and when chronic, often reflects endovascular infection, which is frequently difficult to eradicate.

  • Doxycycline is effective for many, but not all zoonoses (babesia is a notable exception). Empiric therapy is reasonable if suspicion is high.

The approach to clinical conundrums by an expert clinician is revealed through presentation of an actual patient's case in an approach typical of morning report. Similar to patient care, sequential pieces of information are provided to the clinician who is unfamiliar with the case. The focus is on the thought processes of both the clinical team caring for the patient and the discussant.

A 47‐year‐old male presented to a community hospital with 5 weeks of daily fevers, accompanied by headache, myalgias, and malaise. He reported that his symptoms began abruptly 2 days after a weekend of camping in Connecticut.

This patient describes the onset of undifferentiated fever 2 days after a weekend of camping. Few infectious diseases have such short incubation periods, and either the accuracy of the history or the relationship of the camping trip to the present illness is thus questionable. However, more information about the onset and nature of the illness, and details about food, animal, water, mud, cave, wood chopping, and other environmental exposures during his trip is required. The exact dates of the camping trip may be helpful, as there is clear seasonality to vector‐borne diseases such as Lyme disease, babesiosis, ehrlichiosis, and rickettsial infections. Conditions unrelated to his camping trip, such as malignancies, rheumatologic conditions, and other infectious causes of prolonged fever, such as tuberculosis, endocarditis, or osteomyelitis, are more likely, given the duration of fever.

The fevers were accompanied by chills, without rigors, and subjectively worsened over the first 2 days. At that point, the patient began taking his temperature, and noted fevers of 38.5C to 40C occurring once or twice daily, generally in the afternoon or evening. The patient did not recall tick bites but did not carefully examine himself for ticks; he reported numerous mosquito bites during the trip. The patient camped in a tent and grilled meats and other food he had brought in a cooler. No family members or other travelers became ill. He denied spelunking, but had collected wood for camp fires, and acknowledged swimming in a freshwater pond during his trip, which occurred in August.

West Nile fever, St. Louis encephalitis, and eastern equine encephalitis are transmitted by mosquitoes in New England, but are unlikely causes of prolonged fever. Water exposure suggests the possibility of leptospirosis, and wood exposure suggests blastomycosis, but this usually presents with a pulmonary syndrome. Food‐borne illness seems unlikely. While no aspect of the history has pinpointed a specific diagnosis, exploring the progression of symptoms may offer a clue, and if he has undergone any previous evaluation, the results may significantly alter the differential diagnosis. For example, arthritis may develop weeks after fever in adult‐onset Still's disease, negative blood cultures would lower the probability of endocarditis, and common sites of pyrogenic malignancies (eg, liver, kidneys, and especially lymph nodes) may already have been imaged.

During the first 3 weeks of illness, the patient experienced daily fever and a gradual, 10‐pound weight loss. Over the next 10 days, he sought medical attention at 3 emergency departments. At one, a head computed tomography (CT) showed possible sinusitis, and he was prescribed a 7‐day course of clarithromycin, which he took without any improvement. At 2 others, he was told that his laboratory studies, and a CT of the abdomen, were normal, and that he had a viral syndrome. Several days later, and 5 weeks after the onset of symptoms, the development of dull right upper‐quadrant pain and mild nausea without vomiting prompted the current presentation to the community hospital. He reported several years of loose stools, but denied rash, arthritis, diarrhea, neck stiffness, cough, or other complaints.

A detailed past medical, social, and family history is required, with particular attention to ethnicity; immunocompromising conditions such as splenectomy or corticosteroid use; undiagnosed febrile diseases; severe, unusual, or recurrent infections; medication use; diet; sexual history; pet exposures; and any personal or family history of cancer. The development of right upper‐quadrant pain mandates attention to risk factors for viral hepatitis, known biliary pathology, or travel that might predispose the patient to pyogenic or amoebic liver abscess, and hematochezia, which could suggest a malignancy metastatic to the liver. Additionally, chronic diarrhea with new right upper‐quadrant pain may represent inflammatory bowel disease complicated by primary sclerosing cholangitis (PSC).

The patient was a Caucasian male of Mediterranean ancestry with thalassemia minor. He had undergone dilation of a benign esophageal stricture, but no surgical procedures, and he had never experienced unexplained fever or unusual infections. Medication exposure was limited to occasional use of acetaminophen for fever, and he had no known allergies. His diet was unremarkable and included no well water or unpasteurized dairy products. He denied risk factors for tuberculosis. He drank 2 to 10 beers a day, 5 times a week, had last smoked 10 years previously, and had never used illicit drugs. He denied any high‐risk sexual contacts and was monogamous with his wife, with whom he had 2 children. The family owned no pets and no relatives had suffered from malignant, rheumatologic, or febrile illness, with the exception of hand, foot, and mouth infection in an infant son, 1 year previously. The patient had never traveled outside of New England.

The history has uncovered several clues, but their relevance is doubtful. His ethnicity suggests possible familial Mediterranean fever, but recurrent abdominal pain and polyserositis, rather than a single prolonged episode, would be expected with this disease. A transfusion history should be obtained to explore the possibility of viral hepatitis. While iron overload can predispose patients to various infections including liver abscess, thalassemia minor should not require transfusion. Esophageal stricture could conceivably be due to histoplasmosis (complicated by mediastinal fibrosis) or tuberculosis, but is probably unrelated to his present illness. His excessive alcohol intake increases his risk for esophageal cancer and liver disease, but it is unlikely that metastatic disease to the liver would present with fever without preceding dysphagia, or that alcoholic hepatitis could have escaped detection after evaluations by several physicians.

We need to learn the details of the patient's physical examination. Given the development of right upper‐quadrant pain, I would particularly like to know if he had hepatosplenomegaly and if a Murphy's sign was present.

His temperature ranged from 36.9C to 39.8C, his pulse was 76 beats per minute with minimal elevations during fever spikes, and his respirations were 18 per minute. His blood pressure was 105/70 mm Hg. He was a well‐developed, overweight male with scleral icterus. He had good dentition and an oropharynx free of lesions. Cardiac examination demonstrated a regular rhythm with a normal S1 and S2, without murmurs or peripheral stigmata of infectious endocarditis. A smooth, minimally tender liver edge was palpable 2 cm below the costal margin; the spleen was nonpalpable. Murphy's sign was absent. There was no lymphadenopathy or rash. He had multiple, shallow, uninfected lacerations of both hands in various stages of healing. The remainder of his examination was normal.

The patient has obvious liver involvement. The pulse‐temperature dissociation suggests a variety of infections, including salmonellosis, psittacosis, typhoid fever, leptospirosis, tularemia, brucellosis, legionellosis, and mycoplasma pneumoniae infection. The patient should be asked how and when he injured his hands, as fresh water exposure can transmit leptospirosis across broken skin. However, while severe leptospirosis can cause fever and jaundice, the long duration of illness is not typical. The cryptogenic form of tularemiawhich can manifest as a typhoidal illnessshould be considered, given that tularemia is present in the area the patient visited; he should be asked about exposure to rabbits.

At this point, I would like to see a standard biochemical profile, a liver panel, a complete blood count and differential, urinalysis, chest X‐ray, and an electrocardiogram. I would examine thick and thin Wright‐Giemsa‐stained smears for evidence of babesiosis. Blood cultures should be held for at least 2 weeks to recover fastidious organisms like Francisella tularensis and Brucella sp. Bone marrow cultures should be obtained; they are more sensitive for mycobacteria and Brucella, and may also yield fungal pathogens. Serologies for a variety of infectious diseases, such as leptospirosis, typhoid fever, and tularemia, will be required if other diagnostic tests are unrevealing.

His white cell count was 8,100/L, with a normal differential, and his hemoglobin was 10 g/dL (normal range, 1417), with a mean corpuscular hemoglobin of 63 m3 (normal range, 8298). The platelet count was 303,000/L. Serum electrolytes were normal. His aspartate aminotransferase was 58 U/L and his alanine aminotransferase was 60 U/L (normal range for both, 1045). Bilirubin was 2.6 mg/dL (normal, <1.2); direct bilirubin was 0.9 mg/dL. Alkaline phosphatase was 150 U/L. Lactate dehydrogenase was 342 U/L (normal range, 2251). A lipase was 62 U/L. International normalized ratio (INR) was 1.4 with an activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) of 52 seconds (normal range, 2533). Erythrocyte sedimentation rate (ESR) was 50 mm/hour (normal range, 015). Iron studies showed a suppressed iron and iron‐binding capacity and elevated haptoglobin and ferritin (1878 ng/L; normal range, 22322). Several blood cultures obtained at admission showed no growth after 48 hours of incubation.

The anemia, low mean cell volume (MCV), and elevated ferritin and ESR are consistent with anemia of chronic disease, superimposed upon thalassemia minor. Transaminase elevations occur in a plethora of infectious processes. The elevated INR and aPTT are concerning, and may indicate a septic or malignant process with disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC). While there is no mention of clinical DIC, it would be appropriate to obtain D‐dimers, fibrin degradation products, and a fibrinogen level. The platelet count is normal, which is reassuring.

Before initiating any empiric antimicrobials, I would obtain an abdominal ultrasound, and possibly an abdominal CT. Hepatitis (especially B and C), cytomegalovirus, and Epstein‐Barr virus serologies should be obtained. A variety of conditions including leptospirosis, tularemia, and babesiosis are possible; specific laboratory testing is required to guide therapy.

Ultrasound showed a thickened gallbladder; the liver was slightly enlarged with normal echotexture. Magnetic resonance cholangiopancreatography (MRCP) showed diffuse sequential beading and scarring of his extrahepatic biliary ducts.

There is no evidence of biliary stones, intrahepatic tumor, or abscess to explain the fever and hepatitis, although it would be helpful to know what other abdominal structures were imaged. The MRCP finding increases my suspicion of PSC, possibly complicated by infection, although the biliary abnormalities may be incidental, and an unrelated process may be responsible for the clinical presentation.

His physicians considered the possibilities of PSC and cholangiopathy due to as‐yet undiagnosed acquired immunodeficiency syndrome. Ampicillin‐sulbactam, ceftazidime, and gentamicin were administered for possible bacterial cholangitis, and endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography was performed. This procedure showed only slight narrowing of his common bile duct, which was felt to be a normal variant. He felt no better after several days of antibiotic therapy, and was transferred to a tertiary care center for further evaluation. Repeat physical exam and laboratory studies were essentially unchanged. The patient explained that his hand lacerations were sustained during his work as a butcher who worked with lamb, beef, rabbit, and poultry. He rarely wore protective gloves because they induced contact dermatitis.

Tularemia becomes more likely given his history of rabbit butchering. Salmonellosis and leptospirosis also remain possible. Typhoid fever and brucellosis are unlikely unless the patient worked with imported exotic animals. At this point, given the systemic illness, empiric antibacterial therapy is reasonable. Of the chosen antimicrobials, only the gentamicin would reliably treat tularemia. I would stop ampicillin‐sulbactam and ceftazidime and replace gentamicin with ciprofloxacin, an effective and better‐tolerated agent for tularemia. Cultures of blood and bone marrow aspirate should be obtained. Stool should be cultured for Salmonella. Tularemia, leptospirosis, and typhoid serologies should be sent to a reference laboratory. At this point in the patient's illness, high‐titered antibodies should be present. However, it would be ideal to compare titers with those from previous serum sample, if possible.

The patient's antimicrobials were narrowed to doxycycline alone, for suspected zoonotic infection, but his fevers were unchanged after 1 week of treatment. Hepatitis serologies, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) antibody, and smears for ehrlichiosis and babesiosis were negative. He had a positive immunoglobulin (Ig)G and a negative IgM for Epstein‐Barr virus and cytomegalovirus. Tularemia, ehrlichiosis, leptospirosis, brucellosis, and Query fever (Q fever) serologies were ordered. The elevated aPTT did not correct when his serum was mixed with normal serum. Thrombin was normal; factor VIII, von Willebrand (VW) factor, and VW cofactor were mildly elevated. Lupus anticoagulant was detected. A hepatologist declined to obtain a liver biopsy, citing the elevated aPTT and pending serologies. Given his clinical stability, the patient was discharged on doxycycline to await further results.

My highest suspicion is for tularemia, and I would switch antibiotic treatment to ciprofloxacin, awaiting serological results. Some in vitro studies have suggested that F. tularensis may often be resistant to doxycycline, and recent clinical experience has shown fluoroquinolones are superior to doxycycline in the treatment of tularemia.

His serologic results were as follows: tularemia, 1:32 (positive, 1:128); ehrlichia, 1:128 (granulocytic) and <1:64 (monocytic; normal for both, <1:64); leptospira, agglutinated nonspecifically; Brucella IgG and IgM 1 (negative, <9), Q fever (coxiella) IgG 1 + 2, IgM 1 + 2, all positive at 1:256 (<1:16). A transesophageal echocardiogram showed no evidence of endocarditis. The patient was treated with 10 weeks of doxycycline for Q fever hepatitis. His fever, headache, and laboratory abnormalities resolved, and he remained well after the completion of therapy.

The serologies suggest the patient had Coxiella burnetii hepatitis, and illustrate the value of a precise exposure history. Most butchers work only with muscle tissue and have a negligible risk of Q fever. In retrospect, it became clear that he worked part‐time in a slaughterhouse, where highly infectious reproductive tract fluids can dry and aerosolize.

Commentary

Q fever was proposed as the name for a febrile illness affecting Australian slaughterhouse workers in 1937.1 The etiologic agent, C. burnetii, is a small, gram‐negative, obligate intracellular proteobacterium that exists in 2 distinct phases, specializing either in entering or persisting in macrophage lysosomes.2 Additionally, spores are formed and can persist in soil.

Q fever is an uncommonly recognized disease, in part because most infected persons have no symptoms or mild symptoms.3 In the United States, the estimated annual incidence has been 0.28 per million (about 50 cases per year) since 1999, when Q fever became a reportable disease due to bioterrorism concerns. In France, more frequent farming of goats and sheep may be responsible for the much higher annual incidence of 500 per million.4 Spread is usually occupational, via aerosol contact with the dried reproductive tract secretions of animals (mainly cattle, sheep, and goats), in a slaughterhouse or farm setting. However, wind‐borne dust can carry spores long distances, and spread can occur from household pets, unpasteurized dairy products, laboratory work, and possibly ticks.3 More than 30 cases have been reported in military personnel deployed to Iraq and Afghanistan, several without obvious exposures.5 One review noted a single reported case of intradermal inoculation,3 making this patient's lacerations a possible site of infection, but he was also at risk for inhalational exposurewhen he was later asked about the details of his work, he acknowledged working at a slaughterhouse as well as a supermarket.

Symptomatic patients are male in 77% of cases, can usually identify an occupational exposure, and have a mean age of 50 years.4 Fever, which lasts 5 to 57 days, as well as fatigue and headaches, begin after a 1‐week to 3‐week incubation period. Atypical pneumonia or rash may occur; meningoencephalitis and myocarditis portend a worse prognosis. As with this patient, 45% to 85% of patients suffer from hepatitis, although few have an abnormal bilirubin.3 Liver biopsy usually reveals granulomas, which may have a classic doughnut hole appearance,2, 3 although this patient ultimately received a diagnosis without the procedure. Acute Q fever rarely (5%) requires hospitalization, and fatalities are extremely rare.3

Chronic infection (ie, lasting >6 months) most often occurs as endocarditis, although chronic hepatitis, osteomyelitis, and infections of other sites occur. Interestingly, this patient's lupus anticoagulant may have been related to his underlying illness, as autoantibodies frequently occur in Q fever, especially in patients with hepatitis, many of whom develop smooth muscle antibodies, a positive Coombs test, antiprothrombinase, or other autoantibodies,3 and there is a high incidence of antiphospholipid antibodies, particularly anticardiolipin and lupus anticoagulant antibodies.6

Because C. burnetii is an obligate intracellular pathogen, culture requires either tissue or live animal inoculation, and the diagnosis is usually made serologically. Paired sera demonstrating seroconversion or a 4‐fold increase in titers are most conclusive, but a single sample may be used. Anti‐phase II antibodies are detectable in 90% of patients within 3 weeks of infection3 and peak at 2 months5; this patient's phase II sera (IgG > 1:200, IgM > 1:50) are said to be 100% predictive for acute Q fever.3 High‐titer anti‐phase I antibodies, in contrast, indicate chronic infection, and a titer 1:800 is one of the modified Duke criteria for endocarditis.5

Acute Q fever is generally treated with doxycycline for 14 days, although prolonged therapy may be advisable to prevent endocarditis if preexisting valvular lesions are present.2, 5 Fluoroquinolones are another option and may be especially useful for meningoencephalitis.5 Because acute Q fever is generally self‐limited, demonstrating a clear benefit to antibiotic therapy is difficult. The available evidence, which was largely obtained from Q fever pneumonia patients, suggests that tetracycline therapy shortens fever duration.3 Patients with Q fever hepatitis may have a protracted course. On the basis of anecdotal reports, some experts add prednisone (tapered from 40 mg daily over a week) for patients with Q fever hepatitis who fail to respond to doxycycline promptly.3 While this patient's fever was unchanged after a week of therapy, he was well into his treatment course when his diagnosis was ultimately confirmed. His physicians felt that prednisone would be of uncertain benefit and opted not to administer it.

Treatment of Q fever endocarditis is often delayed by the combination of negative blood cultures and a low (12%) rate of vegetation formation, increasing the risk of morbidity and mortality.3 Tetracycline monotherapy is associated with a greater than 50% risk of death,5 and even 4 years of treatment may fail to sterilize valve tissue.3 However, if hydroxychloroquine is given with doxycycline for at least 18 months to alkalize lysosomes and improve bacterial killing, the mortality rate can be lowered to about 5%.3, 5 Patients should be warned of the risk of photosensitivity, and monitored for retinal toxicity2 and serologic evidence of relapse.5

Before serologic results confirmed the diagnosis of Q fever, both the patient's clinicians and the discussant had to craft an antibiotic regimen for a suspected zoonosis. The patient received doxycycline, a good choice for leptospirosis,7 brucellosis,8 tularemia,9 and Q fever,3 all possible after livestock exposure, as well as ehrlichiosis.10 The discussant, who suspected tularemia, worried about the possibility of doxycycline resistance and selected ciprofloxacin instead. While fluoroquinolones are probably superior to doxycycline for mild to moderate tularemia,11, 12 aminoglycosides would be preferred for severe disease,9 and ciprofloxacin experience in leptospirosis7 and ehrlichiosis10 is limited. Neither selection would be optimal for brucellosis, for which either doxycycline or ciprofloxacin should be combined with another agent such as rifampin.8 The most reasonable empiric regimen is debatable, but in the absence of pathognomonic findings of tularemia, his treating physicians favored the broader activity of doxycycline.

Ultimately, the choice of antibiotics in this case hinged on the details of the patient's occupational exposures. His first 2 courses of antibiotics were based not on his exposure history, but on radiographic findings that were later proven spurious. The regimens selected by the discussant and by physicians at the referral hospital both targeted pathogens suggested by the patient's occupational history instead, but both were missing parts of the puzzle as well. The discussant thought the patient performed commercial butcher‐shop work, which is only rarely13 mentioned in the context of Q fever transmission. Several of the admitting physicians at the referral hospital were unaware of the importance of the butcher/slaughterhouse‐worker distinction. Physicians need a detailed understanding of both the exposure history and the biology of possible pathogens to craft an optimal differential diagnosis and empiric antibiotic regimen.

On the other hand, in most patients with fever of unknown origin (FUO; ie, >3 weeks with temperature >38.3 on multiple occasions, without a diagnosis after a weeklong evaluation),14 empiric antibiotic therapy is rarely a wise intervention. Clinicians should avoid blind administration of antibiotics as a diagnostic tool, given the inability to distinguish clinical responses from spontaneous resolution, or pinpoint a specific cause and thus a precise treatment plan and duration. However, empiric tetracyclines have been employed when intracellular pathogens were a suspected cause of FUO, as in one series of French patients in which Q fever was common.15 In this patient's case, no specific finding pointed to Q fever before the serologies became available, but the rare infections considered in this case can be considered doxycycline‐deficient states, meaning that empiric tetracycline therapy often leads to improvement. Recognizing doxycycline deficiency can guide therapy while definitive results are pending, and empiric doxycycline is particularly important if potentially aggressive zoonoses, such as Rocky Mountain spotted fever, are suspected.

Teaching Points:

  • A detailed and precise exposure history is crucial for the diagnosis of Q fever and other zoonoses and for the individualized evaluation of FUO in general.

  • Q fever is a rare disease that most commonly causes undifferentiated fever, pneumonia, hepatitis, and when chronic, often reflects endovascular infection, which is frequently difficult to eradicate.

  • Doxycycline is effective for many, but not all zoonoses (babesia is a notable exception). Empiric therapy is reasonable if suspicion is high.

References
  1. Derrick EH.“Q” fever, new fever entity: clinical features, diagnosis and laboratory investigation.Med J Aust.1937;2:281299.
  2. Parker NR,Barralet JH,Bell AM.Q fever.Lancet.2006;367(9511):679688.
  3. Maurin M,Raoult D.Q fever.Clin Microbiol Rev.1999;12:518553.
  4. McQuiston JH,Holman RC,McCall CL, et al.National surveillance and the epidemiology of human Q fever in the United States, 1978–2004.Am J Trop Med Hyg.2006;75:3640.
  5. Hartzell JD,Wood‐Morris RN,Martinez LJ,Trotta RF.Q fever: epidemiology, diagnosis, and treatment.Mayo Clin Proc.2008;83(5):574579.
  6. Ordi‐Ros J,Selva‐O'Callaghan A,Monegal‐Ferran F, et al.Prevalence, significance, and specificity of antibodies to phospholipids in Q fever.Clin Infect Dis.1994;18:213218.
  7. Griffith ME,Hospenthal DR,Murray CK.Antimicrobial therapy of leptospirosis.Curr Opin Infect Dis.2006;19:533537.
  8. Ariza J,Gudiol F,Pallares R, et al.Treatment of human brucellosis with doxycycline plus rifampin or doxycycline plus streptomycin. A randomized, double‐blind study.Ann Intern Med.1992;117:2530.
  9. Eliasson H,Broman T,Forsman M,Bäck E.Tularemia: current epidemiology and disease management.Infect Dis Clin North Am.2006;20:289311, ix.
  10. Dumler JS,Madigan JE,Pusterla N,Bakken JS.Ehrlichioses in humans: epidemiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis, and treatment.Clin Infect Dis.2007;45(Suppl 1):S45S51.
  11. Tärnvik A,Chu MC.New approaches to diagnosis and therapy of tularemia.Ann NY Acad Sci.2007;1105:378404.
  12. Meric M,Wilke A,Finke EJ, et al.Evaluation of clinical, laboratory, and therapeutic features of 145 tularemia cases: the role of quinolones in oropharyngeal tularemia.APMIS.2008;116:6673.
  13. Kourany M,Johnson KM.A survey of Q fever antibodies in a high risk population in Panamá.Am J Trop Med Hyg.1980;29(5):10071011.
  14. Arnow PM,Flaherty JP.Fever of unknown origin.Lancet.1997;350:575580.
  15. Zenone T.Fever of unknown origin in adults: evaluation of 144 cases in a non‐university hospital.Scand J Infect Dis.2006;38:632638.
References
  1. Derrick EH.“Q” fever, new fever entity: clinical features, diagnosis and laboratory investigation.Med J Aust.1937;2:281299.
  2. Parker NR,Barralet JH,Bell AM.Q fever.Lancet.2006;367(9511):679688.
  3. Maurin M,Raoult D.Q fever.Clin Microbiol Rev.1999;12:518553.
  4. McQuiston JH,Holman RC,McCall CL, et al.National surveillance and the epidemiology of human Q fever in the United States, 1978–2004.Am J Trop Med Hyg.2006;75:3640.
  5. Hartzell JD,Wood‐Morris RN,Martinez LJ,Trotta RF.Q fever: epidemiology, diagnosis, and treatment.Mayo Clin Proc.2008;83(5):574579.
  6. Ordi‐Ros J,Selva‐O'Callaghan A,Monegal‐Ferran F, et al.Prevalence, significance, and specificity of antibodies to phospholipids in Q fever.Clin Infect Dis.1994;18:213218.
  7. Griffith ME,Hospenthal DR,Murray CK.Antimicrobial therapy of leptospirosis.Curr Opin Infect Dis.2006;19:533537.
  8. Ariza J,Gudiol F,Pallares R, et al.Treatment of human brucellosis with doxycycline plus rifampin or doxycycline plus streptomycin. A randomized, double‐blind study.Ann Intern Med.1992;117:2530.
  9. Eliasson H,Broman T,Forsman M,Bäck E.Tularemia: current epidemiology and disease management.Infect Dis Clin North Am.2006;20:289311, ix.
  10. Dumler JS,Madigan JE,Pusterla N,Bakken JS.Ehrlichioses in humans: epidemiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis, and treatment.Clin Infect Dis.2007;45(Suppl 1):S45S51.
  11. Tärnvik A,Chu MC.New approaches to diagnosis and therapy of tularemia.Ann NY Acad Sci.2007;1105:378404.
  12. Meric M,Wilke A,Finke EJ, et al.Evaluation of clinical, laboratory, and therapeutic features of 145 tularemia cases: the role of quinolones in oropharyngeal tularemia.APMIS.2008;116:6673.
  13. Kourany M,Johnson KM.A survey of Q fever antibodies in a high risk population in Panamá.Am J Trop Med Hyg.1980;29(5):10071011.
  14. Arnow PM,Flaherty JP.Fever of unknown origin.Lancet.1997;350:575580.
  15. Zenone T.Fever of unknown origin in adults: evaluation of 144 cases in a non‐university hospital.Scand J Infect Dis.2006;38:632638.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
382-386
Page Number
382-386
Article Type
Display Headline
The devil Is in the details
Display Headline
The devil Is in the details
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
200 W Arbor Drive, San Diego, CA, 92103
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Inpatient Glycemic Control Outcomes

Article Type
Changed
Sun, 05/28/2017 - 21:37
Display Headline
Impact of improvement efforts on glycemic control and hypoglycemia at a University Medical Center

The concept of improved inpatient diabetes control has been gaining attention in hospitals nationwide as a mechanism for improving patient outcomes, decreasing readmission rates, reducing cost of care, and shortening hospital length of stay.14 The growing recognition that glycemic control is a critical element of inpatient care has prompted several national agencies, including the National Quality Forum (NQF), University Health System Consortium (UHC), Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), and the Joint Commission (JC) to make inpatient diabetes control a focus of quality improvement efforts and outcomes tracking.1 There is a national trend toward the use of intravenous insulin infusion for tight glycemic control of stress‐induced hyperglycemia in postoperative intensive care unit (ICU) and medical ICU patients.5, 6 Consequently, there is a need for the development of a standardized approach for performance evaluation of subcutaneous and intravenous insulin protocols, while ensuring patient safety issues. The analysis of glucose outcomes is based on the systematic analysis of blood glucose (BG) performance metrics known as glucometrics.7, 8 This has provided a means to measure the success of hospital quality improvement programs over time.

The 2008 American Diabetes Association (ADA) Clinical Practice Recommendations endorse BG goals for the critically ill to be maintained as close as possible to 110 mg/dL (6.1 mmol/L) and generally <140 mg/dL (7.8 mmol/L).2 The American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists/The American College of Endocrinology guidelines recommend for ICU care BG in the range of 80110 mg/dL.1, 4 Regarding the non‐critically ill patients, the ADA recommends targets for fasting BG of <126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) and all random BG 180200 mg/dL (1011.1 mmol/L).2 A limitation for these BG goals is hypoglycemia; the ADA endorses that hospitals try to achieve these lower BG values through quality improvement initiatives devised to systematically and safely reduce the BG targets.2

Materials and Methods

The Medical University of South Carolina (MUSC) is a 709‐bed tertiary‐care medical/surgical center located in Charleston, South Carolina. The medical center consists of 6 adult ICUs: medical intensive care unit, coronary care unit, cardiothoracic intensive care unit, neurosurgical intensive care unit, neurosurgical trauma intensive care unit, and surgical trauma intensive care unit. Overall, 14% of patients are in the ICUs, and 86% of patients are on the wards. MUSC has an extensive referral network including neighboring hospitals, rehabilitation centers, outpatient specialty treatment and imaging centers, and doctors' offices.

MUSC Hospital Diabetes Task Force

In 2003, the Medical Executive Committee (MEC) and the Medical Director of the MUSC Medical Center mandated that a Hospital Diabetes Task Force (HDTF) be created to improve the care of patients with diabetes hospitalized at our facility. The initial goal of the HDTF was to develop a multidisciplinary team that would address the barriers to achieving glycemic control in the inpatient setting. Chaired by an endocrinologist, the HDTF currently consists of representatives from medicine (endocrinology and hospital medicine), surgery, nursing, diabetes education, nutrition, hospital administration, pharmacy, house staff, and laboratory medicine. The HDTF has been responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of standardized nursing flow sheets for diabetic patients, order sets for subcutaneous and intravenous insulin administration, protocols for management of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, and systems tracking outcomes for quality improvement. The HDTF has also taken the lead in educating physician and nursing staff in the proper use of the new protocols and procedures.

Development of Hypoglycemia Protocol

The task force began with the hypoglycemia policy that was currently in place at the time. Initially developed in 1993, the policy outlined guidelines for the nursing staff to follow in the treatment of hypoglycemia. Over the course of 6 months, the task force revised the policy as well as the hypoglycemia protocol based on the following principles:

  • Nurse‐initiated orders for treatment of hypoglycemia throughout the hospital.

  • Standardized treatment for hypoglycemia based on patient type and degree of hypoglycemia.

  • Availability of glucose tablets, glucagon, and intravenous 50% dextrose (D50%) in easily accessible areas on all units.

  • Linkage of the hypoglycemia protocol to all insulin orders.

  • Extensive education of hypoglycemia symptom recognition and treatment.

  • Linkage of the hypoglycemia protocol to nursing documentation.

  • Development of carbohydrate counting in the hospital.

 

The assumption was that a major revision of the hypoglycemia protocol, based on these principles, would ensure better patient safety against hypoglycemic events, especially in light of the intensive medical management of glycemic control. On October 1, 2004, MUSC instituted a nurse‐initiated order for a hospital‐based hypoglycemia protocol to begin treatment for all BG <70 mg/dL. The hypoglycemia protocol became a part of the online adult insulin prescribing system so that when the physician signed the adult online insulin orders, the hypoglycemia protocol was ordered at the same time. Nursing units were stocked with glucose tablets, intramuscular glucagon, and D50% for consistent treatment of hypoglycemia.

Modifications to the hypoglycemia protocol included the following: in July 2006changing to specific aliquots of D50% for treatment of hypoglycemia to avoid overcorrection of low BG; reinforcing the need with the nursing staff to recheck BG 15 minutes after an episode of hypoglycemia; listing of juice as a last form of treatment for hypoglycemia; and in May 2007instituting a hypoglycemia prevention policy along with a hypoglycemia treatment policy (see Table 1 for hypoglycemia treatment protocol).

Hypoglycemia Protocol Actions
Patient CharacteristicsAction To Be Taken
  • NOTE: Copyright 2006 Medical University of South Carolina. All rights reserved. Reprinted with permission from the Medical University of South Carolina.

The patient is unable to eat or swallow safelyAdminister dextrose 50% by intravenous push as follows:
The patient is NPO15 mL (7.5 g) for BG 6069 mg/dL
OR20 mL (10 g) for BG 5059 mg/dL
The patient is unconscious25 mL (12.5 g) for BG 3049 mg/dL
AND30 mL (15 g) for BG <30 mg/dL
The patient has intravenous accessAssess unconscious patient for adequate airway, breathing, and circulation
 If possible place patient in a lateral recumbent position to decrease aspiration
Place patient on seizure precautions
Recheck BG every 15 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 mg/dL
The patient is unable to eat or swallow safelyAdminister 1 mg glucagon intramuscularly
The patient is NPOAssess patient for adequate airway, breathing, and circulation
ORPlace patient in a lateral recumbent position to decrease aspiration
The patient is unconsciousPlace patient on seizure precautions
ANDEstablish intravenous access
The patient does not have intravenous accessRecheck BG and consciousness every 5 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 and patient is awake
The patient is able to eat and swallow safelyFeed with 15 grams of carbohydrate in order of preference from the following:
ORFast Fifteen: 3 glucose tablets
The patient has a patent nasogastric tube1 tablespoon of sugar (3 packets)
 4 oz (120 mL) of regular soda
4 oz (120 mL) of juice
Recheck BG in 15 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 mg/dL
It will be necessary to give the patient extra food after blood glucose is greater than 70 mg/dL if hypoglycemia occurs greater than 1 hour from meal or occurs during sleeping hours. Feed the
 patient 1 of the following:
 8 oz (1 cup) of whole milk
 6 saltine crackers with 2 tablespoons of peanut butter
  6 saltine crackers with 1 oz. cheese

Education of Hospital Personnel

In addition to the development of the hypoglycemia protocol and a nursing flow sheet dedicated specifically to the use of insulinthe insulin Medication Administration Record (MAR) (Supporting Figure 1)a key piece in the implementation strategy was the development of an educational program for the nurses, house staff, and medical personnel about policies and procedures. Many in‐service sessions were conducted to outline the protocols and to troubleshoot any difficulties.9 The key champion for training the nurses was a hospital RN Certified Diabetes Educator (CDE) who was instrumental in obtaining in‐hospital nursing support for the protocols. A series of 30‐minute to 60‐minute in‐service sessions were conducted for nursing staff on each unit before the protocols were launched. To ensure that these in‐services were presented to as many staff as possible, the sessions were repeated at least two times for each shift. An important aspect of the education was the understanding of the different types of insulin and the concepts addressing the ways insulin can be used for maintenance of euglycemia: basal, prandial, and correction.14, 10, 11 This education also included information regarding ADA BG targets, characteristics of an insulin‐deficient patient, defining type 1 and type 2 diabetes, a review about insulin requirements during health and illness, treatment of hypoglycemia, information about insulin products, the concept of carbohydrate counting, and proper documentation of patient treatment.2, 1214

Subcutaneous Insulin Protocol

The protocols for subcutaneous (SC) insulin developed by the HDTF targeted a BG range of 70140 mg/dL on the medical surgical floors (Supporting Figure 2). The forms developed were based on scheduled or programmed insulin, which consists of basal and prandial/nutritional insulin with SC correction‐dose insulin.15 Correction or supplemental insulin is used to treat elevated BGs that occur before meals or between meals. If used at bedtime, the correction insulin is lowered to prevent nocturnal hypoglycemia. Correction‐dose insulin is different from sliding‐scale insulin, which is a predetermined amount of insulin used to treat hyperglycemia without regard to prior insulin administration or timing of food intake.15 When patients are hospitalized, scheduled and correction insulin doses are raised to cover the increased insulin needs of basal, prandial, and nutritional dosing in the hospital settting.3 As routine process of care, oral antihyperglycemic agents were recommended to be stopped at the time of hospital admission.

In January 2006, MUSC instituted a surveillance plan with nursing CDEs who reviewed charts for events of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia: BG < 60 mg/dL and two BGs >200 mg/dL, respectively. In January 2006, all sliding‐scale insulin protocols were eliminated and replaced with basal, prandial, and correction insulin protocols. In July 2006, MUSC eliminated SC regular insulin use and replaced it with SC analog insulin use, except for a rare patient exception.

To reduce insulin errors, our hospital formulary was restricted to the following insulin use: SC glargine, SC neutral protamine hagedorn (NPH), SC aspartame, and intravenous (IV) regular (Table 2 shows the time line for hospital upgrades, with dates).

Time Line for Hospital Upgrades with Dates
DateIntervention
September 2003Formation of HDTF
October 2004Initiation of hypoglycemia protocol: MD standing order for nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol
January‐May 2005Intensive nursing education: how to Rx hypoglycemia, nursing flow sheet (insulin MAR), patient education record, CHO counting, insulin concepts
October 2005Began using IVIIC in CT Surgery
January 2006Surveillance plan with CDE chart checks: hypoglycemia <60 mg/dL and hyperglycemia two BGs >200 mg/dL
January 2006All sliding‐scale insulin protocols eliminated and replaced with preprinted protocols basal dose based on body weight, prandial dose based on body weight, and correction dose based on total daily dose of insulin
February 2006All adult ICUs using IVIIC with BG checks q 2‐4 hour
June 2006Stress need to use juice last in Rx hypoglycemia, so not to over treat patients
July 2006Use aliquots D50 to Rx different severities of hypoglycemia
July 2006Elimination of SC regular insulin and replace it with SC insulin analog use. Hospital formulary restricted to: SC glargine, SC NPH, SC aspart, and IV regular insulin
July 2006Increase frequency BG checks while using IVIIC: check BG q1 hour
July 2006Eliminate SC Novolin 70/30 from hospital formulary and replace with SC Novolog 70/30
September 2006Implement insulin pump initiation/orders
May 2007Institute hypoglycemia prevention policy along with hypoglycemia treatment policy
June 2007Stress difference between juices: apple/orange juice: 15 g; and prune, cranberry, grape juice: 23 g

Intravenous Insulin Protocol

The HDTF initially reviewed 15 evidence‐based protocols and identified 5 desirable protocol characteristics. These characteristics included easy physician ordering (requiring only a signature), ability to quickly reach and maintain a BG target range, minimal risk for hypoglycemic events, adaptability for use anywhere in the hospital setting, and acceptance and implementation by nursing staff.16

The IV protocol, a web‐based calculator (Figure 1), was developed based on the concept of the multiplier by White et al.17 For this protocol, the IV infusion (IVI) rate is changed based on a formula that uses a multiplier (a surrogate for insulin sensitivity factor) and the difference between measured BG and target blood glucose (TBG). The calculator uses the following mathematical formula: rate of insulin infusion/hour = (current BG 60 mg/dL) 0.03.18, 19 Additionally, the protocol requires that enough insulin be infused to address severe hyperglycemia at initiation with a rapid reduction in the insulin infusion rate as BG normalizes. The protocol also permits an adjustment of the insulin rate by tenths of a unit per hour to maintain the BG in the center of the target range. The main variant of this protocol is the value of the starting multiplier. The web‐based calculator is currently being used in all 6 adult ICUs and on all of the adult medical‐surgical floors at MUSC.

Figure 1
Web interface image for intravenous insulin infusion calculator. Reprinted with permission from the Medical University of South Carolina.

In early 2006, all adult ICUs were using our in‐house, web‐based intravenous insulin infusion calculator (IVIIC), which prompted more BG readings with intensification of insulin drip use.19 Specifically, initial monitoring for the IVIIC included BG readings every 24 hours. To avoid hypoglycemic events from occurring with the intensification of BG readings for the IVIIC, the BG monitoring frequency was increased to every hour in July 2006. Initial treatment for hypoglycemia was D50% (12.525 g), which tended to overcorrect BG. In July 2006, we revised the protocol using aliquots of D50% specific to the BG reading.19 This action has resulted in decreasing the glycemic excursions observed due to overcorrection of hypoglycemia.

BG target ranges to match the level of care are as follows: intensive care unit (80110 mg/dL); labor and delivery (70110 mg/dL); adult medical/surgical floors (80140 mg/dL); diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA)/hyperosmolar nonketotic coma (HHNK) (150200 mg/dL); neurosurgery ICU (90120 mg/dL); and perioperative patients (140180 mg/dL).20 These BG targets were created to satisfy the clinical requests of specific departments at MUSC. We have restricted starting the multiplier for DKA/HHNK at 0.01, to affect a slower rate of change and the multiplier for all others is set at 0.03.

Transition From Intravenous to Subcutaneous Insulin

At MUSC, IV insulin therapy reverts to an SC insulin therapy protocol when the patient resumes PO feedings, discontinues pressor support, or stops volume resuscitation21 (see Supporting Figure 3 for the IV to SC insulin transition form). While preparing to stop IV insulin, SC insulinparticularly basal insulinshould begin at least 23 hours prior to discontinuing IV insulin. A short‐acting or rapid‐acting insulin may be given 12 hours SC prior to stopping IV insulin. This is particularly true for patients who are at risk for ketoacidosis, such as patients with type 1 diabetes.21 Recommendations for scheduled insulin administration include basal and prandial and correction doses of insulin to cover glycemic excursions. A minority of patients with stress hyperglycemia will not require conversion to SC insulin when discontinuing IV insulin therapy; however, BG monitoring and administration of correction insulin is recommended.

Data Collection

A retrospective chart review was approved by the MUSC Institutional Review Board, and the requirement of patient consent was waived. A database query against the hospital's electronic medical record was used to supply the data for this study. In particular, a complete listing of all finger‐stick BG measurements taken during June 2004 (preimplementation), June 2005 (implementation), and June 2006 and 2007 (postimplementation) was used. The sample included all inpatient stays for patients who had a documented history of diabetes or at least 1 BG reading in excess of 180 during the inpatient stay. Finger‐stick BG measurements taken within 50 minutes of another reading were excluded from the analysis to account for the increased testing frequency that occurs, per protocol, after detection of a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event. Finger‐stick BG levels were measured by the Abbott Precision PCX and downloaded directly into the university's electronic medical record.

Statistical Analysis and Considerations

Sample size estimation

A preliminary study of hypoglycemic rates in 2004 and 2005 was used to plan this analysis.22 In this preliminary study, 295 of 13,366 BG readings were mildly hypoglycemic before the glycemic protocol, yielding an estimated rate of 22.1 per 1,000 measurements. During the glycemic protocol implementation period (June 2005), an estimated rate per 1,000 measurements of 18.9 (289/15,324) was obtained. Using the binomial approximation to the Poisson, it was estimated that 30,499 additional BG measurements were needed to detect, with 80% power and a type I error rate of 0.05 (two‐sided), a rate ratio as small as 1.17 (22.1 per 1,000/18.9 per 1,000). Based on the number of BG measurements obtained in the preliminary study (14,000/month), two additional months of postintervention data were deemed necessary. Data from June 2006 and June 2007 were used to test the maintenance effects of the implemented glycemic management protocol.

Primary analysis

Mild, moderate, and severe hypoglycemia were defined as BG readings 5069 mg/dL, 4049 mg/dL, and <40 mg/dL, respectively.23 BG readings 250 mg/dL or higher were considered hyperglycemic. These events were summarized by the methods suggested for an inpatient setting.7 The first method treated each BG as an independent observation (i.e., ward‐level analysis for which the denominator was the total number of BG readings). This analysis represents a census, so statistical comparisons are not warranted (i.e., the population parameters are obtained), but the generalizability of the findings is limited accordingly. For the formal analysis of the prevalence of glycemic events by year, the patient‐day analysis was used. For this analysis, data were aggregated by each unique patient‐day. For each patient‐day, descriptive statistics were tabulated on the raw BG readings. For the determination of patient‐day occurrence of hypoglycemic events, the three hypoglycemic severities (mild, moderate, and severe) were treated as ordinal variables such that if a patient had a severe hypoglycemic episode on a given day, he was considered to have also had moderate and mild hypoglycemia for that day. This strategy was undertaken based on the belief that if a person had a worse outcome, then the less severe outcome also occurred during the same patient day.

The primary hypothesis was that the nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol implemented by 2005 would result in tighter BG control (lower rates of hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia) after implementation. To test this hypothesis, the patient‐day summary of BG readings was used to estimate the odds of an event for each year. The odds of developing mild (BG 5069 mg/dL), moderate (BG 4049 mg/dL), and severe (BG < 40 mg/dL) hypoglycemic events were compared using generalized estimating equations for correlated binary data.24 This analysis accounted for the clustering of observations (patient‐day summaries) within patient stay by modeling the correlation of outcomes within a patient stay. In addition to hypoglycemia, the proportion of patient days with a mean BG between 70180 mg/dL and the proportion of patients experiencing hyperglycemia (BG 250 mg/dL) was examined, and these results were analyzed using the same methodology used for the hypoglycemia endpoints. All analyses were conducted using SAS version 9.1.3 using the procedure GENMOD, a generalized linear modeling procedure in SAS/STAT.

Results

The baseline demographic characteristics of the four study groups are shown in Table 3. The four groups were found to be similar for gender distribution, mean age, and racial distribution. There were significant differences observed among hospital stay characteristics, insulin drip use, history of diabetes, ventilator support, kidney failure, dialysis, total parenteral nutrition (TPN), and red blood cell (RBC) transfusions. Overall, insulin drip use tended to increase over time. The percentage of patients with diabetes on admission or diagnosed during admission tended to decrease over time. This was likely due to an increase in the diagnosis and treatment of stress/steroid‐induced hyperglycemia during the hospital stay.

Baseline Demographic Characteristics
VariableAll Years Combined (n = 2102)*2004 (n = 434)2005 (n = 486)2006 (n = 609)2007 (n = 573)P value
  • Demographic data for a total of n = 113 patient records were unobtainable in the electronic medical record.

  • P values for categorical variables are for Pearson chi‐square statistics, and the P value for age is based on the Kruskal‐Wallis test.

Sex, male n (%)959 (45.6)186 (42.9)214 (44.0)292 (48.0)267 (46.6)0.34
Age (years), mean (SD)56.857.6 (14.8)58.0 (15.8)56.7 (16.1)55.4 (16.4)0.092
Race      
Caucasian1000 (47.6%)202 (46.5%)217 (44.7%)300 (49.3%)281 (49.0%)0.64
African American1059 (50.4%)226 (52.1%)255 (52.5%)299 (49.1%)279 (48.7%) 
Hispanic26 (1.2%)4 (0.9%)8 (1.6%)5 (0.8%)9 (1.6%) 
Other17 (0.8%)2 (0.5%)6 (1.2%)5 (0.8%)4 (0.7%) 
Hospital stay characteristics n (%)      
Floor only1630 (77.6%)355 (81.8)%389 (80.0%)430 (70.6%)456 (79.6%)<0.001
ICU only57 (2.7%)8 (1.8%)6 (1.2%)27 (4.4%)16 (2.8%) 
Floor and ICU415 (19.7%)71 (16.4%)91 (18.7%)152 (25.0%)101 (17.6%) 
Clinical characteristics n (%)      
Insulin drip, floor and ICU306 (14.6%)38 (8.8%)52 (10.7%)106 (17.4%)110 (19.2%)<0.001
Insulin drip, floor patients only70 (4.3%)4 (1.1%)9 (2.3%)22 (5.1%)35 (7.7%)<0.001
History of diabetes1677 (79.8%)392 (90.3%)431 (88.7%)442 (72.6%)412 (71.9%)<0.001
Ventilator support319 (15.2%)44 (10.1%)64 (13.2%)135 (22.2%)76 (13.3%)<0.001
Kidney failure250 (11.9%)41 (9.5%)52 (10.7%)95 (15.6%)62 (10.8%)0.008
Dialysis94 (4.5%)21 (4.8%)18 (3.7%)38 (6.2%)17 (3.0%)0.040
Total parenteral nutrition128 (6.1%)27 (6.2%)18 (3.7%)55 (9.0%)28 (4.9%)0.001
Red blood cell transfusions507 (24.1%)96 (22.1%)107 (22.0%)178 (29.2%)126 (22.0%)0.007

A total of 11,715 patient‐days, consisting of 56,401 individual BG readings obtained from 2,215 unique patients, were distributed across the 4 years. Table 4 presents the year‐specific patient‐day analysis. While the prevalence of mild (BG 5069 mg/dL) hypoglycemia was found to increase over the years studied (P < 0.01), the percentage of patient‐days with a mean BG in the range of 70180 mg/dL increased over the period of study (P < 0.01). The total hypoglycemia events <60 mg/dL are presented as comparative data to other studies.7 The percent of patient days with at least one BG < 70 mg/dL (reported in Table 4 as mild events) ranged from 3.72 in 2005 to as high as 10.71 in 2007; however, approximately one‐half of the hypoglycemic events are attributable to readings from BG 6069 since the proportion of patient days with a BG < 60 mg/dL was approximately one‐half that for BG < 70 mg/dL (Table 4). The prevalence of patient days with at least one moderate (BG 4049 mg/dL) or severe (BG < 40 mg/dL) hypoglycemia event was not found to increase in a linear manner. There was a statistical trend for potentially nonlinear relationship of year with moderate hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia.

Glucometric Summary by Year for Data Aggregated by Patient‐Day
 Year (number of patient days)Tests of significance*
Measure2004 (n = 2176)2005 (n = 2259)2006 (n = 3525)2007 (n = 3755)Linear trendType 3 test
  • Abbreviations: BG, blood glucose reading; IQR, interquartile range; SD, standard deviation.

  • P‐values reported from mixed models (mean BG over years) and generalized estimating equations (all other, ie, percentage of patient‐days with glycemic events). Linear trend is a single degree of freedom testing for a linear increase or decrease over time; the type 3 test allowed for indicator variables for each year and tests for any overall difference between any 2 years.

  • The summary measures are based on a patient‐day analysis. Blood glucose readings taken within 50 minutes were excluded from the analysis. For the mean and median values reported, the unit of analysis is the patient‐day mean BG (eg, the measures represent the mean/median of the patient‐specific patient‐day means). For the percentage measures, the percentage of patient‐days with at least 1 event of interest was tabulated.

BG mean (SD) (mg/dL)156 (82)152 (72)154 (51)149 (51)0.850.23
BG median [IQR] (mg/dL)136 [105, 186]136 [105, 181]144 [120, 177]137 [114, 169]N/AN/A
BG readings per patient‐day [mean (SD)]3.9 (2.4)4.2 (2.9)4.9 (3.4)5.7 (4.6)N/AN/A
% Patient‐days with mean BG in range (70‐180 mg/dL)69.5372.8276.6879.79<0.01<0.01
% BGs <60 mg/dL3.311.905.365.27<0.01<0.01
% Mild hypoglycemia (50‐69 mg/dL)6.203.7210.2410.71<0.01<0.01
% Moderate hypoglycemia (40‐49 mg/dL)1.880.842.752.080.15<0.01
% Severe hypoglycemia (<40 mg/dL)0.690.440.960.750.490.37
% Hyperglycemia (250 mg/dL)14.7111.7316.8515.150.230.02

Immediately following the implementation (year 2005), post hoc comparisons suggested that the rate of moderate hypoglycemia was lowest relative to the 3 other years, but no other statistical differences were observed. The year 2005 also had the lowest proportion of patient days with at least 1 hyperglycemic event.

The individual BG readings for the 2215 unique patients were also individually analyzed according to the methods of Goldberg et al.7 Even though no statistical tests were performed at the ward level, the descriptive data presented in Table 5 are consistent with the analysis of the patient‐day data. Several important features of the data are illustrated by Table 5. Most notably, the glycemic control at the hospital level is improved. The percentage of BG readings in the range of 70180 mg/dL increased annually whereas the mean BG values, the coefficient of variation, and the interquartile range (IQR) decreased annually.

Glycemic Summary of Individual Blood Glucose Readings Taken in June by Year by Ward‐Level
 Year (number of blood glucose readings)
 2004 (n = 8,504)2005 (n = 9,396)2006 (n = 17,098)2007 (n = 21,403)
  • NOTE: Blood glucose readings taken with 50 minutes of another reading were excluded from the analysis.

  • Abbreviations: BG, blood glucose reading; IQR, interquartile range; SD, standard deviation.

Number of patients434486612683
BG mean (SD) (mg/dL)156 (85)154 (81)149 (61)138 (57)
Coefficient of variation0.550.530.410.41
Median BG [IQR] (mg/dL)135 [101‐186]134 [103‐183]136 [108‐176]124 [101‐160]
% BGs in range (70‐180 mg/dL)68.0971.8073.7180.41
% Mild hypoglycemia (50‐69 mg/dL)3.352.012.572.30
% Moderate hypoglycemia (40‐49 mg/dL)0.950.290.470.26
% Severe hypoglycemia (<40 mg/dL)0.670.360.240.15
% Hyperglycemia (250 mg/dL)10.239.086.434.83

Conclusions

Collectively, we have shown that implementing standardized insulin order sets including hypoglycemia, SC insulin, IV insulin, and IV to SC insulin transition treatment protocols at MUSC may generate the expected benefits for patient safety for this population of patients. The primary hypothesis that the rate of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia would be lower after the implementation of these protocols was supported by the data, because the overall blood glucose control was markedly improved as a result of the protocols. However, the effect was strongest in 2005 (immediately following the protocol's implementation) and appeared to diminish some with time.

There were several other quality improvement measures initiated at MUSC that likely contributed to the decreasing rates of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. For example, comparing June 2004 with June 2007, the number of patients tested increased from 434 to 683. This increase could be attributed, in part, to a trend on medical/surgical services toward an increased focus on glucose monitoring.

When intensive glycemic control programs are implemented, hospitals should have a standardized, nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol.11 The success of such a hypoglycemia treatment protocol is demonstrated by the improvement observed at MUSC since the protocol was first implemented in October 2004.22

There are limitations that warrant consideration. A key limitation is that other procedural changes may have occurred during the years of study. Because the initial focus of the HDTF was to reduce hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic events, a multipronged approach was used, beginning with the treatment protocol but followed by other changes. These changes, while unmeasured in the current study, could have influenced the rate of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. Therefore, although the protocol that we developed has sound theoretical underpinnings, the improvement in glycemic control at other hospitals may vary. Second, because this was initially regarded as a quality improvement project for hospitalized patients with hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, we did not evaluate morbidity, mortality, or other clinical outcome data other than BG targets and incidences of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. Third, there was no concurrent control group established for this study, rather the study used a retrospective, nonrandomized design with a historical control. As previously mentioned, we cannot rule out the idea that other changes occurred between the preprotocol and postprotocol interval to influence our results. Finally, there are statistical limitations to the research.

One limitation regarding the analysis of the BG data was the potential for an increased type I error (ie, false‐positive result) due to clustering of BG values within a patient and increased monitoring frequencies when a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event was observed. The generalized estimating equations directly addressed the first concern. In particular, the effective sample size for each participant was a function of the number of patient‐days and the correlation of patient‐day summaries. Therefore, patients with several highly‐correlated outcomes would contribute less to the analysis than other patients with the same number of patient‐days that were correlated to a lesser extent. As for the second concern, the patient‐day frequencies alleviate this problem and avoid the length‐of‐stay bias associated with a patient‐level (or patient‐stay) analysis. Power was less than planned due in part to the use of the patient‐day analysis instead of the originally designed ward‐level analysis. The change in the statistical design was a response to emerging evidence in the literature.7

In conclusion, the hypothesis that MUSC patients benefit from the use of standardized insulin order sets, hypoglycemia, and hyperglycemia treatment protocols, is supported by the data collected in this study. Because it has been recommended that a hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia prevention protocol as well as a hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia treatment protocol be in place, the HDTF will be focusing on the actual prevention of the hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic incidents occurring in the first place.2, 25 This may result in further reductions of hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic events. We have recently implemented hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia prevention policies at MUSC.

Files
References
  1. Ace ADA Task Force on Inpatient Diabetes.American College of Endocrinology and American Diabetes Association Consensus Statement on Inpatient Diabetes and Glycemic Control.Endocr Pract.2006;12(4):458468.
  2. ADA Writing Group.Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes—2008.Diabetes Care.2008;31(suppl 1):S12S54.
  3. Clement S,Braithwaite SS,Magee MF, et al.Management of diabetes and hyperglycemia in hospitals.Diabetes Care.2004;27(2):553591.
  4. Garber AJ,Moghissi ES,Bransome ED, et al.American College of Endocrinology Position Statement on Inpatient Diabetes and Metabolic Control.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):4–9.
  5. Van den Berghe G,Wouters P,Weekers F, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the critically ill patients.N Engl J Med.2001;345:13591367.
  6. Van den Berghe G,Wilmer A,Hermans G, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the medical ICU.N Engl J Med.2006;354(5):449461.
  7. Goldberg PA,Bozzo JE,Thomas PG, et al.“Glucometrics”: assessing the quality of inpatient glucose management.Diabetes Technol Ther.2006;8(5):560569.
  8. Maynard G.Society of Hospital Medicine Glycemic Control Task Force, Track Performance; Introducing Glucometrics. SHM;2007.
  9. Ku SY,Sayre CA,Hirsch IB,Kelly JL.New insulin infusion protocol improves blood glucose control in hospitalized patients without increasing hypoglycemia.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2005;31(3):141147.
  10. Evert A,Nauseth R.The new insulin analogs: using a team approach to implement basal‐bolus insulin therapy.Pract Diabetol.2004; June:2837.
  11. Hirsch I,Braithwaite S,Verderese C.Practical Management of Inpatient Hyperglycemia.Lakeville, CT:Hilliard Publishing, LLC;2005.
  12. Fischer KF,Lees JA,Newman JH.Hypoglycemia in hospitalized patients. causes and outcomes.N Engl J Med.1986;315(20):12451250.
  13. Reising DL.Acute hypoglycemia: keeping the bottom from falling out.Nursing.1995;25(2):4148; quiz 50.
  14. Schaller J,Welsh JR.Myths and facts about diabetic hypoglycemia.Nursing.1994;24(6):67.
  15. Magee MF,Clement S.Subcutaneous insulin therapy in the hospital setting: issues, concerns, and implementation.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):8188.
  16. Davidson PC,Steed RD,Bode BW.Glucommander: a computer‐directed intravenous insulin system shown to be safe, simple, and effective in 120,618 h of operation.Diabetes Care.2005;28(10):24182423.
  17. White NH,Skor D,Santiago JV.Practical closed‐loop insulin delivery. a system for the maintenance of overnight euglycemia and the calculation of basal insulin requirements in insulin‐dependent diabetics.Ann Intern Med.1982;97:210213.
  18. Hermayer K.Strategies for controlling glucose in the intensive care unit.Clin Pulmon Med.2006;13(6):332347.
  19. Hermayer KL,Neal DE,Hushion TV, et al.Outcomes of a cardiothoracic intensive care web‐based online intravenous insulin infusion calculator study at a medical university hospital.Diabetes Technol Ther.2007;9(6):523534.
  20. Hermayer KL,Hushion TV,Arnold PC,Wojciechowski B.Outcomes of a nursing in‐service to evaluate acceptance of a web‐based insulin infusion calculator.J Diabetes Sci Technol.2008;2(3):376383.
  21. Bode BW,Braithwaite SS,Steed RD,Davidson PC.Intravenous insulin infusion therapy: indications, methods, and transition to subcutaneous insulin therapy.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):7180.
  22. Hermayer K,Cawley P,Arnold P, et al.Outcomes of a hypoglycemia treatment protocol in a medical university hospital [Abstract].Diabetes.2006;55:203OR.
  23. Korytkowski M,Dinardo M,Donihi AC,Bigi L,Devita M.Evolution of a diabetes inpatient safety committee.Endocr Pract.2006;12(suppl 3):9199.
  24. Zeger SL,Liang KY.Longitudinal data analysis for discrete and continuous outcomes.Biometrics.1986;42(1):121130.
  25. Braithwaite SS,Buie MM,Thompson CL, et al.Hospital hypoglycemia: not only treatment but also prevention.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):8999.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
331-339
Legacy Keywords
diabetes, outcomes measurements, patient safety, quality improvement, teamwork
Sections
Files
Files
Article PDF
Article PDF

The concept of improved inpatient diabetes control has been gaining attention in hospitals nationwide as a mechanism for improving patient outcomes, decreasing readmission rates, reducing cost of care, and shortening hospital length of stay.14 The growing recognition that glycemic control is a critical element of inpatient care has prompted several national agencies, including the National Quality Forum (NQF), University Health System Consortium (UHC), Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), and the Joint Commission (JC) to make inpatient diabetes control a focus of quality improvement efforts and outcomes tracking.1 There is a national trend toward the use of intravenous insulin infusion for tight glycemic control of stress‐induced hyperglycemia in postoperative intensive care unit (ICU) and medical ICU patients.5, 6 Consequently, there is a need for the development of a standardized approach for performance evaluation of subcutaneous and intravenous insulin protocols, while ensuring patient safety issues. The analysis of glucose outcomes is based on the systematic analysis of blood glucose (BG) performance metrics known as glucometrics.7, 8 This has provided a means to measure the success of hospital quality improvement programs over time.

The 2008 American Diabetes Association (ADA) Clinical Practice Recommendations endorse BG goals for the critically ill to be maintained as close as possible to 110 mg/dL (6.1 mmol/L) and generally <140 mg/dL (7.8 mmol/L).2 The American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists/The American College of Endocrinology guidelines recommend for ICU care BG in the range of 80110 mg/dL.1, 4 Regarding the non‐critically ill patients, the ADA recommends targets for fasting BG of <126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) and all random BG 180200 mg/dL (1011.1 mmol/L).2 A limitation for these BG goals is hypoglycemia; the ADA endorses that hospitals try to achieve these lower BG values through quality improvement initiatives devised to systematically and safely reduce the BG targets.2

Materials and Methods

The Medical University of South Carolina (MUSC) is a 709‐bed tertiary‐care medical/surgical center located in Charleston, South Carolina. The medical center consists of 6 adult ICUs: medical intensive care unit, coronary care unit, cardiothoracic intensive care unit, neurosurgical intensive care unit, neurosurgical trauma intensive care unit, and surgical trauma intensive care unit. Overall, 14% of patients are in the ICUs, and 86% of patients are on the wards. MUSC has an extensive referral network including neighboring hospitals, rehabilitation centers, outpatient specialty treatment and imaging centers, and doctors' offices.

MUSC Hospital Diabetes Task Force

In 2003, the Medical Executive Committee (MEC) and the Medical Director of the MUSC Medical Center mandated that a Hospital Diabetes Task Force (HDTF) be created to improve the care of patients with diabetes hospitalized at our facility. The initial goal of the HDTF was to develop a multidisciplinary team that would address the barriers to achieving glycemic control in the inpatient setting. Chaired by an endocrinologist, the HDTF currently consists of representatives from medicine (endocrinology and hospital medicine), surgery, nursing, diabetes education, nutrition, hospital administration, pharmacy, house staff, and laboratory medicine. The HDTF has been responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of standardized nursing flow sheets for diabetic patients, order sets for subcutaneous and intravenous insulin administration, protocols for management of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, and systems tracking outcomes for quality improvement. The HDTF has also taken the lead in educating physician and nursing staff in the proper use of the new protocols and procedures.

Development of Hypoglycemia Protocol

The task force began with the hypoglycemia policy that was currently in place at the time. Initially developed in 1993, the policy outlined guidelines for the nursing staff to follow in the treatment of hypoglycemia. Over the course of 6 months, the task force revised the policy as well as the hypoglycemia protocol based on the following principles:

  • Nurse‐initiated orders for treatment of hypoglycemia throughout the hospital.

  • Standardized treatment for hypoglycemia based on patient type and degree of hypoglycemia.

  • Availability of glucose tablets, glucagon, and intravenous 50% dextrose (D50%) in easily accessible areas on all units.

  • Linkage of the hypoglycemia protocol to all insulin orders.

  • Extensive education of hypoglycemia symptom recognition and treatment.

  • Linkage of the hypoglycemia protocol to nursing documentation.

  • Development of carbohydrate counting in the hospital.

 

The assumption was that a major revision of the hypoglycemia protocol, based on these principles, would ensure better patient safety against hypoglycemic events, especially in light of the intensive medical management of glycemic control. On October 1, 2004, MUSC instituted a nurse‐initiated order for a hospital‐based hypoglycemia protocol to begin treatment for all BG <70 mg/dL. The hypoglycemia protocol became a part of the online adult insulin prescribing system so that when the physician signed the adult online insulin orders, the hypoglycemia protocol was ordered at the same time. Nursing units were stocked with glucose tablets, intramuscular glucagon, and D50% for consistent treatment of hypoglycemia.

Modifications to the hypoglycemia protocol included the following: in July 2006changing to specific aliquots of D50% for treatment of hypoglycemia to avoid overcorrection of low BG; reinforcing the need with the nursing staff to recheck BG 15 minutes after an episode of hypoglycemia; listing of juice as a last form of treatment for hypoglycemia; and in May 2007instituting a hypoglycemia prevention policy along with a hypoglycemia treatment policy (see Table 1 for hypoglycemia treatment protocol).

Hypoglycemia Protocol Actions
Patient CharacteristicsAction To Be Taken
  • NOTE: Copyright 2006 Medical University of South Carolina. All rights reserved. Reprinted with permission from the Medical University of South Carolina.

The patient is unable to eat or swallow safelyAdminister dextrose 50% by intravenous push as follows:
The patient is NPO15 mL (7.5 g) for BG 6069 mg/dL
OR20 mL (10 g) for BG 5059 mg/dL
The patient is unconscious25 mL (12.5 g) for BG 3049 mg/dL
AND30 mL (15 g) for BG <30 mg/dL
The patient has intravenous accessAssess unconscious patient for adequate airway, breathing, and circulation
 If possible place patient in a lateral recumbent position to decrease aspiration
Place patient on seizure precautions
Recheck BG every 15 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 mg/dL
The patient is unable to eat or swallow safelyAdminister 1 mg glucagon intramuscularly
The patient is NPOAssess patient for adequate airway, breathing, and circulation
ORPlace patient in a lateral recumbent position to decrease aspiration
The patient is unconsciousPlace patient on seizure precautions
ANDEstablish intravenous access
The patient does not have intravenous accessRecheck BG and consciousness every 5 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 and patient is awake
The patient is able to eat and swallow safelyFeed with 15 grams of carbohydrate in order of preference from the following:
ORFast Fifteen: 3 glucose tablets
The patient has a patent nasogastric tube1 tablespoon of sugar (3 packets)
 4 oz (120 mL) of regular soda
4 oz (120 mL) of juice
Recheck BG in 15 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 mg/dL
It will be necessary to give the patient extra food after blood glucose is greater than 70 mg/dL if hypoglycemia occurs greater than 1 hour from meal or occurs during sleeping hours. Feed the
 patient 1 of the following:
 8 oz (1 cup) of whole milk
 6 saltine crackers with 2 tablespoons of peanut butter
  6 saltine crackers with 1 oz. cheese

Education of Hospital Personnel

In addition to the development of the hypoglycemia protocol and a nursing flow sheet dedicated specifically to the use of insulinthe insulin Medication Administration Record (MAR) (Supporting Figure 1)a key piece in the implementation strategy was the development of an educational program for the nurses, house staff, and medical personnel about policies and procedures. Many in‐service sessions were conducted to outline the protocols and to troubleshoot any difficulties.9 The key champion for training the nurses was a hospital RN Certified Diabetes Educator (CDE) who was instrumental in obtaining in‐hospital nursing support for the protocols. A series of 30‐minute to 60‐minute in‐service sessions were conducted for nursing staff on each unit before the protocols were launched. To ensure that these in‐services were presented to as many staff as possible, the sessions were repeated at least two times for each shift. An important aspect of the education was the understanding of the different types of insulin and the concepts addressing the ways insulin can be used for maintenance of euglycemia: basal, prandial, and correction.14, 10, 11 This education also included information regarding ADA BG targets, characteristics of an insulin‐deficient patient, defining type 1 and type 2 diabetes, a review about insulin requirements during health and illness, treatment of hypoglycemia, information about insulin products, the concept of carbohydrate counting, and proper documentation of patient treatment.2, 1214

Subcutaneous Insulin Protocol

The protocols for subcutaneous (SC) insulin developed by the HDTF targeted a BG range of 70140 mg/dL on the medical surgical floors (Supporting Figure 2). The forms developed were based on scheduled or programmed insulin, which consists of basal and prandial/nutritional insulin with SC correction‐dose insulin.15 Correction or supplemental insulin is used to treat elevated BGs that occur before meals or between meals. If used at bedtime, the correction insulin is lowered to prevent nocturnal hypoglycemia. Correction‐dose insulin is different from sliding‐scale insulin, which is a predetermined amount of insulin used to treat hyperglycemia without regard to prior insulin administration or timing of food intake.15 When patients are hospitalized, scheduled and correction insulin doses are raised to cover the increased insulin needs of basal, prandial, and nutritional dosing in the hospital settting.3 As routine process of care, oral antihyperglycemic agents were recommended to be stopped at the time of hospital admission.

In January 2006, MUSC instituted a surveillance plan with nursing CDEs who reviewed charts for events of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia: BG < 60 mg/dL and two BGs >200 mg/dL, respectively. In January 2006, all sliding‐scale insulin protocols were eliminated and replaced with basal, prandial, and correction insulin protocols. In July 2006, MUSC eliminated SC regular insulin use and replaced it with SC analog insulin use, except for a rare patient exception.

To reduce insulin errors, our hospital formulary was restricted to the following insulin use: SC glargine, SC neutral protamine hagedorn (NPH), SC aspartame, and intravenous (IV) regular (Table 2 shows the time line for hospital upgrades, with dates).

Time Line for Hospital Upgrades with Dates
DateIntervention
September 2003Formation of HDTF
October 2004Initiation of hypoglycemia protocol: MD standing order for nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol
January‐May 2005Intensive nursing education: how to Rx hypoglycemia, nursing flow sheet (insulin MAR), patient education record, CHO counting, insulin concepts
October 2005Began using IVIIC in CT Surgery
January 2006Surveillance plan with CDE chart checks: hypoglycemia <60 mg/dL and hyperglycemia two BGs >200 mg/dL
January 2006All sliding‐scale insulin protocols eliminated and replaced with preprinted protocols basal dose based on body weight, prandial dose based on body weight, and correction dose based on total daily dose of insulin
February 2006All adult ICUs using IVIIC with BG checks q 2‐4 hour
June 2006Stress need to use juice last in Rx hypoglycemia, so not to over treat patients
July 2006Use aliquots D50 to Rx different severities of hypoglycemia
July 2006Elimination of SC regular insulin and replace it with SC insulin analog use. Hospital formulary restricted to: SC glargine, SC NPH, SC aspart, and IV regular insulin
July 2006Increase frequency BG checks while using IVIIC: check BG q1 hour
July 2006Eliminate SC Novolin 70/30 from hospital formulary and replace with SC Novolog 70/30
September 2006Implement insulin pump initiation/orders
May 2007Institute hypoglycemia prevention policy along with hypoglycemia treatment policy
June 2007Stress difference between juices: apple/orange juice: 15 g; and prune, cranberry, grape juice: 23 g

Intravenous Insulin Protocol

The HDTF initially reviewed 15 evidence‐based protocols and identified 5 desirable protocol characteristics. These characteristics included easy physician ordering (requiring only a signature), ability to quickly reach and maintain a BG target range, minimal risk for hypoglycemic events, adaptability for use anywhere in the hospital setting, and acceptance and implementation by nursing staff.16

The IV protocol, a web‐based calculator (Figure 1), was developed based on the concept of the multiplier by White et al.17 For this protocol, the IV infusion (IVI) rate is changed based on a formula that uses a multiplier (a surrogate for insulin sensitivity factor) and the difference between measured BG and target blood glucose (TBG). The calculator uses the following mathematical formula: rate of insulin infusion/hour = (current BG 60 mg/dL) 0.03.18, 19 Additionally, the protocol requires that enough insulin be infused to address severe hyperglycemia at initiation with a rapid reduction in the insulin infusion rate as BG normalizes. The protocol also permits an adjustment of the insulin rate by tenths of a unit per hour to maintain the BG in the center of the target range. The main variant of this protocol is the value of the starting multiplier. The web‐based calculator is currently being used in all 6 adult ICUs and on all of the adult medical‐surgical floors at MUSC.

Figure 1
Web interface image for intravenous insulin infusion calculator. Reprinted with permission from the Medical University of South Carolina.

In early 2006, all adult ICUs were using our in‐house, web‐based intravenous insulin infusion calculator (IVIIC), which prompted more BG readings with intensification of insulin drip use.19 Specifically, initial monitoring for the IVIIC included BG readings every 24 hours. To avoid hypoglycemic events from occurring with the intensification of BG readings for the IVIIC, the BG monitoring frequency was increased to every hour in July 2006. Initial treatment for hypoglycemia was D50% (12.525 g), which tended to overcorrect BG. In July 2006, we revised the protocol using aliquots of D50% specific to the BG reading.19 This action has resulted in decreasing the glycemic excursions observed due to overcorrection of hypoglycemia.

BG target ranges to match the level of care are as follows: intensive care unit (80110 mg/dL); labor and delivery (70110 mg/dL); adult medical/surgical floors (80140 mg/dL); diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA)/hyperosmolar nonketotic coma (HHNK) (150200 mg/dL); neurosurgery ICU (90120 mg/dL); and perioperative patients (140180 mg/dL).20 These BG targets were created to satisfy the clinical requests of specific departments at MUSC. We have restricted starting the multiplier for DKA/HHNK at 0.01, to affect a slower rate of change and the multiplier for all others is set at 0.03.

Transition From Intravenous to Subcutaneous Insulin

At MUSC, IV insulin therapy reverts to an SC insulin therapy protocol when the patient resumes PO feedings, discontinues pressor support, or stops volume resuscitation21 (see Supporting Figure 3 for the IV to SC insulin transition form). While preparing to stop IV insulin, SC insulinparticularly basal insulinshould begin at least 23 hours prior to discontinuing IV insulin. A short‐acting or rapid‐acting insulin may be given 12 hours SC prior to stopping IV insulin. This is particularly true for patients who are at risk for ketoacidosis, such as patients with type 1 diabetes.21 Recommendations for scheduled insulin administration include basal and prandial and correction doses of insulin to cover glycemic excursions. A minority of patients with stress hyperglycemia will not require conversion to SC insulin when discontinuing IV insulin therapy; however, BG monitoring and administration of correction insulin is recommended.

Data Collection

A retrospective chart review was approved by the MUSC Institutional Review Board, and the requirement of patient consent was waived. A database query against the hospital's electronic medical record was used to supply the data for this study. In particular, a complete listing of all finger‐stick BG measurements taken during June 2004 (preimplementation), June 2005 (implementation), and June 2006 and 2007 (postimplementation) was used. The sample included all inpatient stays for patients who had a documented history of diabetes or at least 1 BG reading in excess of 180 during the inpatient stay. Finger‐stick BG measurements taken within 50 minutes of another reading were excluded from the analysis to account for the increased testing frequency that occurs, per protocol, after detection of a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event. Finger‐stick BG levels were measured by the Abbott Precision PCX and downloaded directly into the university's electronic medical record.

Statistical Analysis and Considerations

Sample size estimation

A preliminary study of hypoglycemic rates in 2004 and 2005 was used to plan this analysis.22 In this preliminary study, 295 of 13,366 BG readings were mildly hypoglycemic before the glycemic protocol, yielding an estimated rate of 22.1 per 1,000 measurements. During the glycemic protocol implementation period (June 2005), an estimated rate per 1,000 measurements of 18.9 (289/15,324) was obtained. Using the binomial approximation to the Poisson, it was estimated that 30,499 additional BG measurements were needed to detect, with 80% power and a type I error rate of 0.05 (two‐sided), a rate ratio as small as 1.17 (22.1 per 1,000/18.9 per 1,000). Based on the number of BG measurements obtained in the preliminary study (14,000/month), two additional months of postintervention data were deemed necessary. Data from June 2006 and June 2007 were used to test the maintenance effects of the implemented glycemic management protocol.

Primary analysis

Mild, moderate, and severe hypoglycemia were defined as BG readings 5069 mg/dL, 4049 mg/dL, and <40 mg/dL, respectively.23 BG readings 250 mg/dL or higher were considered hyperglycemic. These events were summarized by the methods suggested for an inpatient setting.7 The first method treated each BG as an independent observation (i.e., ward‐level analysis for which the denominator was the total number of BG readings). This analysis represents a census, so statistical comparisons are not warranted (i.e., the population parameters are obtained), but the generalizability of the findings is limited accordingly. For the formal analysis of the prevalence of glycemic events by year, the patient‐day analysis was used. For this analysis, data were aggregated by each unique patient‐day. For each patient‐day, descriptive statistics were tabulated on the raw BG readings. For the determination of patient‐day occurrence of hypoglycemic events, the three hypoglycemic severities (mild, moderate, and severe) were treated as ordinal variables such that if a patient had a severe hypoglycemic episode on a given day, he was considered to have also had moderate and mild hypoglycemia for that day. This strategy was undertaken based on the belief that if a person had a worse outcome, then the less severe outcome also occurred during the same patient day.

The primary hypothesis was that the nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol implemented by 2005 would result in tighter BG control (lower rates of hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia) after implementation. To test this hypothesis, the patient‐day summary of BG readings was used to estimate the odds of an event for each year. The odds of developing mild (BG 5069 mg/dL), moderate (BG 4049 mg/dL), and severe (BG < 40 mg/dL) hypoglycemic events were compared using generalized estimating equations for correlated binary data.24 This analysis accounted for the clustering of observations (patient‐day summaries) within patient stay by modeling the correlation of outcomes within a patient stay. In addition to hypoglycemia, the proportion of patient days with a mean BG between 70180 mg/dL and the proportion of patients experiencing hyperglycemia (BG 250 mg/dL) was examined, and these results were analyzed using the same methodology used for the hypoglycemia endpoints. All analyses were conducted using SAS version 9.1.3 using the procedure GENMOD, a generalized linear modeling procedure in SAS/STAT.

Results

The baseline demographic characteristics of the four study groups are shown in Table 3. The four groups were found to be similar for gender distribution, mean age, and racial distribution. There were significant differences observed among hospital stay characteristics, insulin drip use, history of diabetes, ventilator support, kidney failure, dialysis, total parenteral nutrition (TPN), and red blood cell (RBC) transfusions. Overall, insulin drip use tended to increase over time. The percentage of patients with diabetes on admission or diagnosed during admission tended to decrease over time. This was likely due to an increase in the diagnosis and treatment of stress/steroid‐induced hyperglycemia during the hospital stay.

Baseline Demographic Characteristics
VariableAll Years Combined (n = 2102)*2004 (n = 434)2005 (n = 486)2006 (n = 609)2007 (n = 573)P value
  • Demographic data for a total of n = 113 patient records were unobtainable in the electronic medical record.

  • P values for categorical variables are for Pearson chi‐square statistics, and the P value for age is based on the Kruskal‐Wallis test.

Sex, male n (%)959 (45.6)186 (42.9)214 (44.0)292 (48.0)267 (46.6)0.34
Age (years), mean (SD)56.857.6 (14.8)58.0 (15.8)56.7 (16.1)55.4 (16.4)0.092
Race      
Caucasian1000 (47.6%)202 (46.5%)217 (44.7%)300 (49.3%)281 (49.0%)0.64
African American1059 (50.4%)226 (52.1%)255 (52.5%)299 (49.1%)279 (48.7%) 
Hispanic26 (1.2%)4 (0.9%)8 (1.6%)5 (0.8%)9 (1.6%) 
Other17 (0.8%)2 (0.5%)6 (1.2%)5 (0.8%)4 (0.7%) 
Hospital stay characteristics n (%)      
Floor only1630 (77.6%)355 (81.8)%389 (80.0%)430 (70.6%)456 (79.6%)<0.001
ICU only57 (2.7%)8 (1.8%)6 (1.2%)27 (4.4%)16 (2.8%) 
Floor and ICU415 (19.7%)71 (16.4%)91 (18.7%)152 (25.0%)101 (17.6%) 
Clinical characteristics n (%)      
Insulin drip, floor and ICU306 (14.6%)38 (8.8%)52 (10.7%)106 (17.4%)110 (19.2%)<0.001
Insulin drip, floor patients only70 (4.3%)4 (1.1%)9 (2.3%)22 (5.1%)35 (7.7%)<0.001
History of diabetes1677 (79.8%)392 (90.3%)431 (88.7%)442 (72.6%)412 (71.9%)<0.001
Ventilator support319 (15.2%)44 (10.1%)64 (13.2%)135 (22.2%)76 (13.3%)<0.001
Kidney failure250 (11.9%)41 (9.5%)52 (10.7%)95 (15.6%)62 (10.8%)0.008
Dialysis94 (4.5%)21 (4.8%)18 (3.7%)38 (6.2%)17 (3.0%)0.040
Total parenteral nutrition128 (6.1%)27 (6.2%)18 (3.7%)55 (9.0%)28 (4.9%)0.001
Red blood cell transfusions507 (24.1%)96 (22.1%)107 (22.0%)178 (29.2%)126 (22.0%)0.007

A total of 11,715 patient‐days, consisting of 56,401 individual BG readings obtained from 2,215 unique patients, were distributed across the 4 years. Table 4 presents the year‐specific patient‐day analysis. While the prevalence of mild (BG 5069 mg/dL) hypoglycemia was found to increase over the years studied (P < 0.01), the percentage of patient‐days with a mean BG in the range of 70180 mg/dL increased over the period of study (P < 0.01). The total hypoglycemia events <60 mg/dL are presented as comparative data to other studies.7 The percent of patient days with at least one BG < 70 mg/dL (reported in Table 4 as mild events) ranged from 3.72 in 2005 to as high as 10.71 in 2007; however, approximately one‐half of the hypoglycemic events are attributable to readings from BG 6069 since the proportion of patient days with a BG < 60 mg/dL was approximately one‐half that for BG < 70 mg/dL (Table 4). The prevalence of patient days with at least one moderate (BG 4049 mg/dL) or severe (BG < 40 mg/dL) hypoglycemia event was not found to increase in a linear manner. There was a statistical trend for potentially nonlinear relationship of year with moderate hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia.

Glucometric Summary by Year for Data Aggregated by Patient‐Day
 Year (number of patient days)Tests of significance*
Measure2004 (n = 2176)2005 (n = 2259)2006 (n = 3525)2007 (n = 3755)Linear trendType 3 test
  • Abbreviations: BG, blood glucose reading; IQR, interquartile range; SD, standard deviation.

  • P‐values reported from mixed models (mean BG over years) and generalized estimating equations (all other, ie, percentage of patient‐days with glycemic events). Linear trend is a single degree of freedom testing for a linear increase or decrease over time; the type 3 test allowed for indicator variables for each year and tests for any overall difference between any 2 years.

  • The summary measures are based on a patient‐day analysis. Blood glucose readings taken within 50 minutes were excluded from the analysis. For the mean and median values reported, the unit of analysis is the patient‐day mean BG (eg, the measures represent the mean/median of the patient‐specific patient‐day means). For the percentage measures, the percentage of patient‐days with at least 1 event of interest was tabulated.

BG mean (SD) (mg/dL)156 (82)152 (72)154 (51)149 (51)0.850.23
BG median [IQR] (mg/dL)136 [105, 186]136 [105, 181]144 [120, 177]137 [114, 169]N/AN/A
BG readings per patient‐day [mean (SD)]3.9 (2.4)4.2 (2.9)4.9 (3.4)5.7 (4.6)N/AN/A
% Patient‐days with mean BG in range (70‐180 mg/dL)69.5372.8276.6879.79<0.01<0.01
% BGs <60 mg/dL3.311.905.365.27<0.01<0.01
% Mild hypoglycemia (50‐69 mg/dL)6.203.7210.2410.71<0.01<0.01
% Moderate hypoglycemia (40‐49 mg/dL)1.880.842.752.080.15<0.01
% Severe hypoglycemia (<40 mg/dL)0.690.440.960.750.490.37
% Hyperglycemia (250 mg/dL)14.7111.7316.8515.150.230.02

Immediately following the implementation (year 2005), post hoc comparisons suggested that the rate of moderate hypoglycemia was lowest relative to the 3 other years, but no other statistical differences were observed. The year 2005 also had the lowest proportion of patient days with at least 1 hyperglycemic event.

The individual BG readings for the 2215 unique patients were also individually analyzed according to the methods of Goldberg et al.7 Even though no statistical tests were performed at the ward level, the descriptive data presented in Table 5 are consistent with the analysis of the patient‐day data. Several important features of the data are illustrated by Table 5. Most notably, the glycemic control at the hospital level is improved. The percentage of BG readings in the range of 70180 mg/dL increased annually whereas the mean BG values, the coefficient of variation, and the interquartile range (IQR) decreased annually.

Glycemic Summary of Individual Blood Glucose Readings Taken in June by Year by Ward‐Level
 Year (number of blood glucose readings)
 2004 (n = 8,504)2005 (n = 9,396)2006 (n = 17,098)2007 (n = 21,403)
  • NOTE: Blood glucose readings taken with 50 minutes of another reading were excluded from the analysis.

  • Abbreviations: BG, blood glucose reading; IQR, interquartile range; SD, standard deviation.

Number of patients434486612683
BG mean (SD) (mg/dL)156 (85)154 (81)149 (61)138 (57)
Coefficient of variation0.550.530.410.41
Median BG [IQR] (mg/dL)135 [101‐186]134 [103‐183]136 [108‐176]124 [101‐160]
% BGs in range (70‐180 mg/dL)68.0971.8073.7180.41
% Mild hypoglycemia (50‐69 mg/dL)3.352.012.572.30
% Moderate hypoglycemia (40‐49 mg/dL)0.950.290.470.26
% Severe hypoglycemia (<40 mg/dL)0.670.360.240.15
% Hyperglycemia (250 mg/dL)10.239.086.434.83

Conclusions

Collectively, we have shown that implementing standardized insulin order sets including hypoglycemia, SC insulin, IV insulin, and IV to SC insulin transition treatment protocols at MUSC may generate the expected benefits for patient safety for this population of patients. The primary hypothesis that the rate of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia would be lower after the implementation of these protocols was supported by the data, because the overall blood glucose control was markedly improved as a result of the protocols. However, the effect was strongest in 2005 (immediately following the protocol's implementation) and appeared to diminish some with time.

There were several other quality improvement measures initiated at MUSC that likely contributed to the decreasing rates of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. For example, comparing June 2004 with June 2007, the number of patients tested increased from 434 to 683. This increase could be attributed, in part, to a trend on medical/surgical services toward an increased focus on glucose monitoring.

When intensive glycemic control programs are implemented, hospitals should have a standardized, nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol.11 The success of such a hypoglycemia treatment protocol is demonstrated by the improvement observed at MUSC since the protocol was first implemented in October 2004.22

There are limitations that warrant consideration. A key limitation is that other procedural changes may have occurred during the years of study. Because the initial focus of the HDTF was to reduce hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic events, a multipronged approach was used, beginning with the treatment protocol but followed by other changes. These changes, while unmeasured in the current study, could have influenced the rate of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. Therefore, although the protocol that we developed has sound theoretical underpinnings, the improvement in glycemic control at other hospitals may vary. Second, because this was initially regarded as a quality improvement project for hospitalized patients with hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, we did not evaluate morbidity, mortality, or other clinical outcome data other than BG targets and incidences of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. Third, there was no concurrent control group established for this study, rather the study used a retrospective, nonrandomized design with a historical control. As previously mentioned, we cannot rule out the idea that other changes occurred between the preprotocol and postprotocol interval to influence our results. Finally, there are statistical limitations to the research.

One limitation regarding the analysis of the BG data was the potential for an increased type I error (ie, false‐positive result) due to clustering of BG values within a patient and increased monitoring frequencies when a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event was observed. The generalized estimating equations directly addressed the first concern. In particular, the effective sample size for each participant was a function of the number of patient‐days and the correlation of patient‐day summaries. Therefore, patients with several highly‐correlated outcomes would contribute less to the analysis than other patients with the same number of patient‐days that were correlated to a lesser extent. As for the second concern, the patient‐day frequencies alleviate this problem and avoid the length‐of‐stay bias associated with a patient‐level (or patient‐stay) analysis. Power was less than planned due in part to the use of the patient‐day analysis instead of the originally designed ward‐level analysis. The change in the statistical design was a response to emerging evidence in the literature.7

In conclusion, the hypothesis that MUSC patients benefit from the use of standardized insulin order sets, hypoglycemia, and hyperglycemia treatment protocols, is supported by the data collected in this study. Because it has been recommended that a hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia prevention protocol as well as a hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia treatment protocol be in place, the HDTF will be focusing on the actual prevention of the hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic incidents occurring in the first place.2, 25 This may result in further reductions of hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic events. We have recently implemented hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia prevention policies at MUSC.

The concept of improved inpatient diabetes control has been gaining attention in hospitals nationwide as a mechanism for improving patient outcomes, decreasing readmission rates, reducing cost of care, and shortening hospital length of stay.14 The growing recognition that glycemic control is a critical element of inpatient care has prompted several national agencies, including the National Quality Forum (NQF), University Health System Consortium (UHC), Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), and the Joint Commission (JC) to make inpatient diabetes control a focus of quality improvement efforts and outcomes tracking.1 There is a national trend toward the use of intravenous insulin infusion for tight glycemic control of stress‐induced hyperglycemia in postoperative intensive care unit (ICU) and medical ICU patients.5, 6 Consequently, there is a need for the development of a standardized approach for performance evaluation of subcutaneous and intravenous insulin protocols, while ensuring patient safety issues. The analysis of glucose outcomes is based on the systematic analysis of blood glucose (BG) performance metrics known as glucometrics.7, 8 This has provided a means to measure the success of hospital quality improvement programs over time.

The 2008 American Diabetes Association (ADA) Clinical Practice Recommendations endorse BG goals for the critically ill to be maintained as close as possible to 110 mg/dL (6.1 mmol/L) and generally <140 mg/dL (7.8 mmol/L).2 The American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists/The American College of Endocrinology guidelines recommend for ICU care BG in the range of 80110 mg/dL.1, 4 Regarding the non‐critically ill patients, the ADA recommends targets for fasting BG of <126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L) and all random BG 180200 mg/dL (1011.1 mmol/L).2 A limitation for these BG goals is hypoglycemia; the ADA endorses that hospitals try to achieve these lower BG values through quality improvement initiatives devised to systematically and safely reduce the BG targets.2

Materials and Methods

The Medical University of South Carolina (MUSC) is a 709‐bed tertiary‐care medical/surgical center located in Charleston, South Carolina. The medical center consists of 6 adult ICUs: medical intensive care unit, coronary care unit, cardiothoracic intensive care unit, neurosurgical intensive care unit, neurosurgical trauma intensive care unit, and surgical trauma intensive care unit. Overall, 14% of patients are in the ICUs, and 86% of patients are on the wards. MUSC has an extensive referral network including neighboring hospitals, rehabilitation centers, outpatient specialty treatment and imaging centers, and doctors' offices.

MUSC Hospital Diabetes Task Force

In 2003, the Medical Executive Committee (MEC) and the Medical Director of the MUSC Medical Center mandated that a Hospital Diabetes Task Force (HDTF) be created to improve the care of patients with diabetes hospitalized at our facility. The initial goal of the HDTF was to develop a multidisciplinary team that would address the barriers to achieving glycemic control in the inpatient setting. Chaired by an endocrinologist, the HDTF currently consists of representatives from medicine (endocrinology and hospital medicine), surgery, nursing, diabetes education, nutrition, hospital administration, pharmacy, house staff, and laboratory medicine. The HDTF has been responsible for developing and overseeing the implementation of standardized nursing flow sheets for diabetic patients, order sets for subcutaneous and intravenous insulin administration, protocols for management of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, and systems tracking outcomes for quality improvement. The HDTF has also taken the lead in educating physician and nursing staff in the proper use of the new protocols and procedures.

Development of Hypoglycemia Protocol

The task force began with the hypoglycemia policy that was currently in place at the time. Initially developed in 1993, the policy outlined guidelines for the nursing staff to follow in the treatment of hypoglycemia. Over the course of 6 months, the task force revised the policy as well as the hypoglycemia protocol based on the following principles:

  • Nurse‐initiated orders for treatment of hypoglycemia throughout the hospital.

  • Standardized treatment for hypoglycemia based on patient type and degree of hypoglycemia.

  • Availability of glucose tablets, glucagon, and intravenous 50% dextrose (D50%) in easily accessible areas on all units.

  • Linkage of the hypoglycemia protocol to all insulin orders.

  • Extensive education of hypoglycemia symptom recognition and treatment.

  • Linkage of the hypoglycemia protocol to nursing documentation.

  • Development of carbohydrate counting in the hospital.

 

The assumption was that a major revision of the hypoglycemia protocol, based on these principles, would ensure better patient safety against hypoglycemic events, especially in light of the intensive medical management of glycemic control. On October 1, 2004, MUSC instituted a nurse‐initiated order for a hospital‐based hypoglycemia protocol to begin treatment for all BG <70 mg/dL. The hypoglycemia protocol became a part of the online adult insulin prescribing system so that when the physician signed the adult online insulin orders, the hypoglycemia protocol was ordered at the same time. Nursing units were stocked with glucose tablets, intramuscular glucagon, and D50% for consistent treatment of hypoglycemia.

Modifications to the hypoglycemia protocol included the following: in July 2006changing to specific aliquots of D50% for treatment of hypoglycemia to avoid overcorrection of low BG; reinforcing the need with the nursing staff to recheck BG 15 minutes after an episode of hypoglycemia; listing of juice as a last form of treatment for hypoglycemia; and in May 2007instituting a hypoglycemia prevention policy along with a hypoglycemia treatment policy (see Table 1 for hypoglycemia treatment protocol).

Hypoglycemia Protocol Actions
Patient CharacteristicsAction To Be Taken
  • NOTE: Copyright 2006 Medical University of South Carolina. All rights reserved. Reprinted with permission from the Medical University of South Carolina.

The patient is unable to eat or swallow safelyAdminister dextrose 50% by intravenous push as follows:
The patient is NPO15 mL (7.5 g) for BG 6069 mg/dL
OR20 mL (10 g) for BG 5059 mg/dL
The patient is unconscious25 mL (12.5 g) for BG 3049 mg/dL
AND30 mL (15 g) for BG <30 mg/dL
The patient has intravenous accessAssess unconscious patient for adequate airway, breathing, and circulation
 If possible place patient in a lateral recumbent position to decrease aspiration
Place patient on seizure precautions
Recheck BG every 15 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 mg/dL
The patient is unable to eat or swallow safelyAdminister 1 mg glucagon intramuscularly
The patient is NPOAssess patient for adequate airway, breathing, and circulation
ORPlace patient in a lateral recumbent position to decrease aspiration
The patient is unconsciousPlace patient on seizure precautions
ANDEstablish intravenous access
The patient does not have intravenous accessRecheck BG and consciousness every 5 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 and patient is awake
The patient is able to eat and swallow safelyFeed with 15 grams of carbohydrate in order of preference from the following:
ORFast Fifteen: 3 glucose tablets
The patient has a patent nasogastric tube1 tablespoon of sugar (3 packets)
 4 oz (120 mL) of regular soda
4 oz (120 mL) of juice
Recheck BG in 15 minutes and repeat treatment until BG is greater than 70 mg/dL
It will be necessary to give the patient extra food after blood glucose is greater than 70 mg/dL if hypoglycemia occurs greater than 1 hour from meal or occurs during sleeping hours. Feed the
 patient 1 of the following:
 8 oz (1 cup) of whole milk
 6 saltine crackers with 2 tablespoons of peanut butter
  6 saltine crackers with 1 oz. cheese

Education of Hospital Personnel

In addition to the development of the hypoglycemia protocol and a nursing flow sheet dedicated specifically to the use of insulinthe insulin Medication Administration Record (MAR) (Supporting Figure 1)a key piece in the implementation strategy was the development of an educational program for the nurses, house staff, and medical personnel about policies and procedures. Many in‐service sessions were conducted to outline the protocols and to troubleshoot any difficulties.9 The key champion for training the nurses was a hospital RN Certified Diabetes Educator (CDE) who was instrumental in obtaining in‐hospital nursing support for the protocols. A series of 30‐minute to 60‐minute in‐service sessions were conducted for nursing staff on each unit before the protocols were launched. To ensure that these in‐services were presented to as many staff as possible, the sessions were repeated at least two times for each shift. An important aspect of the education was the understanding of the different types of insulin and the concepts addressing the ways insulin can be used for maintenance of euglycemia: basal, prandial, and correction.14, 10, 11 This education also included information regarding ADA BG targets, characteristics of an insulin‐deficient patient, defining type 1 and type 2 diabetes, a review about insulin requirements during health and illness, treatment of hypoglycemia, information about insulin products, the concept of carbohydrate counting, and proper documentation of patient treatment.2, 1214

Subcutaneous Insulin Protocol

The protocols for subcutaneous (SC) insulin developed by the HDTF targeted a BG range of 70140 mg/dL on the medical surgical floors (Supporting Figure 2). The forms developed were based on scheduled or programmed insulin, which consists of basal and prandial/nutritional insulin with SC correction‐dose insulin.15 Correction or supplemental insulin is used to treat elevated BGs that occur before meals or between meals. If used at bedtime, the correction insulin is lowered to prevent nocturnal hypoglycemia. Correction‐dose insulin is different from sliding‐scale insulin, which is a predetermined amount of insulin used to treat hyperglycemia without regard to prior insulin administration or timing of food intake.15 When patients are hospitalized, scheduled and correction insulin doses are raised to cover the increased insulin needs of basal, prandial, and nutritional dosing in the hospital settting.3 As routine process of care, oral antihyperglycemic agents were recommended to be stopped at the time of hospital admission.

In January 2006, MUSC instituted a surveillance plan with nursing CDEs who reviewed charts for events of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia: BG < 60 mg/dL and two BGs >200 mg/dL, respectively. In January 2006, all sliding‐scale insulin protocols were eliminated and replaced with basal, prandial, and correction insulin protocols. In July 2006, MUSC eliminated SC regular insulin use and replaced it with SC analog insulin use, except for a rare patient exception.

To reduce insulin errors, our hospital formulary was restricted to the following insulin use: SC glargine, SC neutral protamine hagedorn (NPH), SC aspartame, and intravenous (IV) regular (Table 2 shows the time line for hospital upgrades, with dates).

Time Line for Hospital Upgrades with Dates
DateIntervention
September 2003Formation of HDTF
October 2004Initiation of hypoglycemia protocol: MD standing order for nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol
January‐May 2005Intensive nursing education: how to Rx hypoglycemia, nursing flow sheet (insulin MAR), patient education record, CHO counting, insulin concepts
October 2005Began using IVIIC in CT Surgery
January 2006Surveillance plan with CDE chart checks: hypoglycemia <60 mg/dL and hyperglycemia two BGs >200 mg/dL
January 2006All sliding‐scale insulin protocols eliminated and replaced with preprinted protocols basal dose based on body weight, prandial dose based on body weight, and correction dose based on total daily dose of insulin
February 2006All adult ICUs using IVIIC with BG checks q 2‐4 hour
June 2006Stress need to use juice last in Rx hypoglycemia, so not to over treat patients
July 2006Use aliquots D50 to Rx different severities of hypoglycemia
July 2006Elimination of SC regular insulin and replace it with SC insulin analog use. Hospital formulary restricted to: SC glargine, SC NPH, SC aspart, and IV regular insulin
July 2006Increase frequency BG checks while using IVIIC: check BG q1 hour
July 2006Eliminate SC Novolin 70/30 from hospital formulary and replace with SC Novolog 70/30
September 2006Implement insulin pump initiation/orders
May 2007Institute hypoglycemia prevention policy along with hypoglycemia treatment policy
June 2007Stress difference between juices: apple/orange juice: 15 g; and prune, cranberry, grape juice: 23 g

Intravenous Insulin Protocol

The HDTF initially reviewed 15 evidence‐based protocols and identified 5 desirable protocol characteristics. These characteristics included easy physician ordering (requiring only a signature), ability to quickly reach and maintain a BG target range, minimal risk for hypoglycemic events, adaptability for use anywhere in the hospital setting, and acceptance and implementation by nursing staff.16

The IV protocol, a web‐based calculator (Figure 1), was developed based on the concept of the multiplier by White et al.17 For this protocol, the IV infusion (IVI) rate is changed based on a formula that uses a multiplier (a surrogate for insulin sensitivity factor) and the difference between measured BG and target blood glucose (TBG). The calculator uses the following mathematical formula: rate of insulin infusion/hour = (current BG 60 mg/dL) 0.03.18, 19 Additionally, the protocol requires that enough insulin be infused to address severe hyperglycemia at initiation with a rapid reduction in the insulin infusion rate as BG normalizes. The protocol also permits an adjustment of the insulin rate by tenths of a unit per hour to maintain the BG in the center of the target range. The main variant of this protocol is the value of the starting multiplier. The web‐based calculator is currently being used in all 6 adult ICUs and on all of the adult medical‐surgical floors at MUSC.

Figure 1
Web interface image for intravenous insulin infusion calculator. Reprinted with permission from the Medical University of South Carolina.

In early 2006, all adult ICUs were using our in‐house, web‐based intravenous insulin infusion calculator (IVIIC), which prompted more BG readings with intensification of insulin drip use.19 Specifically, initial monitoring for the IVIIC included BG readings every 24 hours. To avoid hypoglycemic events from occurring with the intensification of BG readings for the IVIIC, the BG monitoring frequency was increased to every hour in July 2006. Initial treatment for hypoglycemia was D50% (12.525 g), which tended to overcorrect BG. In July 2006, we revised the protocol using aliquots of D50% specific to the BG reading.19 This action has resulted in decreasing the glycemic excursions observed due to overcorrection of hypoglycemia.

BG target ranges to match the level of care are as follows: intensive care unit (80110 mg/dL); labor and delivery (70110 mg/dL); adult medical/surgical floors (80140 mg/dL); diabetic ketoacidosis (DKA)/hyperosmolar nonketotic coma (HHNK) (150200 mg/dL); neurosurgery ICU (90120 mg/dL); and perioperative patients (140180 mg/dL).20 These BG targets were created to satisfy the clinical requests of specific departments at MUSC. We have restricted starting the multiplier for DKA/HHNK at 0.01, to affect a slower rate of change and the multiplier for all others is set at 0.03.

Transition From Intravenous to Subcutaneous Insulin

At MUSC, IV insulin therapy reverts to an SC insulin therapy protocol when the patient resumes PO feedings, discontinues pressor support, or stops volume resuscitation21 (see Supporting Figure 3 for the IV to SC insulin transition form). While preparing to stop IV insulin, SC insulinparticularly basal insulinshould begin at least 23 hours prior to discontinuing IV insulin. A short‐acting or rapid‐acting insulin may be given 12 hours SC prior to stopping IV insulin. This is particularly true for patients who are at risk for ketoacidosis, such as patients with type 1 diabetes.21 Recommendations for scheduled insulin administration include basal and prandial and correction doses of insulin to cover glycemic excursions. A minority of patients with stress hyperglycemia will not require conversion to SC insulin when discontinuing IV insulin therapy; however, BG monitoring and administration of correction insulin is recommended.

Data Collection

A retrospective chart review was approved by the MUSC Institutional Review Board, and the requirement of patient consent was waived. A database query against the hospital's electronic medical record was used to supply the data for this study. In particular, a complete listing of all finger‐stick BG measurements taken during June 2004 (preimplementation), June 2005 (implementation), and June 2006 and 2007 (postimplementation) was used. The sample included all inpatient stays for patients who had a documented history of diabetes or at least 1 BG reading in excess of 180 during the inpatient stay. Finger‐stick BG measurements taken within 50 minutes of another reading were excluded from the analysis to account for the increased testing frequency that occurs, per protocol, after detection of a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event. Finger‐stick BG levels were measured by the Abbott Precision PCX and downloaded directly into the university's electronic medical record.

Statistical Analysis and Considerations

Sample size estimation

A preliminary study of hypoglycemic rates in 2004 and 2005 was used to plan this analysis.22 In this preliminary study, 295 of 13,366 BG readings were mildly hypoglycemic before the glycemic protocol, yielding an estimated rate of 22.1 per 1,000 measurements. During the glycemic protocol implementation period (June 2005), an estimated rate per 1,000 measurements of 18.9 (289/15,324) was obtained. Using the binomial approximation to the Poisson, it was estimated that 30,499 additional BG measurements were needed to detect, with 80% power and a type I error rate of 0.05 (two‐sided), a rate ratio as small as 1.17 (22.1 per 1,000/18.9 per 1,000). Based on the number of BG measurements obtained in the preliminary study (14,000/month), two additional months of postintervention data were deemed necessary. Data from June 2006 and June 2007 were used to test the maintenance effects of the implemented glycemic management protocol.

Primary analysis

Mild, moderate, and severe hypoglycemia were defined as BG readings 5069 mg/dL, 4049 mg/dL, and <40 mg/dL, respectively.23 BG readings 250 mg/dL or higher were considered hyperglycemic. These events were summarized by the methods suggested for an inpatient setting.7 The first method treated each BG as an independent observation (i.e., ward‐level analysis for which the denominator was the total number of BG readings). This analysis represents a census, so statistical comparisons are not warranted (i.e., the population parameters are obtained), but the generalizability of the findings is limited accordingly. For the formal analysis of the prevalence of glycemic events by year, the patient‐day analysis was used. For this analysis, data were aggregated by each unique patient‐day. For each patient‐day, descriptive statistics were tabulated on the raw BG readings. For the determination of patient‐day occurrence of hypoglycemic events, the three hypoglycemic severities (mild, moderate, and severe) were treated as ordinal variables such that if a patient had a severe hypoglycemic episode on a given day, he was considered to have also had moderate and mild hypoglycemia for that day. This strategy was undertaken based on the belief that if a person had a worse outcome, then the less severe outcome also occurred during the same patient day.

The primary hypothesis was that the nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol implemented by 2005 would result in tighter BG control (lower rates of hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia) after implementation. To test this hypothesis, the patient‐day summary of BG readings was used to estimate the odds of an event for each year. The odds of developing mild (BG 5069 mg/dL), moderate (BG 4049 mg/dL), and severe (BG < 40 mg/dL) hypoglycemic events were compared using generalized estimating equations for correlated binary data.24 This analysis accounted for the clustering of observations (patient‐day summaries) within patient stay by modeling the correlation of outcomes within a patient stay. In addition to hypoglycemia, the proportion of patient days with a mean BG between 70180 mg/dL and the proportion of patients experiencing hyperglycemia (BG 250 mg/dL) was examined, and these results were analyzed using the same methodology used for the hypoglycemia endpoints. All analyses were conducted using SAS version 9.1.3 using the procedure GENMOD, a generalized linear modeling procedure in SAS/STAT.

Results

The baseline demographic characteristics of the four study groups are shown in Table 3. The four groups were found to be similar for gender distribution, mean age, and racial distribution. There were significant differences observed among hospital stay characteristics, insulin drip use, history of diabetes, ventilator support, kidney failure, dialysis, total parenteral nutrition (TPN), and red blood cell (RBC) transfusions. Overall, insulin drip use tended to increase over time. The percentage of patients with diabetes on admission or diagnosed during admission tended to decrease over time. This was likely due to an increase in the diagnosis and treatment of stress/steroid‐induced hyperglycemia during the hospital stay.

Baseline Demographic Characteristics
VariableAll Years Combined (n = 2102)*2004 (n = 434)2005 (n = 486)2006 (n = 609)2007 (n = 573)P value
  • Demographic data for a total of n = 113 patient records were unobtainable in the electronic medical record.

  • P values for categorical variables are for Pearson chi‐square statistics, and the P value for age is based on the Kruskal‐Wallis test.

Sex, male n (%)959 (45.6)186 (42.9)214 (44.0)292 (48.0)267 (46.6)0.34
Age (years), mean (SD)56.857.6 (14.8)58.0 (15.8)56.7 (16.1)55.4 (16.4)0.092
Race      
Caucasian1000 (47.6%)202 (46.5%)217 (44.7%)300 (49.3%)281 (49.0%)0.64
African American1059 (50.4%)226 (52.1%)255 (52.5%)299 (49.1%)279 (48.7%) 
Hispanic26 (1.2%)4 (0.9%)8 (1.6%)5 (0.8%)9 (1.6%) 
Other17 (0.8%)2 (0.5%)6 (1.2%)5 (0.8%)4 (0.7%) 
Hospital stay characteristics n (%)      
Floor only1630 (77.6%)355 (81.8)%389 (80.0%)430 (70.6%)456 (79.6%)<0.001
ICU only57 (2.7%)8 (1.8%)6 (1.2%)27 (4.4%)16 (2.8%) 
Floor and ICU415 (19.7%)71 (16.4%)91 (18.7%)152 (25.0%)101 (17.6%) 
Clinical characteristics n (%)      
Insulin drip, floor and ICU306 (14.6%)38 (8.8%)52 (10.7%)106 (17.4%)110 (19.2%)<0.001
Insulin drip, floor patients only70 (4.3%)4 (1.1%)9 (2.3%)22 (5.1%)35 (7.7%)<0.001
History of diabetes1677 (79.8%)392 (90.3%)431 (88.7%)442 (72.6%)412 (71.9%)<0.001
Ventilator support319 (15.2%)44 (10.1%)64 (13.2%)135 (22.2%)76 (13.3%)<0.001
Kidney failure250 (11.9%)41 (9.5%)52 (10.7%)95 (15.6%)62 (10.8%)0.008
Dialysis94 (4.5%)21 (4.8%)18 (3.7%)38 (6.2%)17 (3.0%)0.040
Total parenteral nutrition128 (6.1%)27 (6.2%)18 (3.7%)55 (9.0%)28 (4.9%)0.001
Red blood cell transfusions507 (24.1%)96 (22.1%)107 (22.0%)178 (29.2%)126 (22.0%)0.007

A total of 11,715 patient‐days, consisting of 56,401 individual BG readings obtained from 2,215 unique patients, were distributed across the 4 years. Table 4 presents the year‐specific patient‐day analysis. While the prevalence of mild (BG 5069 mg/dL) hypoglycemia was found to increase over the years studied (P < 0.01), the percentage of patient‐days with a mean BG in the range of 70180 mg/dL increased over the period of study (P < 0.01). The total hypoglycemia events <60 mg/dL are presented as comparative data to other studies.7 The percent of patient days with at least one BG < 70 mg/dL (reported in Table 4 as mild events) ranged from 3.72 in 2005 to as high as 10.71 in 2007; however, approximately one‐half of the hypoglycemic events are attributable to readings from BG 6069 since the proportion of patient days with a BG < 60 mg/dL was approximately one‐half that for BG < 70 mg/dL (Table 4). The prevalence of patient days with at least one moderate (BG 4049 mg/dL) or severe (BG < 40 mg/dL) hypoglycemia event was not found to increase in a linear manner. There was a statistical trend for potentially nonlinear relationship of year with moderate hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia.

Glucometric Summary by Year for Data Aggregated by Patient‐Day
 Year (number of patient days)Tests of significance*
Measure2004 (n = 2176)2005 (n = 2259)2006 (n = 3525)2007 (n = 3755)Linear trendType 3 test
  • Abbreviations: BG, blood glucose reading; IQR, interquartile range; SD, standard deviation.

  • P‐values reported from mixed models (mean BG over years) and generalized estimating equations (all other, ie, percentage of patient‐days with glycemic events). Linear trend is a single degree of freedom testing for a linear increase or decrease over time; the type 3 test allowed for indicator variables for each year and tests for any overall difference between any 2 years.

  • The summary measures are based on a patient‐day analysis. Blood glucose readings taken within 50 minutes were excluded from the analysis. For the mean and median values reported, the unit of analysis is the patient‐day mean BG (eg, the measures represent the mean/median of the patient‐specific patient‐day means). For the percentage measures, the percentage of patient‐days with at least 1 event of interest was tabulated.

BG mean (SD) (mg/dL)156 (82)152 (72)154 (51)149 (51)0.850.23
BG median [IQR] (mg/dL)136 [105, 186]136 [105, 181]144 [120, 177]137 [114, 169]N/AN/A
BG readings per patient‐day [mean (SD)]3.9 (2.4)4.2 (2.9)4.9 (3.4)5.7 (4.6)N/AN/A
% Patient‐days with mean BG in range (70‐180 mg/dL)69.5372.8276.6879.79<0.01<0.01
% BGs <60 mg/dL3.311.905.365.27<0.01<0.01
% Mild hypoglycemia (50‐69 mg/dL)6.203.7210.2410.71<0.01<0.01
% Moderate hypoglycemia (40‐49 mg/dL)1.880.842.752.080.15<0.01
% Severe hypoglycemia (<40 mg/dL)0.690.440.960.750.490.37
% Hyperglycemia (250 mg/dL)14.7111.7316.8515.150.230.02

Immediately following the implementation (year 2005), post hoc comparisons suggested that the rate of moderate hypoglycemia was lowest relative to the 3 other years, but no other statistical differences were observed. The year 2005 also had the lowest proportion of patient days with at least 1 hyperglycemic event.

The individual BG readings for the 2215 unique patients were also individually analyzed according to the methods of Goldberg et al.7 Even though no statistical tests were performed at the ward level, the descriptive data presented in Table 5 are consistent with the analysis of the patient‐day data. Several important features of the data are illustrated by Table 5. Most notably, the glycemic control at the hospital level is improved. The percentage of BG readings in the range of 70180 mg/dL increased annually whereas the mean BG values, the coefficient of variation, and the interquartile range (IQR) decreased annually.

Glycemic Summary of Individual Blood Glucose Readings Taken in June by Year by Ward‐Level
 Year (number of blood glucose readings)
 2004 (n = 8,504)2005 (n = 9,396)2006 (n = 17,098)2007 (n = 21,403)
  • NOTE: Blood glucose readings taken with 50 minutes of another reading were excluded from the analysis.

  • Abbreviations: BG, blood glucose reading; IQR, interquartile range; SD, standard deviation.

Number of patients434486612683
BG mean (SD) (mg/dL)156 (85)154 (81)149 (61)138 (57)
Coefficient of variation0.550.530.410.41
Median BG [IQR] (mg/dL)135 [101‐186]134 [103‐183]136 [108‐176]124 [101‐160]
% BGs in range (70‐180 mg/dL)68.0971.8073.7180.41
% Mild hypoglycemia (50‐69 mg/dL)3.352.012.572.30
% Moderate hypoglycemia (40‐49 mg/dL)0.950.290.470.26
% Severe hypoglycemia (<40 mg/dL)0.670.360.240.15
% Hyperglycemia (250 mg/dL)10.239.086.434.83

Conclusions

Collectively, we have shown that implementing standardized insulin order sets including hypoglycemia, SC insulin, IV insulin, and IV to SC insulin transition treatment protocols at MUSC may generate the expected benefits for patient safety for this population of patients. The primary hypothesis that the rate of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia would be lower after the implementation of these protocols was supported by the data, because the overall blood glucose control was markedly improved as a result of the protocols. However, the effect was strongest in 2005 (immediately following the protocol's implementation) and appeared to diminish some with time.

There were several other quality improvement measures initiated at MUSC that likely contributed to the decreasing rates of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. For example, comparing June 2004 with June 2007, the number of patients tested increased from 434 to 683. This increase could be attributed, in part, to a trend on medical/surgical services toward an increased focus on glucose monitoring.

When intensive glycemic control programs are implemented, hospitals should have a standardized, nurse‐driven hypoglycemia protocol.11 The success of such a hypoglycemia treatment protocol is demonstrated by the improvement observed at MUSC since the protocol was first implemented in October 2004.22

There are limitations that warrant consideration. A key limitation is that other procedural changes may have occurred during the years of study. Because the initial focus of the HDTF was to reduce hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic events, a multipronged approach was used, beginning with the treatment protocol but followed by other changes. These changes, while unmeasured in the current study, could have influenced the rate of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. Therefore, although the protocol that we developed has sound theoretical underpinnings, the improvement in glycemic control at other hospitals may vary. Second, because this was initially regarded as a quality improvement project for hospitalized patients with hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia, we did not evaluate morbidity, mortality, or other clinical outcome data other than BG targets and incidences of hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia. Third, there was no concurrent control group established for this study, rather the study used a retrospective, nonrandomized design with a historical control. As previously mentioned, we cannot rule out the idea that other changes occurred between the preprotocol and postprotocol interval to influence our results. Finally, there are statistical limitations to the research.

One limitation regarding the analysis of the BG data was the potential for an increased type I error (ie, false‐positive result) due to clustering of BG values within a patient and increased monitoring frequencies when a hypoglycemic or hyperglycemic event was observed. The generalized estimating equations directly addressed the first concern. In particular, the effective sample size for each participant was a function of the number of patient‐days and the correlation of patient‐day summaries. Therefore, patients with several highly‐correlated outcomes would contribute less to the analysis than other patients with the same number of patient‐days that were correlated to a lesser extent. As for the second concern, the patient‐day frequencies alleviate this problem and avoid the length‐of‐stay bias associated with a patient‐level (or patient‐stay) analysis. Power was less than planned due in part to the use of the patient‐day analysis instead of the originally designed ward‐level analysis. The change in the statistical design was a response to emerging evidence in the literature.7

In conclusion, the hypothesis that MUSC patients benefit from the use of standardized insulin order sets, hypoglycemia, and hyperglycemia treatment protocols, is supported by the data collected in this study. Because it has been recommended that a hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia prevention protocol as well as a hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia treatment protocol be in place, the HDTF will be focusing on the actual prevention of the hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic incidents occurring in the first place.2, 25 This may result in further reductions of hypoglycemic and hyperglycemic events. We have recently implemented hypoglycemia and hyperglycemia prevention policies at MUSC.

References
  1. Ace ADA Task Force on Inpatient Diabetes.American College of Endocrinology and American Diabetes Association Consensus Statement on Inpatient Diabetes and Glycemic Control.Endocr Pract.2006;12(4):458468.
  2. ADA Writing Group.Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes—2008.Diabetes Care.2008;31(suppl 1):S12S54.
  3. Clement S,Braithwaite SS,Magee MF, et al.Management of diabetes and hyperglycemia in hospitals.Diabetes Care.2004;27(2):553591.
  4. Garber AJ,Moghissi ES,Bransome ED, et al.American College of Endocrinology Position Statement on Inpatient Diabetes and Metabolic Control.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):4–9.
  5. Van den Berghe G,Wouters P,Weekers F, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the critically ill patients.N Engl J Med.2001;345:13591367.
  6. Van den Berghe G,Wilmer A,Hermans G, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the medical ICU.N Engl J Med.2006;354(5):449461.
  7. Goldberg PA,Bozzo JE,Thomas PG, et al.“Glucometrics”: assessing the quality of inpatient glucose management.Diabetes Technol Ther.2006;8(5):560569.
  8. Maynard G.Society of Hospital Medicine Glycemic Control Task Force, Track Performance; Introducing Glucometrics. SHM;2007.
  9. Ku SY,Sayre CA,Hirsch IB,Kelly JL.New insulin infusion protocol improves blood glucose control in hospitalized patients without increasing hypoglycemia.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2005;31(3):141147.
  10. Evert A,Nauseth R.The new insulin analogs: using a team approach to implement basal‐bolus insulin therapy.Pract Diabetol.2004; June:2837.
  11. Hirsch I,Braithwaite S,Verderese C.Practical Management of Inpatient Hyperglycemia.Lakeville, CT:Hilliard Publishing, LLC;2005.
  12. Fischer KF,Lees JA,Newman JH.Hypoglycemia in hospitalized patients. causes and outcomes.N Engl J Med.1986;315(20):12451250.
  13. Reising DL.Acute hypoglycemia: keeping the bottom from falling out.Nursing.1995;25(2):4148; quiz 50.
  14. Schaller J,Welsh JR.Myths and facts about diabetic hypoglycemia.Nursing.1994;24(6):67.
  15. Magee MF,Clement S.Subcutaneous insulin therapy in the hospital setting: issues, concerns, and implementation.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):8188.
  16. Davidson PC,Steed RD,Bode BW.Glucommander: a computer‐directed intravenous insulin system shown to be safe, simple, and effective in 120,618 h of operation.Diabetes Care.2005;28(10):24182423.
  17. White NH,Skor D,Santiago JV.Practical closed‐loop insulin delivery. a system for the maintenance of overnight euglycemia and the calculation of basal insulin requirements in insulin‐dependent diabetics.Ann Intern Med.1982;97:210213.
  18. Hermayer K.Strategies for controlling glucose in the intensive care unit.Clin Pulmon Med.2006;13(6):332347.
  19. Hermayer KL,Neal DE,Hushion TV, et al.Outcomes of a cardiothoracic intensive care web‐based online intravenous insulin infusion calculator study at a medical university hospital.Diabetes Technol Ther.2007;9(6):523534.
  20. Hermayer KL,Hushion TV,Arnold PC,Wojciechowski B.Outcomes of a nursing in‐service to evaluate acceptance of a web‐based insulin infusion calculator.J Diabetes Sci Technol.2008;2(3):376383.
  21. Bode BW,Braithwaite SS,Steed RD,Davidson PC.Intravenous insulin infusion therapy: indications, methods, and transition to subcutaneous insulin therapy.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):7180.
  22. Hermayer K,Cawley P,Arnold P, et al.Outcomes of a hypoglycemia treatment protocol in a medical university hospital [Abstract].Diabetes.2006;55:203OR.
  23. Korytkowski M,Dinardo M,Donihi AC,Bigi L,Devita M.Evolution of a diabetes inpatient safety committee.Endocr Pract.2006;12(suppl 3):9199.
  24. Zeger SL,Liang KY.Longitudinal data analysis for discrete and continuous outcomes.Biometrics.1986;42(1):121130.
  25. Braithwaite SS,Buie MM,Thompson CL, et al.Hospital hypoglycemia: not only treatment but also prevention.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):8999.
References
  1. Ace ADA Task Force on Inpatient Diabetes.American College of Endocrinology and American Diabetes Association Consensus Statement on Inpatient Diabetes and Glycemic Control.Endocr Pract.2006;12(4):458468.
  2. ADA Writing Group.Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes—2008.Diabetes Care.2008;31(suppl 1):S12S54.
  3. Clement S,Braithwaite SS,Magee MF, et al.Management of diabetes and hyperglycemia in hospitals.Diabetes Care.2004;27(2):553591.
  4. Garber AJ,Moghissi ES,Bransome ED, et al.American College of Endocrinology Position Statement on Inpatient Diabetes and Metabolic Control.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):4–9.
  5. Van den Berghe G,Wouters P,Weekers F, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the critically ill patients.N Engl J Med.2001;345:13591367.
  6. Van den Berghe G,Wilmer A,Hermans G, et al.Intensive insulin therapy in the medical ICU.N Engl J Med.2006;354(5):449461.
  7. Goldberg PA,Bozzo JE,Thomas PG, et al.“Glucometrics”: assessing the quality of inpatient glucose management.Diabetes Technol Ther.2006;8(5):560569.
  8. Maynard G.Society of Hospital Medicine Glycemic Control Task Force, Track Performance; Introducing Glucometrics. SHM;2007.
  9. Ku SY,Sayre CA,Hirsch IB,Kelly JL.New insulin infusion protocol improves blood glucose control in hospitalized patients without increasing hypoglycemia.Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf.2005;31(3):141147.
  10. Evert A,Nauseth R.The new insulin analogs: using a team approach to implement basal‐bolus insulin therapy.Pract Diabetol.2004; June:2837.
  11. Hirsch I,Braithwaite S,Verderese C.Practical Management of Inpatient Hyperglycemia.Lakeville, CT:Hilliard Publishing, LLC;2005.
  12. Fischer KF,Lees JA,Newman JH.Hypoglycemia in hospitalized patients. causes and outcomes.N Engl J Med.1986;315(20):12451250.
  13. Reising DL.Acute hypoglycemia: keeping the bottom from falling out.Nursing.1995;25(2):4148; quiz 50.
  14. Schaller J,Welsh JR.Myths and facts about diabetic hypoglycemia.Nursing.1994;24(6):67.
  15. Magee MF,Clement S.Subcutaneous insulin therapy in the hospital setting: issues, concerns, and implementation.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):8188.
  16. Davidson PC,Steed RD,Bode BW.Glucommander: a computer‐directed intravenous insulin system shown to be safe, simple, and effective in 120,618 h of operation.Diabetes Care.2005;28(10):24182423.
  17. White NH,Skor D,Santiago JV.Practical closed‐loop insulin delivery. a system for the maintenance of overnight euglycemia and the calculation of basal insulin requirements in insulin‐dependent diabetics.Ann Intern Med.1982;97:210213.
  18. Hermayer K.Strategies for controlling glucose in the intensive care unit.Clin Pulmon Med.2006;13(6):332347.
  19. Hermayer KL,Neal DE,Hushion TV, et al.Outcomes of a cardiothoracic intensive care web‐based online intravenous insulin infusion calculator study at a medical university hospital.Diabetes Technol Ther.2007;9(6):523534.
  20. Hermayer KL,Hushion TV,Arnold PC,Wojciechowski B.Outcomes of a nursing in‐service to evaluate acceptance of a web‐based insulin infusion calculator.J Diabetes Sci Technol.2008;2(3):376383.
  21. Bode BW,Braithwaite SS,Steed RD,Davidson PC.Intravenous insulin infusion therapy: indications, methods, and transition to subcutaneous insulin therapy.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):7180.
  22. Hermayer K,Cawley P,Arnold P, et al.Outcomes of a hypoglycemia treatment protocol in a medical university hospital [Abstract].Diabetes.2006;55:203OR.
  23. Korytkowski M,Dinardo M,Donihi AC,Bigi L,Devita M.Evolution of a diabetes inpatient safety committee.Endocr Pract.2006;12(suppl 3):9199.
  24. Zeger SL,Liang KY.Longitudinal data analysis for discrete and continuous outcomes.Biometrics.1986;42(1):121130.
  25. Braithwaite SS,Buie MM,Thompson CL, et al.Hospital hypoglycemia: not only treatment but also prevention.Endocr Pract.2004;10(suppl 2):8999.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
331-339
Page Number
331-339
Article Type
Display Headline
Impact of improvement efforts on glycemic control and hypoglycemia at a University Medical Center
Display Headline
Impact of improvement efforts on glycemic control and hypoglycemia at a University Medical Center
Legacy Keywords
diabetes, outcomes measurements, patient safety, quality improvement, teamwork
Legacy Keywords
diabetes, outcomes measurements, patient safety, quality improvement, teamwork
Sections
Article Source

Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Medical University of South Carolina, Division of Endocrinology, Diabetes and Medical Genetics, POB 250624, 816 Clinical Science Building, 96 Jonathan Lucas Street, Charleston, SC 29425
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media
Media Files

Case of Sudden Desaturation and Cyanosis

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
A case of sudden desaturation and cyanosis

A 38‐year‐old Hispanic man was admitted to the telemetry floor with diagnosis of pericarditis. Blood cultures revealed methicillin‐sensitive Staphylococcus aureus and the patient was started on nafcillin. Despite appropriate antibiotic therapy, the patient remained febrile. Transesophageal echocardiogram (TEE) was performed to evaluate for endocarditis. An hour after the TEE, patient started to desaturate and complained of shortness of breath. At this point, the patient was afebrile, with a pulse rate of 110 beats/minute and blood pressure of 97/63 mm Hg. Oxygen saturation by pulse oximetry of 82% on room air progressively declined even with administration of supplemental oxygen to 77%, necessitating intubation. Despite mechanical ventilation with 100% oxygen delivery, the patient remained cyanotic, with pulse oximetry reading of 69%, and with the arterial blood obtained from the patient at this time for laboratory analysis appearing brown in color.

Based on the temporal correlation of benzocaine spray used during TEE and the symptomscyanosis, hypoxia despite 100% fraction of inspired oxygen (FiO2), and chocolate‐brown arterial blooda diagnosis of methemoglobinemia was made. The patient's methemoglobin level was reported at 41% (normal range, 0‐3%). The patient received methylene blue, recovered rapidly, and was extubated the next day. Subsequent methemoglobin level obtained less than 24 hours later was reduced to 0.8%. Two days later the patient was discharged to home.

Discussion

Methemoglobin is the state in which ferrous (Fe2+) ions of heme are oxidized to the ferric state (Fe3+). Because red blood cells are continuously exposed to various oxidative stresses, a methemoglobinemia level of approximately 1% is present in normal individuals at baseline. This low level is maintained through reduction by enzyme systems within the erythrocyte. The most important is the reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NADH)‐cytochrome‐b5 reductase system.1 Others, functioning mainly as reserve systems, are ascorbic acid, reduced glutathione, and reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADPH)‐methemoglobin reductase. The latter requires a natural cofactor or an autooxidizable dye such as methylene blue for activity.

Methemoglobinemia can be congenital or acquired. Congenital methemoglobinemia is very rare and is due to a cytochrome‐b5 reductase deficiency or presence of an abnormal hemoglobin M molecule.2 Acquired methemoglobinemia, the more common type, results from exposure to chemicals that cause more rapid accumulation of methemoglobin than the rate at which methemoglobin can be reduced. Many chemical and environmental agents can cause acquired methemoglobinemia (Table 1). Local anesthetics are the most common hospital‐based pharmacologic agents to cause methemoglobinemia. Prilocaine has been implicated most frequently, especially in newborns. Prilocaine‐induced methemoglobinemia is dose‐dependent and occurs when doses used exceed 600 mg in a 24‐hour period. Lidocaine is a rare cause of methemoglobinemia, but comorbidities like renal failure and use of other local anesthetics like benzocaine will increase the chances of methemoglobinemia. Benzocaine has been reported to cause methemoglobinemia after its use as a lubricant on endotracheal, bronchoscopic, and nasogastric or orogastric tubes, but more commonly after its use as a spray. Benzocaine is lipophilic and may continue to enter the bloodstream from adipose tissue after methylene blue concentrations are no longer therapeutic.

Etiologies of Methemoglobinemia
Name Key Features
Industrial agents
Naphthalene Coal tar, mothballs. Newborns are at increased risk for methemoglobinemia
Inorganic nitrates/nitrites Meat preservatives; vegetablescarrot juice, spinach. Nitrates are converted to nitrite by the bacteria in the gut. Most commonly acquired from ground water contaminated with pesticides and fertilizers
Aniline/aminophenols Laundry ink. Aniline‐induced methemoglobinemia is less responsive to methylene blue
Chlorates Matches, explosives, pyrotechnics, weed killers. Also cause intravascular hemolysis and toxic nephritis
Pharmaceutical agents
Local anesthetics: benzocaine, lidocaine, prilocaine Benzocaine: It is lipophilic and may continue to enter the blood stream from adipose tissue even after methylene blue concentrations are no longer therapeutic.
Lidocaine: Very rarely causes methemoglobinemia alone. Comorbidities like renal failure and use of other local anesthetics will increase the chances of methemoglobinemia. Prilocaine: Dose‐dependent. Occurs when doses used exceed 600 mg. Newborns are at higher risk
Primaquine Primaquine‐induced methemoglobinemia, although almost universal with clinical doses, seems to be mild, self‐limited, and tolerated without symptoms or signs of cyanosis in otherwise healthy people
Dapsone Can cause methemoglobinemia both in acute intoxication as well as chronic use. May precipitate acute hemolytic anemia. Metabolites that cause methemoglobinemia may last in the circulation for about 35 days
Phenacetin Phenacetin is generally metabolized to acetaminophen. In patients unable to metabolize phenacetin to acetaminophen, alternate metabolites are produced that cause methemoglobinemia
Sulfonamides Does not respond well to methylene blue. Alternative therapies include ascorbic acid, riboflavin, or exchange transfusion
Nitrites (amyl and butyl) Amyl nitrite: Used in treating angina. Butyl nitrite: Used in room deodorizers. Both drugs are used for their alleged sexual enhancing properties
Nitroprusside Methemoglobinemia occurs in patients who have received a dose larger than 10 mg/kg in 1 day. It takes 16 hours of continuous infusion at the maximum rate of 10 g/kg/minute to reach the total accumulated dose
Phenazopyridine Increased incidence of methemoglobinemia in patients with renal failure. Drug also causes hemolytic anemia and turns the urine orange‐yellow in color. One of its metabolites is aniline
Metoclopromide Overdose in infants causes methemoglobinemia
Trimethoprim Methemoglobinemia usually occurs after prolonged periods of administration. Caution when used with dapsone

Clinical presentation varies based on methemoglobin levels. Early symptoms of methemoglobinemia, when the blood contains 15% to 50% methemoglobin, include nonspecific headache, fatigues, dyspnea, and lethargy. As the amount of methemoglobin in the blood exceeds 50%, the patients develop more serious neurological symptoms, ranging from confusion to seizures, respiratory depression, and death (Table 2). Clinical interpretation of methemoglobin levels must take into account the total hemoglobin value because anemic patients will have proportionately less functional hemoglobin.3 Methemoglobinemia that develops rapidly will be clinically more severe than a similar degree that develops gradually. The acute accumulation of <30% methemoglobinemia is usually well tolerated in the nonanemic patient.

Clinical Presentation
Level of methemoglobinemia Symptoms
0‐15% No signs or symptoms
15‐20% Cyanosis and chocolate brown blood
20‐50% Headache, fatigues, dyspnea, and lethargy
>50% Serious neurological symptoms ranging from confusion to seizures; respiratory depression and death

The suspicion for methemoglobinemia should be raised in the presence of dark or chocolate‐brown arterial blood that does not become red with exposure to air.4 Dark‐colored blood from patients with hypoxia should redden with exposure to air; blood darkened by methemoglobin does not. The suspicion for methemoglobinemia should also be raised in the presence of a saturation gap, when the measured oxygen saturation of blood by pulse oximetry is less than the oxygen saturation calculated by routine blood gas analysis by more than 5%.5 The oxygen saturation on arterial blood gas is calculated from partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2) and pH. Since PaO2 is within normal limits in methemoglobinemia, it leads to a normal, though inaccurate, calculated oxygen saturation. Multiple‐wavelength cooximetry is the accepted standard for confirming and quantifying methemoglobinemia.6 This assay involves measuring methemoglobin at its peak absorbance of 630 nm and requires the addition of cyanide to convert methemoglobin to cyanomethemoglobin, which absorbs at shorter wavelengths, resulting in an absorbance decrease at 630 nm due to the disappearance of methemoglobin. Hyperlipidemia and intravenous administration of methylene blue or other dyes may interfere with cooximetry measurements.

In asymptomatic patients with acute methemoglobinemia, discontinuation of the offending drug and proper monitoring is sufficient. In patients who are symptomatic, in addition to supplemental oxygen, methylene blue should be used to enhance the reducing capacity of erythrocytes. Methylene blue, given intravenously in a dose of 1 mg/kg over 5 minutes, acts as an electron acceptor, enhances the NADPH pathway, and rapidly reduces methemoglobin to hemoglobin.7 However, methylene blue should not be used in patients with glucose‐6‐phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency as it can cause life‐threatening hemolysis. In these patients, ascorbic acid should be used. Hyperbaric oxygen or exchange transfusion can also be used. In patients who are in shock secondary to the methemoglobinemia, blood transfusion or exchange transfusion is helpful.

Summary

Agents that inflict large oxidative stress, such as topical anesthetics, can cause methemoglobinemia. A frequently‐used topical anesthetic agent like benzocaine is a common cause of methemoglobinemia. The most characteristic findings of methemoglobinemia are blue‐gray or brown‐gray cyanosis of the skin, lips, and nail beds, dark brown color of the blood, and saturation gap. Symptomatic patients should be given methylene blue intravenously.

References
  1. Umbreit J.Methemoglobin—it's not just blue: a concise review.Am J Hematol.2007;82(2):134144.
  2. Griffey RT,Brown DF,Nadel ES.Cyanosis.J Emerg Med.2000;18(3):369371.
  3. Kane GC,Hoehn SM,Behrenbeck TR,Mulvagh SL.Benzocaine‐induced methemoglobinemia based on the Mayo Clinic experience from 28,478 transesophageal echocardiograms: incidence, outcomes, and predisposing factors.Arch Intern Med.2007;167(18):19771982.
  4. Wright RO,Lewander WJ,Woolf AD.Methemoglobinemia: etiology, pharmacology, and clinical management.Ann Emerg Med.1999;34(5):646656.
  5. Akhtar J,Johnston BD,Krenzelok EP.Mind the gap.J Emerg Med.2007;33(2):131132.
  6. Konig MW,Dolinski SY.A 74‐year‐old woman with desaturation following surgery. Co‐oximetry is the first step in making the diagnosis of dyshemoglobinemia.Chest.2003;123(2):613616.
  7. Clifton J,Leikin JB.Methylene blue.Am J Ther.2003;10(4):289291.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
387-389
Legacy Keywords
benzocaine, “chocolate‐brown” arterial blood, cyanosis, methemoglobinemia, methylene blue, “oxygenation gap”
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

A 38‐year‐old Hispanic man was admitted to the telemetry floor with diagnosis of pericarditis. Blood cultures revealed methicillin‐sensitive Staphylococcus aureus and the patient was started on nafcillin. Despite appropriate antibiotic therapy, the patient remained febrile. Transesophageal echocardiogram (TEE) was performed to evaluate for endocarditis. An hour after the TEE, patient started to desaturate and complained of shortness of breath. At this point, the patient was afebrile, with a pulse rate of 110 beats/minute and blood pressure of 97/63 mm Hg. Oxygen saturation by pulse oximetry of 82% on room air progressively declined even with administration of supplemental oxygen to 77%, necessitating intubation. Despite mechanical ventilation with 100% oxygen delivery, the patient remained cyanotic, with pulse oximetry reading of 69%, and with the arterial blood obtained from the patient at this time for laboratory analysis appearing brown in color.

Based on the temporal correlation of benzocaine spray used during TEE and the symptomscyanosis, hypoxia despite 100% fraction of inspired oxygen (FiO2), and chocolate‐brown arterial blooda diagnosis of methemoglobinemia was made. The patient's methemoglobin level was reported at 41% (normal range, 0‐3%). The patient received methylene blue, recovered rapidly, and was extubated the next day. Subsequent methemoglobin level obtained less than 24 hours later was reduced to 0.8%. Two days later the patient was discharged to home.

Discussion

Methemoglobin is the state in which ferrous (Fe2+) ions of heme are oxidized to the ferric state (Fe3+). Because red blood cells are continuously exposed to various oxidative stresses, a methemoglobinemia level of approximately 1% is present in normal individuals at baseline. This low level is maintained through reduction by enzyme systems within the erythrocyte. The most important is the reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NADH)‐cytochrome‐b5 reductase system.1 Others, functioning mainly as reserve systems, are ascorbic acid, reduced glutathione, and reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADPH)‐methemoglobin reductase. The latter requires a natural cofactor or an autooxidizable dye such as methylene blue for activity.

Methemoglobinemia can be congenital or acquired. Congenital methemoglobinemia is very rare and is due to a cytochrome‐b5 reductase deficiency or presence of an abnormal hemoglobin M molecule.2 Acquired methemoglobinemia, the more common type, results from exposure to chemicals that cause more rapid accumulation of methemoglobin than the rate at which methemoglobin can be reduced. Many chemical and environmental agents can cause acquired methemoglobinemia (Table 1). Local anesthetics are the most common hospital‐based pharmacologic agents to cause methemoglobinemia. Prilocaine has been implicated most frequently, especially in newborns. Prilocaine‐induced methemoglobinemia is dose‐dependent and occurs when doses used exceed 600 mg in a 24‐hour period. Lidocaine is a rare cause of methemoglobinemia, but comorbidities like renal failure and use of other local anesthetics like benzocaine will increase the chances of methemoglobinemia. Benzocaine has been reported to cause methemoglobinemia after its use as a lubricant on endotracheal, bronchoscopic, and nasogastric or orogastric tubes, but more commonly after its use as a spray. Benzocaine is lipophilic and may continue to enter the bloodstream from adipose tissue after methylene blue concentrations are no longer therapeutic.

Etiologies of Methemoglobinemia
Name Key Features
Industrial agents
Naphthalene Coal tar, mothballs. Newborns are at increased risk for methemoglobinemia
Inorganic nitrates/nitrites Meat preservatives; vegetablescarrot juice, spinach. Nitrates are converted to nitrite by the bacteria in the gut. Most commonly acquired from ground water contaminated with pesticides and fertilizers
Aniline/aminophenols Laundry ink. Aniline‐induced methemoglobinemia is less responsive to methylene blue
Chlorates Matches, explosives, pyrotechnics, weed killers. Also cause intravascular hemolysis and toxic nephritis
Pharmaceutical agents
Local anesthetics: benzocaine, lidocaine, prilocaine Benzocaine: It is lipophilic and may continue to enter the blood stream from adipose tissue even after methylene blue concentrations are no longer therapeutic.
Lidocaine: Very rarely causes methemoglobinemia alone. Comorbidities like renal failure and use of other local anesthetics will increase the chances of methemoglobinemia. Prilocaine: Dose‐dependent. Occurs when doses used exceed 600 mg. Newborns are at higher risk
Primaquine Primaquine‐induced methemoglobinemia, although almost universal with clinical doses, seems to be mild, self‐limited, and tolerated without symptoms or signs of cyanosis in otherwise healthy people
Dapsone Can cause methemoglobinemia both in acute intoxication as well as chronic use. May precipitate acute hemolytic anemia. Metabolites that cause methemoglobinemia may last in the circulation for about 35 days
Phenacetin Phenacetin is generally metabolized to acetaminophen. In patients unable to metabolize phenacetin to acetaminophen, alternate metabolites are produced that cause methemoglobinemia
Sulfonamides Does not respond well to methylene blue. Alternative therapies include ascorbic acid, riboflavin, or exchange transfusion
Nitrites (amyl and butyl) Amyl nitrite: Used in treating angina. Butyl nitrite: Used in room deodorizers. Both drugs are used for their alleged sexual enhancing properties
Nitroprusside Methemoglobinemia occurs in patients who have received a dose larger than 10 mg/kg in 1 day. It takes 16 hours of continuous infusion at the maximum rate of 10 g/kg/minute to reach the total accumulated dose
Phenazopyridine Increased incidence of methemoglobinemia in patients with renal failure. Drug also causes hemolytic anemia and turns the urine orange‐yellow in color. One of its metabolites is aniline
Metoclopromide Overdose in infants causes methemoglobinemia
Trimethoprim Methemoglobinemia usually occurs after prolonged periods of administration. Caution when used with dapsone

Clinical presentation varies based on methemoglobin levels. Early symptoms of methemoglobinemia, when the blood contains 15% to 50% methemoglobin, include nonspecific headache, fatigues, dyspnea, and lethargy. As the amount of methemoglobin in the blood exceeds 50%, the patients develop more serious neurological symptoms, ranging from confusion to seizures, respiratory depression, and death (Table 2). Clinical interpretation of methemoglobin levels must take into account the total hemoglobin value because anemic patients will have proportionately less functional hemoglobin.3 Methemoglobinemia that develops rapidly will be clinically more severe than a similar degree that develops gradually. The acute accumulation of <30% methemoglobinemia is usually well tolerated in the nonanemic patient.

Clinical Presentation
Level of methemoglobinemia Symptoms
0‐15% No signs or symptoms
15‐20% Cyanosis and chocolate brown blood
20‐50% Headache, fatigues, dyspnea, and lethargy
>50% Serious neurological symptoms ranging from confusion to seizures; respiratory depression and death

The suspicion for methemoglobinemia should be raised in the presence of dark or chocolate‐brown arterial blood that does not become red with exposure to air.4 Dark‐colored blood from patients with hypoxia should redden with exposure to air; blood darkened by methemoglobin does not. The suspicion for methemoglobinemia should also be raised in the presence of a saturation gap, when the measured oxygen saturation of blood by pulse oximetry is less than the oxygen saturation calculated by routine blood gas analysis by more than 5%.5 The oxygen saturation on arterial blood gas is calculated from partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2) and pH. Since PaO2 is within normal limits in methemoglobinemia, it leads to a normal, though inaccurate, calculated oxygen saturation. Multiple‐wavelength cooximetry is the accepted standard for confirming and quantifying methemoglobinemia.6 This assay involves measuring methemoglobin at its peak absorbance of 630 nm and requires the addition of cyanide to convert methemoglobin to cyanomethemoglobin, which absorbs at shorter wavelengths, resulting in an absorbance decrease at 630 nm due to the disappearance of methemoglobin. Hyperlipidemia and intravenous administration of methylene blue or other dyes may interfere with cooximetry measurements.

In asymptomatic patients with acute methemoglobinemia, discontinuation of the offending drug and proper monitoring is sufficient. In patients who are symptomatic, in addition to supplemental oxygen, methylene blue should be used to enhance the reducing capacity of erythrocytes. Methylene blue, given intravenously in a dose of 1 mg/kg over 5 minutes, acts as an electron acceptor, enhances the NADPH pathway, and rapidly reduces methemoglobin to hemoglobin.7 However, methylene blue should not be used in patients with glucose‐6‐phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency as it can cause life‐threatening hemolysis. In these patients, ascorbic acid should be used. Hyperbaric oxygen or exchange transfusion can also be used. In patients who are in shock secondary to the methemoglobinemia, blood transfusion or exchange transfusion is helpful.

Summary

Agents that inflict large oxidative stress, such as topical anesthetics, can cause methemoglobinemia. A frequently‐used topical anesthetic agent like benzocaine is a common cause of methemoglobinemia. The most characteristic findings of methemoglobinemia are blue‐gray or brown‐gray cyanosis of the skin, lips, and nail beds, dark brown color of the blood, and saturation gap. Symptomatic patients should be given methylene blue intravenously.

A 38‐year‐old Hispanic man was admitted to the telemetry floor with diagnosis of pericarditis. Blood cultures revealed methicillin‐sensitive Staphylococcus aureus and the patient was started on nafcillin. Despite appropriate antibiotic therapy, the patient remained febrile. Transesophageal echocardiogram (TEE) was performed to evaluate for endocarditis. An hour after the TEE, patient started to desaturate and complained of shortness of breath. At this point, the patient was afebrile, with a pulse rate of 110 beats/minute and blood pressure of 97/63 mm Hg. Oxygen saturation by pulse oximetry of 82% on room air progressively declined even with administration of supplemental oxygen to 77%, necessitating intubation. Despite mechanical ventilation with 100% oxygen delivery, the patient remained cyanotic, with pulse oximetry reading of 69%, and with the arterial blood obtained from the patient at this time for laboratory analysis appearing brown in color.

Based on the temporal correlation of benzocaine spray used during TEE and the symptomscyanosis, hypoxia despite 100% fraction of inspired oxygen (FiO2), and chocolate‐brown arterial blooda diagnosis of methemoglobinemia was made. The patient's methemoglobin level was reported at 41% (normal range, 0‐3%). The patient received methylene blue, recovered rapidly, and was extubated the next day. Subsequent methemoglobin level obtained less than 24 hours later was reduced to 0.8%. Two days later the patient was discharged to home.

Discussion

Methemoglobin is the state in which ferrous (Fe2+) ions of heme are oxidized to the ferric state (Fe3+). Because red blood cells are continuously exposed to various oxidative stresses, a methemoglobinemia level of approximately 1% is present in normal individuals at baseline. This low level is maintained through reduction by enzyme systems within the erythrocyte. The most important is the reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide (NADH)‐cytochrome‐b5 reductase system.1 Others, functioning mainly as reserve systems, are ascorbic acid, reduced glutathione, and reduced nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide phosphate (NADPH)‐methemoglobin reductase. The latter requires a natural cofactor or an autooxidizable dye such as methylene blue for activity.

Methemoglobinemia can be congenital or acquired. Congenital methemoglobinemia is very rare and is due to a cytochrome‐b5 reductase deficiency or presence of an abnormal hemoglobin M molecule.2 Acquired methemoglobinemia, the more common type, results from exposure to chemicals that cause more rapid accumulation of methemoglobin than the rate at which methemoglobin can be reduced. Many chemical and environmental agents can cause acquired methemoglobinemia (Table 1). Local anesthetics are the most common hospital‐based pharmacologic agents to cause methemoglobinemia. Prilocaine has been implicated most frequently, especially in newborns. Prilocaine‐induced methemoglobinemia is dose‐dependent and occurs when doses used exceed 600 mg in a 24‐hour period. Lidocaine is a rare cause of methemoglobinemia, but comorbidities like renal failure and use of other local anesthetics like benzocaine will increase the chances of methemoglobinemia. Benzocaine has been reported to cause methemoglobinemia after its use as a lubricant on endotracheal, bronchoscopic, and nasogastric or orogastric tubes, but more commonly after its use as a spray. Benzocaine is lipophilic and may continue to enter the bloodstream from adipose tissue after methylene blue concentrations are no longer therapeutic.

Etiologies of Methemoglobinemia
Name Key Features
Industrial agents
Naphthalene Coal tar, mothballs. Newborns are at increased risk for methemoglobinemia
Inorganic nitrates/nitrites Meat preservatives; vegetablescarrot juice, spinach. Nitrates are converted to nitrite by the bacteria in the gut. Most commonly acquired from ground water contaminated with pesticides and fertilizers
Aniline/aminophenols Laundry ink. Aniline‐induced methemoglobinemia is less responsive to methylene blue
Chlorates Matches, explosives, pyrotechnics, weed killers. Also cause intravascular hemolysis and toxic nephritis
Pharmaceutical agents
Local anesthetics: benzocaine, lidocaine, prilocaine Benzocaine: It is lipophilic and may continue to enter the blood stream from adipose tissue even after methylene blue concentrations are no longer therapeutic.
Lidocaine: Very rarely causes methemoglobinemia alone. Comorbidities like renal failure and use of other local anesthetics will increase the chances of methemoglobinemia. Prilocaine: Dose‐dependent. Occurs when doses used exceed 600 mg. Newborns are at higher risk
Primaquine Primaquine‐induced methemoglobinemia, although almost universal with clinical doses, seems to be mild, self‐limited, and tolerated without symptoms or signs of cyanosis in otherwise healthy people
Dapsone Can cause methemoglobinemia both in acute intoxication as well as chronic use. May precipitate acute hemolytic anemia. Metabolites that cause methemoglobinemia may last in the circulation for about 35 days
Phenacetin Phenacetin is generally metabolized to acetaminophen. In patients unable to metabolize phenacetin to acetaminophen, alternate metabolites are produced that cause methemoglobinemia
Sulfonamides Does not respond well to methylene blue. Alternative therapies include ascorbic acid, riboflavin, or exchange transfusion
Nitrites (amyl and butyl) Amyl nitrite: Used in treating angina. Butyl nitrite: Used in room deodorizers. Both drugs are used for their alleged sexual enhancing properties
Nitroprusside Methemoglobinemia occurs in patients who have received a dose larger than 10 mg/kg in 1 day. It takes 16 hours of continuous infusion at the maximum rate of 10 g/kg/minute to reach the total accumulated dose
Phenazopyridine Increased incidence of methemoglobinemia in patients with renal failure. Drug also causes hemolytic anemia and turns the urine orange‐yellow in color. One of its metabolites is aniline
Metoclopromide Overdose in infants causes methemoglobinemia
Trimethoprim Methemoglobinemia usually occurs after prolonged periods of administration. Caution when used with dapsone

Clinical presentation varies based on methemoglobin levels. Early symptoms of methemoglobinemia, when the blood contains 15% to 50% methemoglobin, include nonspecific headache, fatigues, dyspnea, and lethargy. As the amount of methemoglobin in the blood exceeds 50%, the patients develop more serious neurological symptoms, ranging from confusion to seizures, respiratory depression, and death (Table 2). Clinical interpretation of methemoglobin levels must take into account the total hemoglobin value because anemic patients will have proportionately less functional hemoglobin.3 Methemoglobinemia that develops rapidly will be clinically more severe than a similar degree that develops gradually. The acute accumulation of <30% methemoglobinemia is usually well tolerated in the nonanemic patient.

Clinical Presentation
Level of methemoglobinemia Symptoms
0‐15% No signs or symptoms
15‐20% Cyanosis and chocolate brown blood
20‐50% Headache, fatigues, dyspnea, and lethargy
>50% Serious neurological symptoms ranging from confusion to seizures; respiratory depression and death

The suspicion for methemoglobinemia should be raised in the presence of dark or chocolate‐brown arterial blood that does not become red with exposure to air.4 Dark‐colored blood from patients with hypoxia should redden with exposure to air; blood darkened by methemoglobin does not. The suspicion for methemoglobinemia should also be raised in the presence of a saturation gap, when the measured oxygen saturation of blood by pulse oximetry is less than the oxygen saturation calculated by routine blood gas analysis by more than 5%.5 The oxygen saturation on arterial blood gas is calculated from partial pressure of arterial oxygen (PaO2) and pH. Since PaO2 is within normal limits in methemoglobinemia, it leads to a normal, though inaccurate, calculated oxygen saturation. Multiple‐wavelength cooximetry is the accepted standard for confirming and quantifying methemoglobinemia.6 This assay involves measuring methemoglobin at its peak absorbance of 630 nm and requires the addition of cyanide to convert methemoglobin to cyanomethemoglobin, which absorbs at shorter wavelengths, resulting in an absorbance decrease at 630 nm due to the disappearance of methemoglobin. Hyperlipidemia and intravenous administration of methylene blue or other dyes may interfere with cooximetry measurements.

In asymptomatic patients with acute methemoglobinemia, discontinuation of the offending drug and proper monitoring is sufficient. In patients who are symptomatic, in addition to supplemental oxygen, methylene blue should be used to enhance the reducing capacity of erythrocytes. Methylene blue, given intravenously in a dose of 1 mg/kg over 5 minutes, acts as an electron acceptor, enhances the NADPH pathway, and rapidly reduces methemoglobin to hemoglobin.7 However, methylene blue should not be used in patients with glucose‐6‐phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency as it can cause life‐threatening hemolysis. In these patients, ascorbic acid should be used. Hyperbaric oxygen or exchange transfusion can also be used. In patients who are in shock secondary to the methemoglobinemia, blood transfusion or exchange transfusion is helpful.

Summary

Agents that inflict large oxidative stress, such as topical anesthetics, can cause methemoglobinemia. A frequently‐used topical anesthetic agent like benzocaine is a common cause of methemoglobinemia. The most characteristic findings of methemoglobinemia are blue‐gray or brown‐gray cyanosis of the skin, lips, and nail beds, dark brown color of the blood, and saturation gap. Symptomatic patients should be given methylene blue intravenously.

References
  1. Umbreit J.Methemoglobin—it's not just blue: a concise review.Am J Hematol.2007;82(2):134144.
  2. Griffey RT,Brown DF,Nadel ES.Cyanosis.J Emerg Med.2000;18(3):369371.
  3. Kane GC,Hoehn SM,Behrenbeck TR,Mulvagh SL.Benzocaine‐induced methemoglobinemia based on the Mayo Clinic experience from 28,478 transesophageal echocardiograms: incidence, outcomes, and predisposing factors.Arch Intern Med.2007;167(18):19771982.
  4. Wright RO,Lewander WJ,Woolf AD.Methemoglobinemia: etiology, pharmacology, and clinical management.Ann Emerg Med.1999;34(5):646656.
  5. Akhtar J,Johnston BD,Krenzelok EP.Mind the gap.J Emerg Med.2007;33(2):131132.
  6. Konig MW,Dolinski SY.A 74‐year‐old woman with desaturation following surgery. Co‐oximetry is the first step in making the diagnosis of dyshemoglobinemia.Chest.2003;123(2):613616.
  7. Clifton J,Leikin JB.Methylene blue.Am J Ther.2003;10(4):289291.
References
  1. Umbreit J.Methemoglobin—it's not just blue: a concise review.Am J Hematol.2007;82(2):134144.
  2. Griffey RT,Brown DF,Nadel ES.Cyanosis.J Emerg Med.2000;18(3):369371.
  3. Kane GC,Hoehn SM,Behrenbeck TR,Mulvagh SL.Benzocaine‐induced methemoglobinemia based on the Mayo Clinic experience from 28,478 transesophageal echocardiograms: incidence, outcomes, and predisposing factors.Arch Intern Med.2007;167(18):19771982.
  4. Wright RO,Lewander WJ,Woolf AD.Methemoglobinemia: etiology, pharmacology, and clinical management.Ann Emerg Med.1999;34(5):646656.
  5. Akhtar J,Johnston BD,Krenzelok EP.Mind the gap.J Emerg Med.2007;33(2):131132.
  6. Konig MW,Dolinski SY.A 74‐year‐old woman with desaturation following surgery. Co‐oximetry is the first step in making the diagnosis of dyshemoglobinemia.Chest.2003;123(2):613616.
  7. Clifton J,Leikin JB.Methylene blue.Am J Ther.2003;10(4):289291.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
387-389
Page Number
387-389
Article Type
Display Headline
A case of sudden desaturation and cyanosis
Display Headline
A case of sudden desaturation and cyanosis
Legacy Keywords
benzocaine, “chocolate‐brown” arterial blood, cyanosis, methemoglobinemia, methylene blue, “oxygenation gap”
Legacy Keywords
benzocaine, “chocolate‐brown” arterial blood, cyanosis, methemoglobinemia, methylene blue, “oxygenation gap”
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
1700 Mt. Vernon Ave, Bakersfield, CA 93306
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Hospitalist Role in PICC Use

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Peripherally inserted central catheter use in the hospitalized patient: Is there a role for the hospitalist?

Peripherally inserted central catheters (PICCs) are being used with greater frequency than ever before for intravenous access in hospitals, and PICCs may offer advantages in safety over traditional central venous catheters (CVCs). Despite these potential advantages, a large number of CVCs are still being placed. In a recent 1‐day survey of 6 large urban teaching hospitals, 29% of all patients had a CVC in place (59.3% of intensive care unit [ICU] patients and 23.7% of non‐ICU patients).1 Most catheters were inserted in the subclavian (55%) or jugular (22%) veins, with femoral (6%) and peripheral (15%) sites less commonly used. Even in the non‐ICU setting, only 20% of all central catheters were PICCs.

PICCs may offer advantages over centrally‐inserted intravenous catheters, such as the reduced risks of pneumothorax,2 arterial puncture, uncontrolled bleeding of large central veins, central lineassociated bloodstream infections (CLAB),3, 4 and lower cost.5 In addition, central venous pressure monitoring can now be performed with the larger‐bore PICCs.6

The low risk of mechanical complications for PICC insertion has been well documented.7, 8 In contrast, femoral or retroperitoneal hematoma occurs in up to 1.3% of cases following femoral catheter insertion,9 and pneumothorax occurs in 1.5% to 2.3% of subclavian catheter insertions.10 However, there are only limited data to suggest that the risk of PICC‐related bacteremia is lower than that of centrally‐placed catheters.11, 12

The benefit of PICCs over centrally‐placed catheters in terms of venous thromboembolism (VTE) is also not as easy to show, and in fact the rate may be greater in PICCs. The reported incidence of PICC‐related VTE has been between 0.3% and 56.0%, and the wide variation in rates is likely related to the method of diagnosis.1315 It is likely that most patients with PICC‐related VTE are asymptomatic, and that its incidence is underestimated.16

In many hospitals PICCs are placed by a certified nurse, or by an interventional radiologist if the nurse is unsuccessful.17 There are few reports of PICCs being placed by nonradiology physicians. In one report of 894 patients referred to a critical care specialist for PICC insertion, venous access was achieved 100% of the time, there were no referrals to interventional radiology, and there were no incidents of pneumothorax or bleeding.8 In a university‐affiliated community hospital, we carried out a retrospective review of our experience with training hospital physicians to place PICCs.

Methods

In July 2006 our community hospital, which is affiliated with the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, instituted a hospitalist program. Prior to the hospitalist program, 1 house physician was available to place PICCs in the antecubital vein without the aid of ultrasound, and there was no PICC‐certified nurse in the hospital. An interventional radiologist was available to place PICCs that could not be placed by the house physician. After July 2006 under the hospitalist service, 3 of the 5 physicians were trained to place PICCs in the deep veins of the arm with the use of ultrasound guidance.

Training included 1 day with the PICC training nurse at the tertiary hospital, followed by supervised placements in the community hospital until proficiency was obtained. Proficiency was relative and cumulative. Approximately 3 supervised procedures were necessary before the physician was able to place PICCs by him or herself. All PICCs were placed using 5 barrier precautions, with chlorhexidine cleansing, and with a time‐out prior to the procedure.

Retrospective hospital data for central catheter placement were examined for the 18 months prior to and following the start of the hospitalist program. These data were collected routinely by the hospital infection control nurse for purposes of quality improvement and patient safety. The data included central catheters placed by all physicians in the hospital; however, the vast majority of these were placed by the hospitalists. The catheters were placed throughout the hospital, both on the medical floors, cardiac step‐down unit, and the ICU. Information regarding the number of central catheters placed and the specific type of catheter (subclavian, jugular, femoral, or PICC) was available from July 2005 through December 2007. Also available from January 2005 were the numbers of femoral and nonfemoral catheter days (number of catheters multiplied by number of days in place) and the central catheterassociated bacteremia rates (number per 1000 catheter days) for femoral and nonfemoral catheters. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) definition of central lineassociated bacteremia was used, which is any documented bloodstream infection within 48 hours of the presence of a CVC in the absence of an alternate source of infection. Data for other complications such as pneumothorax and major bleeding were not consistently recorded.

Results

Figure 1 shows the number of internal jugular, subclavian, femoral, PICC, and total catheter placements from July 2005 through December 2007. The data are grouped into 3‐month increments for visual convenience. Comparing the periods before and after the inception of the hospitalist PICC service (Figure 1, dotted vertical line), the rate of PICC placements rose 4‐fold and the rate of total catheter placements approximately doubled. The rates of femoral and subclavian catheter placements decreased by approximately 50% and the rate of internal jugular catheter placement was roughly unchanged.

Figure 1
Central venous catheter insertion rates by quarter year. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program.

Figure 2 shows the numbers of femoral and nonfemoral catheter days by month for 2005 through 2007. The nonfemoral catheter days began to rise prior to the start of the hospitalist program and continued to rise afterward, showing an approximately 3‐fold increase by the end of the study period. The number of femoral catheters days was highly variable, but seemed to decrease by approximately 50%.

Figure 2
Femoral and nonfemoral catheter days by month. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program.

Figure 3 shows the rates of femoral and nonfemoral catheter‐associated bacteremia by month for 2005 through 2007. The absolute number of infections in both periods was low and is shown at the top of each bar in the figure.

Figure 3
Femoral and nonfemoral bacteremia rates per 1000 catheter days by month. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program. The absolute number of infections is noted atop each bar.

To our knowledge, there were no episodes of pneumothorax or major bleeding with PICC placement. There were 3 inadvertent arterial punctures, each of which was easily controlled with local pressure. There was 1 incident of a coiled guidewire that could not be removed at the bedside and had to be removed in interventional radiology with no significant consequence to the patient.

Discussion

The complications associated with central catheter insertion continue to place the hospitalized patient at risk. PICCs may offer significant advantages over other types of central catheters in terms of decreased rates of mechanical and infectious complications. Despite this, hospital physicians have not traditionally been trained to place PICCs. We have shown in our small, university‐affiliated community hospital that training hospital physicians to place PICCs was associated with a decrease in the placement of centrally‐inserted venous catheters and a reduced rate of femoral catheter days. At the same time, the rate of central catheterrelated bacteremia remained low.

There are many limitations to our study. Since the analysis was retrospective and uncontrolled, it is not possible to attribute the decrease in femoral catheter days and the low infection rates solely to the use of PICCs. There may have been other factors, either related or unrelated to the transition to a hospitalist service, that influenced the results, such as improved hand hygiene, attention to the use of 5 barrier precautions, and the use of chlorhexidine cleansing. Also, since the study was descriptive and outcome measures were either not available or the numbers small, we cannot prove that there was benefit to the patients or that the changes in rates were statistically significant.

Training hospital physicians to place PICCs in our study was associated with a 2‐fold increase in the overall rate of catheter placements. The reason for this increase in the total number of catheter placements is not clear, but it is likely related to the ease of PICC placement and the increasing number of patients with difficult intravenous access. It is unclear if an equivalent number of traditional central catheters would have been placed were the hospitalists not trained in PICC placement. However, this increase in total number of catheters did not appear to result in an increase in catheter‐related bacteremia or in mechanical complications.

We observed no apparent decrease in the insertion rate of internal jugular catheters in our study, despite a decrease in the rates of subclavian and femoral catheter placements. Although the current CDC guideline recommends using the subclavian vein as the preferred site, the UK National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) is now recommending the use of real‐time ultrasound with each placement,18 and we find that this is best done in the internal jugular vein. Also, the rate of placement of femoral catheters remained higher than that of subclavian cathetersmost likely because the femoral vein remained the site of choice for emergently‐placed cathetersas PICC, more so than subclavian, became the preferred site for elective catheters.

Training physicians to place PICCs was not a simple task. In our experience, the availability of trainers at the tertiary care hospital was limited and the distractions of other duties of the hospitalist complicated the learning process. Two of our 5 physicians could not schedule time with the training nurse and were not able to acquire the skill. However, after training, the 3 hospitalists found that there was such a demand for PICCs that with time it was easy to maintain and even refine this skill. Since we only had 3 of 5 hospitalists trained in PICC placement, we could not have a PICC‐trained hospitalist on site 24 hours a day and the remaining 2 physicians had to rely on centrally‐placed catheters for access or have 1 of the trained physicians come to the hospital from home.

In summary, PICCs may be a safe and easy alternative to centrally‐placed catheters for the hospital physician attempting to secure central intravenous access and may lead to a decrease in the need for more risky CVC insertions. More definitive, controlled investigation, with patient outcome data, will be required before this can be advocated as a universal recommendation.

References
  1. Climo M,Diekema D,Warren DK, et al.Prevalence of the use of central venous access devices within and outside of the intensive care unit: results of a survey among hospitals in the prevention epicenter program of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.2003;24:942945.
  2. Kyle KS,Myers JS.Peripherally inserted central catheters: development of a hospital‐based program.J Intraven Nurs.1990;13:287290.
  3. Graham DR,Keldermans MM,Klem LW, et al.Infectious complications among patients receiving home intravenous therapy with peripheral, central, or peripherally placed central venous catheters.Am J Med.1991;91:95S100S.
  4. Skiest DJ,Abbott M,Keiser P.Peripherally inserted central catheters in patients with AIDS are associated with a low infection rate.Clin Infect Dis.2000;30:949952.
  5. Lam S,Scannell R,Roessler D,Smith MA.Peripherally inserted central venous catheters in an acute care hospital.J Intraven Nurs.1990;154:18331837.
  6. Black IH,Blosse SA,Murray WB.Central venous pressure measurements: peripherally inserted catheters versus centrally inserted catheters.Crit Care Med.2000;28:38333836.
  7. Thiagaragen R,Ramamoothry C,Gettman T, et al.Survey of the use of peripherally inserted central venous catheters in children.Pediatrics.1997;99:e4.
  8. Casalmir EC.Peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC) is effective in the care of critically ill patients using the basilic and cephalic veins and performed under ultrasound guidance at the patient's bedside by a pulmonary and critical care specialist. [October 23‐28, 2004, Seattle, Washington, USA. Abstracts].Chest.2004;126(4 suppl):705S1014S.
  9. Williams JF,Seneff MG,Friedman BC, et al.Use of femoral venous catheters in critically ill adults: prospective study.Crit Care Med.1991;19:550553.
  10. Mansfield PF,Hohn DC,Fornage BD,Gregurich MA,Ota DM.Complications and failures of subclavian‐vein catheterization.N Engl J Med.1994;331:17351738.
  11. Safdar N,Maki D.Risk of catheter‐related bloodstream infection with peripherally inserted central venous catheters used in hospitalized patients.Chest.2005;128:489495.
  12. Loewenthal MR,Dobson PM.The peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC): a prospective study of its natural history after cubital fossa insertion.Anaesth Intensive Care.2002;30:2124.
  13. Chemaly RF,de Parres JB,Rehm SJ.Venous thrombosis associated with peripherally inserted central catheters: a retrospective analysis of the Cleveland Clinic experience.Clin Infect Dis.2002;34:11791183.
  14. Ong B,Gibbs H,Catchpole I,Hetherington R,Harper J.Peripherally inserted central catheters and upper extremity deep vein thrombosis.Australas Radiol.2006;50:451454.
  15. Abdullah BJ,Mohammad N,Sangkar JV, et al.Incidence of upper limb venous thrombosis associated with peripherally inserted central catheters (PICC).Br J Radiol.2005;78:596600.
  16. Pradoni P,Polistena P,Benardi E, et al.Upper‐extremity deep vein thrombosis: risk factors, diagnosis, and complications.Arch Intern Med.1997;157:5762.
  17. Fong NI,Holtzman SR,Bettmann MA,Bettis SJ.Peripherally inserted central catheters: outcome as a function of the operator.J Vasc Interv Radiol.2001;12:723729.
  18. Hind D,Calvert N,McWilliams R, et al.Ultrasonic locating devices for central venous cannulation: meta‐analysis.BMJ.2003;327:361.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
E1-E4
Legacy Keywords
catheterization, central venous, infection control, hospitalists
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Peripherally inserted central catheters (PICCs) are being used with greater frequency than ever before for intravenous access in hospitals, and PICCs may offer advantages in safety over traditional central venous catheters (CVCs). Despite these potential advantages, a large number of CVCs are still being placed. In a recent 1‐day survey of 6 large urban teaching hospitals, 29% of all patients had a CVC in place (59.3% of intensive care unit [ICU] patients and 23.7% of non‐ICU patients).1 Most catheters were inserted in the subclavian (55%) or jugular (22%) veins, with femoral (6%) and peripheral (15%) sites less commonly used. Even in the non‐ICU setting, only 20% of all central catheters were PICCs.

PICCs may offer advantages over centrally‐inserted intravenous catheters, such as the reduced risks of pneumothorax,2 arterial puncture, uncontrolled bleeding of large central veins, central lineassociated bloodstream infections (CLAB),3, 4 and lower cost.5 In addition, central venous pressure monitoring can now be performed with the larger‐bore PICCs.6

The low risk of mechanical complications for PICC insertion has been well documented.7, 8 In contrast, femoral or retroperitoneal hematoma occurs in up to 1.3% of cases following femoral catheter insertion,9 and pneumothorax occurs in 1.5% to 2.3% of subclavian catheter insertions.10 However, there are only limited data to suggest that the risk of PICC‐related bacteremia is lower than that of centrally‐placed catheters.11, 12

The benefit of PICCs over centrally‐placed catheters in terms of venous thromboembolism (VTE) is also not as easy to show, and in fact the rate may be greater in PICCs. The reported incidence of PICC‐related VTE has been between 0.3% and 56.0%, and the wide variation in rates is likely related to the method of diagnosis.1315 It is likely that most patients with PICC‐related VTE are asymptomatic, and that its incidence is underestimated.16

In many hospitals PICCs are placed by a certified nurse, or by an interventional radiologist if the nurse is unsuccessful.17 There are few reports of PICCs being placed by nonradiology physicians. In one report of 894 patients referred to a critical care specialist for PICC insertion, venous access was achieved 100% of the time, there were no referrals to interventional radiology, and there were no incidents of pneumothorax or bleeding.8 In a university‐affiliated community hospital, we carried out a retrospective review of our experience with training hospital physicians to place PICCs.

Methods

In July 2006 our community hospital, which is affiliated with the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, instituted a hospitalist program. Prior to the hospitalist program, 1 house physician was available to place PICCs in the antecubital vein without the aid of ultrasound, and there was no PICC‐certified nurse in the hospital. An interventional radiologist was available to place PICCs that could not be placed by the house physician. After July 2006 under the hospitalist service, 3 of the 5 physicians were trained to place PICCs in the deep veins of the arm with the use of ultrasound guidance.

Training included 1 day with the PICC training nurse at the tertiary hospital, followed by supervised placements in the community hospital until proficiency was obtained. Proficiency was relative and cumulative. Approximately 3 supervised procedures were necessary before the physician was able to place PICCs by him or herself. All PICCs were placed using 5 barrier precautions, with chlorhexidine cleansing, and with a time‐out prior to the procedure.

Retrospective hospital data for central catheter placement were examined for the 18 months prior to and following the start of the hospitalist program. These data were collected routinely by the hospital infection control nurse for purposes of quality improvement and patient safety. The data included central catheters placed by all physicians in the hospital; however, the vast majority of these were placed by the hospitalists. The catheters were placed throughout the hospital, both on the medical floors, cardiac step‐down unit, and the ICU. Information regarding the number of central catheters placed and the specific type of catheter (subclavian, jugular, femoral, or PICC) was available from July 2005 through December 2007. Also available from January 2005 were the numbers of femoral and nonfemoral catheter days (number of catheters multiplied by number of days in place) and the central catheterassociated bacteremia rates (number per 1000 catheter days) for femoral and nonfemoral catheters. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) definition of central lineassociated bacteremia was used, which is any documented bloodstream infection within 48 hours of the presence of a CVC in the absence of an alternate source of infection. Data for other complications such as pneumothorax and major bleeding were not consistently recorded.

Results

Figure 1 shows the number of internal jugular, subclavian, femoral, PICC, and total catheter placements from July 2005 through December 2007. The data are grouped into 3‐month increments for visual convenience. Comparing the periods before and after the inception of the hospitalist PICC service (Figure 1, dotted vertical line), the rate of PICC placements rose 4‐fold and the rate of total catheter placements approximately doubled. The rates of femoral and subclavian catheter placements decreased by approximately 50% and the rate of internal jugular catheter placement was roughly unchanged.

Figure 1
Central venous catheter insertion rates by quarter year. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program.

Figure 2 shows the numbers of femoral and nonfemoral catheter days by month for 2005 through 2007. The nonfemoral catheter days began to rise prior to the start of the hospitalist program and continued to rise afterward, showing an approximately 3‐fold increase by the end of the study period. The number of femoral catheters days was highly variable, but seemed to decrease by approximately 50%.

Figure 2
Femoral and nonfemoral catheter days by month. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program.

Figure 3 shows the rates of femoral and nonfemoral catheter‐associated bacteremia by month for 2005 through 2007. The absolute number of infections in both periods was low and is shown at the top of each bar in the figure.

Figure 3
Femoral and nonfemoral bacteremia rates per 1000 catheter days by month. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program. The absolute number of infections is noted atop each bar.

To our knowledge, there were no episodes of pneumothorax or major bleeding with PICC placement. There were 3 inadvertent arterial punctures, each of which was easily controlled with local pressure. There was 1 incident of a coiled guidewire that could not be removed at the bedside and had to be removed in interventional radiology with no significant consequence to the patient.

Discussion

The complications associated with central catheter insertion continue to place the hospitalized patient at risk. PICCs may offer significant advantages over other types of central catheters in terms of decreased rates of mechanical and infectious complications. Despite this, hospital physicians have not traditionally been trained to place PICCs. We have shown in our small, university‐affiliated community hospital that training hospital physicians to place PICCs was associated with a decrease in the placement of centrally‐inserted venous catheters and a reduced rate of femoral catheter days. At the same time, the rate of central catheterrelated bacteremia remained low.

There are many limitations to our study. Since the analysis was retrospective and uncontrolled, it is not possible to attribute the decrease in femoral catheter days and the low infection rates solely to the use of PICCs. There may have been other factors, either related or unrelated to the transition to a hospitalist service, that influenced the results, such as improved hand hygiene, attention to the use of 5 barrier precautions, and the use of chlorhexidine cleansing. Also, since the study was descriptive and outcome measures were either not available or the numbers small, we cannot prove that there was benefit to the patients or that the changes in rates were statistically significant.

Training hospital physicians to place PICCs in our study was associated with a 2‐fold increase in the overall rate of catheter placements. The reason for this increase in the total number of catheter placements is not clear, but it is likely related to the ease of PICC placement and the increasing number of patients with difficult intravenous access. It is unclear if an equivalent number of traditional central catheters would have been placed were the hospitalists not trained in PICC placement. However, this increase in total number of catheters did not appear to result in an increase in catheter‐related bacteremia or in mechanical complications.

We observed no apparent decrease in the insertion rate of internal jugular catheters in our study, despite a decrease in the rates of subclavian and femoral catheter placements. Although the current CDC guideline recommends using the subclavian vein as the preferred site, the UK National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) is now recommending the use of real‐time ultrasound with each placement,18 and we find that this is best done in the internal jugular vein. Also, the rate of placement of femoral catheters remained higher than that of subclavian cathetersmost likely because the femoral vein remained the site of choice for emergently‐placed cathetersas PICC, more so than subclavian, became the preferred site for elective catheters.

Training physicians to place PICCs was not a simple task. In our experience, the availability of trainers at the tertiary care hospital was limited and the distractions of other duties of the hospitalist complicated the learning process. Two of our 5 physicians could not schedule time with the training nurse and were not able to acquire the skill. However, after training, the 3 hospitalists found that there was such a demand for PICCs that with time it was easy to maintain and even refine this skill. Since we only had 3 of 5 hospitalists trained in PICC placement, we could not have a PICC‐trained hospitalist on site 24 hours a day and the remaining 2 physicians had to rely on centrally‐placed catheters for access or have 1 of the trained physicians come to the hospital from home.

In summary, PICCs may be a safe and easy alternative to centrally‐placed catheters for the hospital physician attempting to secure central intravenous access and may lead to a decrease in the need for more risky CVC insertions. More definitive, controlled investigation, with patient outcome data, will be required before this can be advocated as a universal recommendation.

Peripherally inserted central catheters (PICCs) are being used with greater frequency than ever before for intravenous access in hospitals, and PICCs may offer advantages in safety over traditional central venous catheters (CVCs). Despite these potential advantages, a large number of CVCs are still being placed. In a recent 1‐day survey of 6 large urban teaching hospitals, 29% of all patients had a CVC in place (59.3% of intensive care unit [ICU] patients and 23.7% of non‐ICU patients).1 Most catheters were inserted in the subclavian (55%) or jugular (22%) veins, with femoral (6%) and peripheral (15%) sites less commonly used. Even in the non‐ICU setting, only 20% of all central catheters were PICCs.

PICCs may offer advantages over centrally‐inserted intravenous catheters, such as the reduced risks of pneumothorax,2 arterial puncture, uncontrolled bleeding of large central veins, central lineassociated bloodstream infections (CLAB),3, 4 and lower cost.5 In addition, central venous pressure monitoring can now be performed with the larger‐bore PICCs.6

The low risk of mechanical complications for PICC insertion has been well documented.7, 8 In contrast, femoral or retroperitoneal hematoma occurs in up to 1.3% of cases following femoral catheter insertion,9 and pneumothorax occurs in 1.5% to 2.3% of subclavian catheter insertions.10 However, there are only limited data to suggest that the risk of PICC‐related bacteremia is lower than that of centrally‐placed catheters.11, 12

The benefit of PICCs over centrally‐placed catheters in terms of venous thromboembolism (VTE) is also not as easy to show, and in fact the rate may be greater in PICCs. The reported incidence of PICC‐related VTE has been between 0.3% and 56.0%, and the wide variation in rates is likely related to the method of diagnosis.1315 It is likely that most patients with PICC‐related VTE are asymptomatic, and that its incidence is underestimated.16

In many hospitals PICCs are placed by a certified nurse, or by an interventional radiologist if the nurse is unsuccessful.17 There are few reports of PICCs being placed by nonradiology physicians. In one report of 894 patients referred to a critical care specialist for PICC insertion, venous access was achieved 100% of the time, there were no referrals to interventional radiology, and there were no incidents of pneumothorax or bleeding.8 In a university‐affiliated community hospital, we carried out a retrospective review of our experience with training hospital physicians to place PICCs.

Methods

In July 2006 our community hospital, which is affiliated with the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, instituted a hospitalist program. Prior to the hospitalist program, 1 house physician was available to place PICCs in the antecubital vein without the aid of ultrasound, and there was no PICC‐certified nurse in the hospital. An interventional radiologist was available to place PICCs that could not be placed by the house physician. After July 2006 under the hospitalist service, 3 of the 5 physicians were trained to place PICCs in the deep veins of the arm with the use of ultrasound guidance.

Training included 1 day with the PICC training nurse at the tertiary hospital, followed by supervised placements in the community hospital until proficiency was obtained. Proficiency was relative and cumulative. Approximately 3 supervised procedures were necessary before the physician was able to place PICCs by him or herself. All PICCs were placed using 5 barrier precautions, with chlorhexidine cleansing, and with a time‐out prior to the procedure.

Retrospective hospital data for central catheter placement were examined for the 18 months prior to and following the start of the hospitalist program. These data were collected routinely by the hospital infection control nurse for purposes of quality improvement and patient safety. The data included central catheters placed by all physicians in the hospital; however, the vast majority of these were placed by the hospitalists. The catheters were placed throughout the hospital, both on the medical floors, cardiac step‐down unit, and the ICU. Information regarding the number of central catheters placed and the specific type of catheter (subclavian, jugular, femoral, or PICC) was available from July 2005 through December 2007. Also available from January 2005 were the numbers of femoral and nonfemoral catheter days (number of catheters multiplied by number of days in place) and the central catheterassociated bacteremia rates (number per 1000 catheter days) for femoral and nonfemoral catheters. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) definition of central lineassociated bacteremia was used, which is any documented bloodstream infection within 48 hours of the presence of a CVC in the absence of an alternate source of infection. Data for other complications such as pneumothorax and major bleeding were not consistently recorded.

Results

Figure 1 shows the number of internal jugular, subclavian, femoral, PICC, and total catheter placements from July 2005 through December 2007. The data are grouped into 3‐month increments for visual convenience. Comparing the periods before and after the inception of the hospitalist PICC service (Figure 1, dotted vertical line), the rate of PICC placements rose 4‐fold and the rate of total catheter placements approximately doubled. The rates of femoral and subclavian catheter placements decreased by approximately 50% and the rate of internal jugular catheter placement was roughly unchanged.

Figure 1
Central venous catheter insertion rates by quarter year. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program.

Figure 2 shows the numbers of femoral and nonfemoral catheter days by month for 2005 through 2007. The nonfemoral catheter days began to rise prior to the start of the hospitalist program and continued to rise afterward, showing an approximately 3‐fold increase by the end of the study period. The number of femoral catheters days was highly variable, but seemed to decrease by approximately 50%.

Figure 2
Femoral and nonfemoral catheter days by month. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program.

Figure 3 shows the rates of femoral and nonfemoral catheter‐associated bacteremia by month for 2005 through 2007. The absolute number of infections in both periods was low and is shown at the top of each bar in the figure.

Figure 3
Femoral and nonfemoral bacteremia rates per 1000 catheter days by month. The dotted vertical line signifies the beginning of the hospitalist program. The absolute number of infections is noted atop each bar.

To our knowledge, there were no episodes of pneumothorax or major bleeding with PICC placement. There were 3 inadvertent arterial punctures, each of which was easily controlled with local pressure. There was 1 incident of a coiled guidewire that could not be removed at the bedside and had to be removed in interventional radiology with no significant consequence to the patient.

Discussion

The complications associated with central catheter insertion continue to place the hospitalized patient at risk. PICCs may offer significant advantages over other types of central catheters in terms of decreased rates of mechanical and infectious complications. Despite this, hospital physicians have not traditionally been trained to place PICCs. We have shown in our small, university‐affiliated community hospital that training hospital physicians to place PICCs was associated with a decrease in the placement of centrally‐inserted venous catheters and a reduced rate of femoral catheter days. At the same time, the rate of central catheterrelated bacteremia remained low.

There are many limitations to our study. Since the analysis was retrospective and uncontrolled, it is not possible to attribute the decrease in femoral catheter days and the low infection rates solely to the use of PICCs. There may have been other factors, either related or unrelated to the transition to a hospitalist service, that influenced the results, such as improved hand hygiene, attention to the use of 5 barrier precautions, and the use of chlorhexidine cleansing. Also, since the study was descriptive and outcome measures were either not available or the numbers small, we cannot prove that there was benefit to the patients or that the changes in rates were statistically significant.

Training hospital physicians to place PICCs in our study was associated with a 2‐fold increase in the overall rate of catheter placements. The reason for this increase in the total number of catheter placements is not clear, but it is likely related to the ease of PICC placement and the increasing number of patients with difficult intravenous access. It is unclear if an equivalent number of traditional central catheters would have been placed were the hospitalists not trained in PICC placement. However, this increase in total number of catheters did not appear to result in an increase in catheter‐related bacteremia or in mechanical complications.

We observed no apparent decrease in the insertion rate of internal jugular catheters in our study, despite a decrease in the rates of subclavian and femoral catheter placements. Although the current CDC guideline recommends using the subclavian vein as the preferred site, the UK National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) is now recommending the use of real‐time ultrasound with each placement,18 and we find that this is best done in the internal jugular vein. Also, the rate of placement of femoral catheters remained higher than that of subclavian cathetersmost likely because the femoral vein remained the site of choice for emergently‐placed cathetersas PICC, more so than subclavian, became the preferred site for elective catheters.

Training physicians to place PICCs was not a simple task. In our experience, the availability of trainers at the tertiary care hospital was limited and the distractions of other duties of the hospitalist complicated the learning process. Two of our 5 physicians could not schedule time with the training nurse and were not able to acquire the skill. However, after training, the 3 hospitalists found that there was such a demand for PICCs that with time it was easy to maintain and even refine this skill. Since we only had 3 of 5 hospitalists trained in PICC placement, we could not have a PICC‐trained hospitalist on site 24 hours a day and the remaining 2 physicians had to rely on centrally‐placed catheters for access or have 1 of the trained physicians come to the hospital from home.

In summary, PICCs may be a safe and easy alternative to centrally‐placed catheters for the hospital physician attempting to secure central intravenous access and may lead to a decrease in the need for more risky CVC insertions. More definitive, controlled investigation, with patient outcome data, will be required before this can be advocated as a universal recommendation.

References
  1. Climo M,Diekema D,Warren DK, et al.Prevalence of the use of central venous access devices within and outside of the intensive care unit: results of a survey among hospitals in the prevention epicenter program of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.2003;24:942945.
  2. Kyle KS,Myers JS.Peripherally inserted central catheters: development of a hospital‐based program.J Intraven Nurs.1990;13:287290.
  3. Graham DR,Keldermans MM,Klem LW, et al.Infectious complications among patients receiving home intravenous therapy with peripheral, central, or peripherally placed central venous catheters.Am J Med.1991;91:95S100S.
  4. Skiest DJ,Abbott M,Keiser P.Peripherally inserted central catheters in patients with AIDS are associated with a low infection rate.Clin Infect Dis.2000;30:949952.
  5. Lam S,Scannell R,Roessler D,Smith MA.Peripherally inserted central venous catheters in an acute care hospital.J Intraven Nurs.1990;154:18331837.
  6. Black IH,Blosse SA,Murray WB.Central venous pressure measurements: peripherally inserted catheters versus centrally inserted catheters.Crit Care Med.2000;28:38333836.
  7. Thiagaragen R,Ramamoothry C,Gettman T, et al.Survey of the use of peripherally inserted central venous catheters in children.Pediatrics.1997;99:e4.
  8. Casalmir EC.Peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC) is effective in the care of critically ill patients using the basilic and cephalic veins and performed under ultrasound guidance at the patient's bedside by a pulmonary and critical care specialist. [October 23‐28, 2004, Seattle, Washington, USA. Abstracts].Chest.2004;126(4 suppl):705S1014S.
  9. Williams JF,Seneff MG,Friedman BC, et al.Use of femoral venous catheters in critically ill adults: prospective study.Crit Care Med.1991;19:550553.
  10. Mansfield PF,Hohn DC,Fornage BD,Gregurich MA,Ota DM.Complications and failures of subclavian‐vein catheterization.N Engl J Med.1994;331:17351738.
  11. Safdar N,Maki D.Risk of catheter‐related bloodstream infection with peripherally inserted central venous catheters used in hospitalized patients.Chest.2005;128:489495.
  12. Loewenthal MR,Dobson PM.The peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC): a prospective study of its natural history after cubital fossa insertion.Anaesth Intensive Care.2002;30:2124.
  13. Chemaly RF,de Parres JB,Rehm SJ.Venous thrombosis associated with peripherally inserted central catheters: a retrospective analysis of the Cleveland Clinic experience.Clin Infect Dis.2002;34:11791183.
  14. Ong B,Gibbs H,Catchpole I,Hetherington R,Harper J.Peripherally inserted central catheters and upper extremity deep vein thrombosis.Australas Radiol.2006;50:451454.
  15. Abdullah BJ,Mohammad N,Sangkar JV, et al.Incidence of upper limb venous thrombosis associated with peripherally inserted central catheters (PICC).Br J Radiol.2005;78:596600.
  16. Pradoni P,Polistena P,Benardi E, et al.Upper‐extremity deep vein thrombosis: risk factors, diagnosis, and complications.Arch Intern Med.1997;157:5762.
  17. Fong NI,Holtzman SR,Bettmann MA,Bettis SJ.Peripherally inserted central catheters: outcome as a function of the operator.J Vasc Interv Radiol.2001;12:723729.
  18. Hind D,Calvert N,McWilliams R, et al.Ultrasonic locating devices for central venous cannulation: meta‐analysis.BMJ.2003;327:361.
References
  1. Climo M,Diekema D,Warren DK, et al.Prevalence of the use of central venous access devices within and outside of the intensive care unit: results of a survey among hospitals in the prevention epicenter program of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol.2003;24:942945.
  2. Kyle KS,Myers JS.Peripherally inserted central catheters: development of a hospital‐based program.J Intraven Nurs.1990;13:287290.
  3. Graham DR,Keldermans MM,Klem LW, et al.Infectious complications among patients receiving home intravenous therapy with peripheral, central, or peripherally placed central venous catheters.Am J Med.1991;91:95S100S.
  4. Skiest DJ,Abbott M,Keiser P.Peripherally inserted central catheters in patients with AIDS are associated with a low infection rate.Clin Infect Dis.2000;30:949952.
  5. Lam S,Scannell R,Roessler D,Smith MA.Peripherally inserted central venous catheters in an acute care hospital.J Intraven Nurs.1990;154:18331837.
  6. Black IH,Blosse SA,Murray WB.Central venous pressure measurements: peripherally inserted catheters versus centrally inserted catheters.Crit Care Med.2000;28:38333836.
  7. Thiagaragen R,Ramamoothry C,Gettman T, et al.Survey of the use of peripherally inserted central venous catheters in children.Pediatrics.1997;99:e4.
  8. Casalmir EC.Peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC) is effective in the care of critically ill patients using the basilic and cephalic veins and performed under ultrasound guidance at the patient's bedside by a pulmonary and critical care specialist. [October 23‐28, 2004, Seattle, Washington, USA. Abstracts].Chest.2004;126(4 suppl):705S1014S.
  9. Williams JF,Seneff MG,Friedman BC, et al.Use of femoral venous catheters in critically ill adults: prospective study.Crit Care Med.1991;19:550553.
  10. Mansfield PF,Hohn DC,Fornage BD,Gregurich MA,Ota DM.Complications and failures of subclavian‐vein catheterization.N Engl J Med.1994;331:17351738.
  11. Safdar N,Maki D.Risk of catheter‐related bloodstream infection with peripherally inserted central venous catheters used in hospitalized patients.Chest.2005;128:489495.
  12. Loewenthal MR,Dobson PM.The peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC): a prospective study of its natural history after cubital fossa insertion.Anaesth Intensive Care.2002;30:2124.
  13. Chemaly RF,de Parres JB,Rehm SJ.Venous thrombosis associated with peripherally inserted central catheters: a retrospective analysis of the Cleveland Clinic experience.Clin Infect Dis.2002;34:11791183.
  14. Ong B,Gibbs H,Catchpole I,Hetherington R,Harper J.Peripherally inserted central catheters and upper extremity deep vein thrombosis.Australas Radiol.2006;50:451454.
  15. Abdullah BJ,Mohammad N,Sangkar JV, et al.Incidence of upper limb venous thrombosis associated with peripherally inserted central catheters (PICC).Br J Radiol.2005;78:596600.
  16. Pradoni P,Polistena P,Benardi E, et al.Upper‐extremity deep vein thrombosis: risk factors, diagnosis, and complications.Arch Intern Med.1997;157:5762.
  17. Fong NI,Holtzman SR,Bettmann MA,Bettis SJ.Peripherally inserted central catheters: outcome as a function of the operator.J Vasc Interv Radiol.2001;12:723729.
  18. Hind D,Calvert N,McWilliams R, et al.Ultrasonic locating devices for central venous cannulation: meta‐analysis.BMJ.2003;327:361.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(6)
Page Number
E1-E4
Page Number
E1-E4
Article Type
Display Headline
Peripherally inserted central catheter use in the hospitalized patient: Is there a role for the hospitalist?
Display Headline
Peripherally inserted central catheter use in the hospitalized patient: Is there a role for the hospitalist?
Legacy Keywords
catheterization, central venous, infection control, hospitalists
Legacy Keywords
catheterization, central venous, infection control, hospitalists
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Assistant Professor of Critical Care Medicine, Chief, Division of Hospital Medicine, Department of Critical Care Medicine, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, 611 Scaife Hall, 3550 Terrace Street, Pittsburgh, PA 15261
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media